2nd Edition

Ralph F. Goldman, Bernhard Kampmann 2007

This book is dedicated to my grandson, Daniel A Goldman, and all others who are interested
in joining “this small band of brothers” and sisters (< 50), who operate the small (± 200)
unchartered and unsponsored, free-floating meetings known as“The International Conference of Environmental Ergonomics”.
Chag Sameach (unto you, be strength)Preface 2nd edition
The verse “No man is an island” by the 15th century English poet John Donne, is particularly
applicable to scientists. All of us build on the works of our predecessors, often without
knowing who they were. This is as true for Environmental Ergonomics as it is for any otherscience. One of the first reports of heat stroke appears in the Bible (Book of Ruth).
Xenophon’s The Anabasis relates the effects of heavy wicker armor in about 500 BC, while asuggested essential role of a woolen wrap to protect the kidneys from the effects of cold
appears in German literature as recently as the 1920s.
Although climatic chamber studies of human heat transfer date to the 1770s (Blagden &Fordyce) our progenitor Society, the Ergonomics Research Society, did not exist prior to1950. World War II was the first time large numbers of men, and some women, had beentransported rapidly from familiar surroundings to arctic, desert, jungle, or high terrestrial
elevation, i.e.,environmental extremes requiring customizations, acclimatization and/or
specialized protective clothing. The information gained in the United States on the latter was
summarized in “Physiology of Heat Regulation and the Science of Clothing,” (L.H. Newburgh,ed.), Saunders, Philadelphia, 1949. When Captain Leif Vanggaard of Denmark proposed
NATO Research Study Group 7 (under NATO Panel VIII) in 1980 on “The Biomedical Effectsof Clothing, a number of international groups had been meeting on various aspects of the
problem for almost 20 years. Dr. Goldman had been involved in:a) The Standing Working Group on Clothing and Equipment (#4), Quadripartite
Standardization Program meetings: in Natick, MA (1961), Ottawa, Canada (1962),
London, England (1963), Melbourne, Australia 1965;b) The Commonwealth Conferences on Operational Combat Clothing & Equipment
meetings: in Melbourne, Australia (1965), Delhi, India (1975), Nairobi, Kenya(1968), Kingston, Ontario, Canada (1971), Accra, Ghana (1978), Kuala Lumpur,
Malaysia (1981);c) NATO Combat Clothing and Equipment Working Group (1970 –1978), andchaired its Subcommittee on Allied Publication "Heat Transfer & Physiological
Evaluations of Clothing," 1974 -1978;
Dr. Goldman thus knew, and was known by, most of the members and was asked to serve as
Chairman for NATO Research Study Group 7, Biomedical Aspects of Military Clothing, Panel
VIII. He accepted on condition that, rather than write yet another STANAG (Standardization
National Agreement), the RSG would be tasked to write a Handbook on The Biomedical
Effects of Clothing. Drafting a topical outline, he agreed to write the first two, introductory
Chapters, and then assigned two members to author each remaining Chapter; he attempted
to balance the most knowledgeable individuals on a given topic with a Committee member
who might have less expertise on that topic. The RSG met in: Farnborough, U.K. (1981),
Koblenz, FRG (1982), Soesterberg, Netherlands (1984), Natick, MA, USA (1985) and Lyon,
France (1986). Dr. Goldman always intended publishing the Handbook in the open literature,
to compile the knowledge added to the literature since Newburgh’s 1949 opus, but he left the
government in 1985 (rather than run a study on human subjects he felt was outside his areaof expertise). Others completed the final editing at US ARIEM, and only a few dozen copies
were issued. Dr. Bernhard Kampmann accepted the major task of reformatting the original
to MS Word, and he and Dr. Goldman completed the revisions to make it available to the
public through the ICEE Web site.

HANDBOOK ON CLOTHING

Biomedical Effects of Military Clothing and Equipment Systems

prepared by

Research Study Group 7 on Bio-Medical Research Aspectsof Military Protective Clothing

FOREWORD
This handbook on military clothing was conceived by Dr. Ralph Goldman, when hechaired Research Study Group 7 of NATO's AC/243(Panel 8) on the Defence Applications of
Human and Bio-Medical Sciences, as an alternative to writing the usual STANAG(Standardization National Agreement) produced by such Study Groups. It summarizes theknowledge (to ~1985) in the field of biophysical principles applied in military clothing design.
It was recognized by the participating countries that there was a need, not only for giving
clothing developers a tool to substantiate some of the problems in human biomedical
engineering, but also to convey to the user, the military system, a possibility to gain insight in
the problems behind applied clothing design.
It was furthermore intended that the handbook should furnish the military decision
makers with guidelines describing the interactions between the person, clothing, military task
and environment.
The person, clothing, task and environment all interact to a degree, but it is in theclothing system that they meet, and the clothing system is often the only changeable factor.
The handbook thus does not only deal with clothing, but to a high degree also withcompatibility of clothing and the military tasks.
Military clothing has to meet a multitude of requirements, and it is well recognized, thatthe military clothing in many ways also sets the standards for clothing development in thecivilian society. A combat uniform, for example, is and has to be a multipurpose clothing
system, but this means that its design has to take into consideration many different aspects.
Many of these are also relevant in the design of civilian working clothing.
It is the hope that this handbook might find use also outside the military circles (perhaps
as a fundamental one of clothing properties) although it necessarily deals with some of the
problems particular to the military scenario.
The Research Study Group 7 which took on the task of producing the book wishes tothank all those who during the life of the group have contributed to its contents, feeding
information into the respective group members.
In preparing the manuscripts for the final report to Panel 8, the RSG.7 is indebted to Dr.
Richard Gonzalez for his hard work in bringing the many different manuscripts and authors
into a common format. In this work, Mr. J.R. Breckenridge has offered the working group avery essential help with his profound knowledge of all aspects of the subject. The RSG.7 isindebted to Ms. Dorothy Buell for her painstaking technical help in preparation of the text.
Finally, the United States Army Research Institute of Environment Medicine has acted as thecoordinator for the group, and RSG.7 wishes to express its gratitude to the Institute,particularly the two commanders (Col. Brendan E. Joyce, MSC and Col. David D.
Schnakenberg, MSC) during the time when this book was being written, and all the Institute's
staff for the help and good will they have rendered the project.
(Signed) LEIF VANGGAARD
Chairman

MEMBERS OF RESEARCH STUDY GROUP 7
on
Biomedical Effects of Military Clothing and Equipment Systems
CanadaG.T. Holmes
P.L. Marsh
Denmark
L. Vanggaard (Chairman)
FranceJ. Doucet
Germany
F.W. Behmann
G. Schaad
Netherlands
W.A. Lotens
United Kingdom
M. Haisman
R.A. Scott
United States
K.B. Pandolf
R.F. Goldman (Initial Chairman)
Besides the nominated members of the Research Study Group, many others from thedifferent research establishments have participated in the work and, when appropriate, in
specific meetings of the group.
Meetings of NATO Research Study Group 7,
Biomedical Aspects of Military Clothing, Panel VIII, 1981 - 1986
1981

Farnborough, U.K.;

1982

Soesterberg, Netherlands

1983

Koblenz, FRG

1984

Natick, MA

1986

Lyon, FranceTABLE OF CONTENTS
CHAPTERS

Dedication
Preface 2nd edition
Foreword
Members of Research Study Group 7
1.

Historical Review of Developments in Evaluating Protective Clothing2.

Biomedical Effects of Clothing on Human Thermal Comfort and Strain

3.

Predictive Thermal Modeling

4.

Clothing Materials - Their Required Characteristics and Their Impact on
Biomedical Factors

5.

Cold Weather Clothing Systems: Recent Progress and Problems for Future Research

6A.

The Practical Aspects of Sleeping Systems

6B.

Biomedical Effects of Sleeping Systems

7A.

Protection of Hands and Feet

7B.

Footwear and Blister Incidence

8.

Immersion Suits

9A.

Physiological Aspects of Auxiliary Heating and Cooling

9B.

Auxiliary Cooling: Experimental Results

10.

Biomedical Effects of Underwear

11.

Biomedical Aspects of NBC Masks and Their Relationship to Military Performance

12.

Protection Against Flames and Radiant Heat

13.

Load Carriage

14.

Personal Protective Body Armor

15.

Military Performance of Clothing

16.

Field Evaluation Methods

17.

Optimal Design Principles for Clothing Systems

Appendix. Conversion Units Common to Biomedical Research on Military Clothing

CHAPTER 1HISTORICAL REVIEW OF DEVELOPMENTS IN EVALUATINGPROTECTIVE CLOTHING
R.F. Goldman

CONTENTSSUMMARY
THE 1940's: INSULATION OF CLOTHING AND AIR COOLING CONCEPTS
2.

INSULATION ESTIMATION AND MEASUREMENT

3.

IMPORTANCE OF EXTREMITY INSULATION

4.

THE 1960's

5.

THE 1970's

6.

THE FUTURE

7.

REFERENCES

CHAPTER 1 - 1

SUMMARY
The evolution of some of the important studies that have been made since World War II isaddressed in this chapter. Clothing insulation is modified by thickness, weight and air
permeability and several methods are introduced towards qualification of these parameters.

Key Words:

Copper manikins, clothing, insensible and sensible heat loss,
clothing permeation and heat transfer factors.

CHAPTER 1 - 2

THE 1940's: INSULATION OF CLOTHING AND AIR COOLING CONCEPTS
Gagge, Burton and Bazett's (1) development of the clo unit* from 1941 on as a measureof clothing insulation, coupled with the heated copper manikins that Belding arranged to havefabricated in the mid-1940's, provided a basis for direct measurement of the resistance ofclothing to sensible ("dry") heat transfer. This heat transfer by radiation and convection took
place between the skin of the wearer and the ambient environment, through the clothing and
its associated internal and external "still" air layers. Winslow, Herrington & Gagge alsopresented information on the alteration of the external air layer insulation as a function ofambient air motion (2). The history of this subject has been reviewed (1a). Availability ofthese concepts, together with the ability to measure the heat transfer properties of clothing on
the heated copper manikin, and of materials on a heated flat plate, allowed rapid advances tobe made in the science of protection of man against cold weather by clothing. Burton in
Canada and Edholm in U.K. provided additional theoretical and practical information (3), andan extensive series of clothing items and ensembles were measured during the late 1940's
and early 1950's in US Army, Navy and Air Force laboratories; the conclusions from much ofthis work were summarized by L.H. Newburgh (4). Siple, a geographer for the US Army
Quartermaster General, applied this information and principles of climatic geography toidentify appropriate cold weather clothing ensembles for various areas on world maps; healso advanced the concept of characterizing the cooling power of an environment by a "windchill index" (5).
INSULATION ESTIMATION AND MEASUREMENT
By 1955 most of the copper men had been relegated to storage, after extensive tablesof clothing insulation values, and maps delineating their zones of use, had been obtained.
Also, by then it was recognized that the insulation of a clothing material tended to be a linear
function of its thickness; measured insulation values generally could be estimated as 1.57 clo
units per centimeter of clothing thickness. A variety of simple techniques have since evolved
for estimating the insulation of clothing, as worn by a human. One technique simply used thethickness calculated from increases in circumference of various body segments, with an
adjustment when the space between layers occupied only by trapped air was greater than
0.5 centimeters (6). Another suggested that, for most practical purposes, the total insulation
could be estimated simply from the number of layers of clothing worn (4). A third indicatedthat, since thickness tended to be a linear function of fabric weight for conventional clothingmaterials, total insulation could be estimated from clothing ensemble weight; a relationship of0.35 clo per kg of clothing weight was suggested (7). An "additive" technique, summing theinsulation of each clothing item has been incorporated in the most recent Comfort Standard(7) promulgated by the American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air-Conditioning
Engineers, Inc. (ASHRAE). None of these simple techniques yields precise values for
clothing insulation, but may be acceptable when one considers the variation in effective
insulation produced by individual fit and sizing.

_______________*1 clo is that insulation of the typical 1940 business suit which limits heat transfer to 6.45
watts per square meter of surface area per °C difference between skin and air temperatures;
two clo allows half that heat transfer, etc.
CHAPTER 1 - 3

IMPORTANCE OF EXTREMITY INSULATION
It also had been generally recognized that the problems of protecting man in a cold
environment were not those of providing adequate insulation to the torso but to theextremities; any footwear had to be of minimal weight (since one kg of footwear was roughly
equivalent to five kg of torso load in the energy cost of walking), and handwear required
minimal degradation of manual performance. The latter problem was compounded by the
rapidly increasing surface area for heat loss associated with increasing the thickness of
insulation around such relatively thin cylinders as the fingers (8) since heat exchange is alinear function of surface area. A factor (f ) for adjusting the external air layer insulation for
the ratio of clothed to nude body surface areas was developed; Gagge has suggested anincrease in surface area of 15% per clo unit of clothing insulation (7) but, recently,
McCullough et al. (9) reported this value seemed low. In one study, carried out at the Arctic
Aeromedical Laboratory by Veghte (10), subjects given four "pillows" of insulation had muchgreater cold tolerance when the four pillows were used around the extremities than when
they were used to protect the torso per se. The focus for cold weather environments
therefore shifted from protective clothing for the torso, to extremity protection. Goldman (11)has suggested auxiliary heating as the only practical means to maintain the extremities of a
relatively inactive individual at functional (Tfinger ≥ 15 °C) or safe (Tf ≥ 5 °C) temperatures.
Various physiological mechanisms and use of hot cayenne pepper inside the socks next tothe skin and yoga meditation were explored, and auxiliary heated gloves, socks and wristlets
became the subject for studies involving cold weather protection. While Belding had noted
the decrease in insulation of heavy clothing with wearer motion (12), with the loss of
insulation while walking amounting to 50%, little or nothing was done to modulate this effectsince the extremities were recognized as the real problem in the cold.
THE 1960'S: HOT WEATHER PROTECTION, SWEAT EVAPORATION AND MOISTUREPERMEABILITY CONCEPTS
The role of clothing in hot environments received little scientific attention prior to the
1960's, although some studies on the benefits of wearing clothing as a barrier against solar
radiant heat had been carried out by Douglas Lee in the Yuma desert (13). Gagge, early in
his studies exploring the use of the clo value for characterizing the radiation and convection
heat exchanges of clothing, had utilized the human heat balance equation; from this heidentified a new parameter, the percent wetted skin area (14), as a key element incharacterizing comfort in warm conditions. The required evaporative cooling (Ereq), derived
from the heat balance equation by summing the heat production and the radiant andconvective heat gain or loss (R+C), allowed estimation of the percent sweat wetted area
simply as the ratio of the required evaporative cooling (Ereq) to the maximum evaporative
cooling (Emax) allowed by the clothing in any given environment. Independently, Belding
working with Hatch at Pittsburgh, had developed a Heat Stress Index (HSI) which wasformulated in an identical manner (Ereq/Emax). They also suggested that the evaporative heattransfer coefficient from the body, with or without clothing, was roughly twice the convective
heat transfer coefficient (15). However, there was no way to measure the evaporative heattransfer characteristics of fabrics or clothing. Woodcock, working first in Canada andsubsequently at the US Army Laboratories in Natick, had developed a theoretical index tocharacterize the moisture permeability of fabrics (16). This index (im) is simply the ratio of the
CHAPTER 1 - 4

maximum evaporative cooling, at a given ambient vapor pressure, from a 100% wetted
surface through a fabric, to the maximum evaporative cooling of a psychrometric wet bulb
thermometer at the same vapor pressure. However, there was no way to utilize this index forpractical clothing applications until copper manikins were resurrected from storage andoutfitted with a thin, tailored cotton skin which could be 100% wetted by spraying it withwater; it was possible to measure the maximum evaporative heat transfer and, thereby,
simulated a "sweating" human wearing a given clothing ensemble. This procedure allowed
calculation of the total Calories that a man, wearing a given clothing ensemble which partially(or fully) covered his body, would be able to exchange with his environment by both sensible
and insensible heat transfer for a given skin temperature and percent skin wettedness.
Gagge and Nishi, and other associates at the J.B. Pierce Foundation Laboratory in New
Haven, introduced a clothing permeation factor (Fpcl) (32) with similar modifications tomaximum evaporative heat loss.
A 1959 field evaluation of the effects of chemical protection clothing on the wearer, inwhich troops collapsed within the first hour of a march in a relatively temperate climate,dramatically increased the demand for understanding of the effects of reduced permeability inclothing. An extensive series of copper manikin evaluations of chemical protective clothing
ensembles, body armor, and rain suits were carried out (17); these were supplemented withstudies of human volunteers wearing these items in a variety of temperate, warm or hot
conditions in the large climatic chambers at Natick or in the field (18). Combining thesebiophysical measurements of clothing ensembles on the heated, sweating copper manikins,
and the physiologic measurements on volunteers resting and working in the sameensembles, it became possible to rank order garments in terms of the relative heat toleranceof the wearer, simply by characterizing the garment ensemble by its insulation (clo) and its
moisture permeability index ratio (im/clo) (19).
THE 1970's: AIR AND BODY MOTION "PUMPING" COEFFICIENT CONCEPTS
It soon became apparent, from a study of raincoats in which a poncho was comparedwith a standard raincoat, that still another factor had to be considered (20). Measured valuesof im/clo on the copper manikin indicated that the poncho, which covered more area, should
be a much hotter garment during work than the standard impermeable raincoat; however,when the data from the human subjects wearing these items were examined, quite thereverse proved to be the case. The pumping of air produced by wearer movement in therelatively loose-fitting poncho dramatically increased the opportunities for evaporative, as wellas convective, transfer within the poncho. In contrast, there was only limited air exchange
within the relatively close-fitting, impermeable raincoat. Accordingly, a pumping coefficient(Veff) was evolved to characterize the changes in both insulation and clothing permeability asa result of "effective air motion" (21). Given the insulation and permeability characteristics ofthe materials, and the body area coverage of a clothing ensemble, at present all remaining
factors involved in "functional clothing design" appear to be characterizable in terms of suchpumping coefficients; these describe the slope of the change of insulation (clo) and of
permeability (im) with increasing "effective air motion" (Veff). Originally, the pumping coefficientfor permeability was considered identical to that for insulation, but this may not prove correct;
more data are needed. Currently, Veff is considered to be the air motion generated by wind
and/or by wearer motion. Thus, pumping coefficients can characterize: the weight of the
CHAPTER 1 - 5

materials; the cut, fit and drape of the ensemble; the air permeability (primarily that of theoutermost layer); the apertures; the number of layers within the ensemble and the extent towhich they can move independently; and the like.
THE FUTURE: PREDICTION MODELING OF CLOTHING EFFECTS
Using just these three parameters (clo, im and Veff), Givoni and Goldman developed asystem of equations to characterize the resultant rectal temperature (21), heart rate (22) andskin temperature (unpublished), of wearers of a given ensemble in any cool to very hot
environment as a function of the interaction between the body's heat production and the nonevaporative and evaporative exchanges with the environment allowed by the clothing.
Subsequent modifications have been made for such physiologic factors as the degree ofacclimation of the wearers to heat (23) and the level of dehydration (24). Breckenridge andGoldman have also presented models for including the effects of solar load on the heatbalance (25), and the group at US Army Research Institute of Environmental Medicine(ARIEM) at Natick, have provided formulations to predict: the effects of clothing and load
weight (26), and placement on the body (27), on heat production; the sweat production (28);and the physiological effects of clothing and solar load in combination (29). Water immersion
protection clothing has also been measured, and its physiologic effects modeled (30).
Another branch of physiological models deals with heat flow within the body as controlled byphysiological mechanisms (Stolwijk and Hardy, 1966) and is elaborated in Chapter 3. A 1983
workshop in Texas (Wissler) compared a number of the models for predicting physiologicalresponses to the environment; the values predicted by the formulae of the ARIEM group,
which simply assume a value of 35 °C or 36 °C for skin temperature, gave at least as good
agreement with the actual data points in the studies used for these comparisons as several,more physiologically sophisticated models. (33).

CHAPTER 1 - 6

REFERENCES
1.

Gagge, A.P., A.C. Burton, and H.C. Bazett. A practical system of units for the description of theheat exchange of man with his environment. Science, 94: 428-430, 1941.

1a.

Gagge, A.P. The science of clothing, a short history from a physiologist's viewpoint. Aspects
Medicaux et Biophysiques des Vetements de Protection. Centre de Researches du Service deSante des Armees, Lyon, 13-21, 1983.

2.

Winslow, C.E.A., L.P. Herrington, and A.P. Gagge. The influence of air movement upon heatlosses from the clothed human body. Am. J. Physiol., 127: 505-518, 1939.

3.

Burton, A.C. and 0.G. Edholm. Man in a Cold Environment. Edward Arnold & Co.,
London, 1955.

4.

Newburgh, L.H. Physiology of Heat Regulation and the Science of Clothing. W.B. SaundersCo., Philadelphia, 1949.

5.

Siple, P.A. and C.F. Passel. Measurements of dry atmospheric cooling in subfreezing
temperatures. Proc. Am. Philos. Soc. 89: 177-199, 1945.

6.

Estimation of the thermal insulation of clothing by measuring increases in girth of the wearer.
U.S. Army Air Forces, Air Technical Service Command. Memo Rpt TSEAL-5H-5-241. May
1945, 20 pp.

7.

American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air Conditioning Engineers,
ASHRAE Standard 55-81, Thermal environmental conditions for human occupancy, Atlanta,
1981.

8.

Van Dilla, M., R. Day, and P.A. Siple. In: Physiology of Heat Regulation and the Science ofClothing. W.B. Saunders Co., Philadelphia, 1949; pp. 374-388.

9.

McCullough, E.A., B.W. Jones and PJ. Zbikowski. The effect of garment design on
the thermal insulation of clothing. ASHRAE Trans. 89, Part II; 327-352, 1983.

10.

Veghte, J.H. Human physiological response to extremity and body cooling.
Aerospace Med. 33: 1081-1085, 1962.

11.

Goldman, R.F. The arctic soldier: possible research solutions for his protection.
Proc. 15th AAAS Alaskan Science Conf. 15:114-135, 1964.

12.

Belding, H.S., H.D. Russell, R.C. Darling and G.E. Folk. Analysis of factors
concerned in maintaining energy balance for dressed men in extreme cold;
effects of activity on the protective value and comfort of an arctic uniform. Am. J. Physiol. 149:
223-239, 1947.

13.

Lee, D.H.K. and J.A. Vaughan. Studies on thermal effects of solar radiation intransportabie solar chamber. ASME paper 60-WA-251, 1961.

CHAPTER 1 - 7

14.

Gagge, A.P. A new physiological variable associated with sensible and insensible perspiration.
Am. J. Physiol. 120: 277-287, 1937.

15.

Belding, H.S. and T.F. Hatch. Index for evaluating heat stress in terms of resulting
physiological strains. Heating, Piping and Air Conditioning J. 27: 129, 1955.

16.

Woodcock, A.H. Moisture transfer in textile systems. Textile Res. 3. 32: Pt 1, 628-632; Pt 11,
719-723, 1962.

17

Breckenridge, J.R. and R.F. Goldman. Effect of clothing on bodily resistance against
meterological stimuli. Progress in Biometeorology, Vol. 1, Part 111, Section 19, 194-208,
Chap. 7, 1977.

18.

Goldman, R.F. Tolerance time for work in the heat when wearing CBR protective clothing. Mil.
Medicine, 128: 776-786, 1963.

19.

Goldman, R.F. and J.R. Breckenridge. Etude Des Effets Physiologiques du Vetement en
Rapport avec Ses Proprietes Biophysiques. Cahiers de l'Association Francaise de
Biometeorologie. 3: 33-36, 1970.

20.

Goldman, R.F. Clothing design for comfort and work performance in extreme thermal
environments: Transactions, New York Academy of Sciences 36: 531-544, June 1974.

21.

Givoni, B. and R.F. Goldman. Predicting rectal temperature response to work, environment andclothing. J. Appl. Physiol. 32: 812-822, 1972.

22.

Givoni, B. and R.F. Goldman. Predicting heart rate response to work, environment andclothing. J. Appl. Physiol. 34: 201-204, 1973.

23.

Givoni, B. and R.F. Goldman. Predicting effects of heat acclimatization on heart rate and rectal
temperature. J. Appl. Physiol. 35: 875-979, 1973.

24.

Pandolf, K.B., R.L. Burse, B. Givoni, R.G. Soule and R.F. Goldman. Effects of dehydration on
predicted rectal temperature and heart rate during work in the heat. Med. Sci. Sports 9: 51-52,
1977.

25.

Breckenridge, J.R. and R.F. Goldman. Solar heat load in man. J. Appl. Physiol. 31: 659-663,
1971.

26.

Givoni, B. and R.F. Goldman. Predicting metabolic energy cost. J. Appl. Physiol. 30: 429-433,
1971.

27.

Soule, R.G. and R.F. Goldman. Energy cost of loads carried on the head, hands or feet. J.
Appl. Physiol. 27: 637-690, 1969.

28.

Shapiro, Y., K.B. Pandolf and R.F. Goldman. Predicting sweat loss response to exercise,environment and clothing. Eur. J. Appl. Physiol., 48: 83-96, 1992.

CHAPTER 1 - 8

29.

Pandolf, K.B., Y. Shapiro, J.R. Breckenridge and R.F. Goldman. Effects of solar heat load on
physiological performance at rest and work in the heat. Fed. Proc. 38, Part II:1052, 1978.

30.

Strong, L. and R.F. Goldman. A linearized, time dependent model of the heat transfer andthermoregulatory responses occurring upon immersion in cold water. U.S. Army ResearchInstitute of Environmental Medicine, Tech. Rpt. T7/82, 1982, 53 pp.

31.

Stolwijk, J.A.J. and J.D. Hardy. Temperature regulation in man - a theoretical study. Pfluegers
Arch Ges Physiol 291: 129-162, 1966.

32.

Nishi, Y. and A.P. Gagge. Moisture permeation of clothing - a factor governing thermal
equilibrium and comfort. ASHRAE Transaction 76: 137-145, 1970.

33.

Wissler, E.H. A mathematical model of the human thermal system. Bull. Math. Biophys. 26:
147-166, 1964.

CHAPTER 1 - 9

CHAPTER 2

BIOMEDICAL EFFECTS OF CLOTHING ON THERMAL COMFORT AND STRAIN
R.F. Goldman

CONTENTSSUMMARY
1. COMFORT AND STRESS
2. KEY FACTORS INVOLVED IN THERMAL COMFORT
3. THE HEAT BALANCE EQUATION
4. CLOTHING INSULATION AND WATER VAPOR PERMEABILITY
5. PHYSIOLOGICAL RESPONSES TO HEAT AND COLD
6. COMFORT SENSATION
7. HEAT TOLERANCEREFERENCES

CHAPTER 2 - 1

SUMMARY
Human comfort, discomfort and thermal strain are affected by the balance between
produced and dissipated heat. Many factors are involved, including climatic variables,
metabolic heat production and clothing parameters. The physiological response to a thermal
imbalance is apparent by vasomotor action, shivering and sweating, accompanied bysensations of discomfort and, ultimately, limited thermal balance.
Key Words: thermal stress, thermal comfort, clothing insulation, evaporative cooling,
clothing thermal exchanges, physiological response, human heat tolerance.

CHAPTER 2 - 2

1.

COMFORT AND STRESS

Any investigation of comfort must begin with recognition that comfort is a state of mind.
It is extremely difficult to identify the myriad factors which affect comfort; the interaction
between the physical demand imposed upon the individual, his physiological status and his
psychological attitudes must be considered in interaction with social customs, tactile
perceptions and the like. Even if we choose to restrict our comfort investigation to the area ofthermal comfort, we still must recognize that we are in a subjective area and that it is
impossible to satisfy all individuals with a given simple environmental specification. Indeed,
thermal comfort depends on the interaction between three sets of factors: environmental
factors, clothing factors and physiological factors.
The usual air temperatures associated with thermal comfort fall in the temperature
range from 15 to 28 °C (60 to 81 °F). However, the human body has a much narrower"physiological" comfort range, i.e., that temperature range where human temperature
regulation can be achieved: 1) without shivering, or even uncomfortably cool toes and fingers(as a result of the reduced circulatory heat input by blood flow from the body core to the skin,termed "vasoconstriction") and 2) without sweating to the point where the skin must exceed a
20% skin wettedness to obtain the evaporative cooling required. Indeed, the American
Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air Conditioning Engineers specifies that the space
being conditioned for occupants wearing the usual long-sleeved shirt and trousers (which
provide 0.6 clo of intrinsic insulation) should be maintained between 22.2 to 25.5 °C (72 to 78°F). This suggests that the human comfort zone for "physiological" regulation of bodytemperature has a band width of roughly 3.3 °C (6 °F) as discussed later in this chapter.
Thermal comfort outside this zone of "physiological" regulation from 22.2 to 25.5°C withnormal (U.S.) indoor clothing is provided by "behavioral" temperature regulation by adding or
removing clothing. Each change of 0.18 clo units of clothing insulation compensates for a
1 °C change in air temperature. Thus, at 15 °C a resting individual would need about 1.9 clo
to be comfortable (i.e., 0.6 + 0.18 (22.2 - 15)), while at 28 °C only about 0.15 clo (e.g., shorts)should be worn (i.e., 0.6 - 0.18 (28 - 25.5) clo).
At ambient air temperatures below about 15 °C (59 °F), ill clad, chronically undernourished individuals are susceptible to hypothermia. They do not have enough body fat
stores to provide energy to sustain shivering and they lack enough clothing insulation to
reduce their body heat loss to match their limited heat production. Even well fed troops will beshivering violently if they remain inactive for more than a few hours below about -30 °C (-22°F), despite the best extreme cold weather protective clothing. Troops can successfully carryout military operations at temperatures below –55 °C (-67 °F), given good training and once
cold acclimated. Under such extreme ambient conditions, it is, however, extremely difficult if
not impossible to achieve thermal comfort; clothing, and training in how to use it, become
essential elements in survival.
Heat stress for the soldier, an old problem, has been increased to new dimensions by
the demands for increased protection in the event of chemical warfare. Even light mission
activity demands become intolerable within a few hours in the desert for men completely
encapsulated in chemical protective clothing systems, especially inside crew compartmentswith minimal ambient ventilation, e.g., in the "buttoned-up tank" mode. Providing air
conditioning for the entire occupied space represents an unachievable logistic load for most
CHAPTER 2 - 3

combat vehicles. Studies conducted in Yuma, AZ during September, 1980 demonstrated
that, even under modest operational conditions in the desert, severe heat stress was
experienced by combat crewmen in the fully encapsulated state when the vehicle ventilation
system was shut down and all hatches closed. The internal humidity build-up in this condition
was dramatic, produced performance decrements within 30 minutes, and limited tolerance to
2 hours or less.
2.

KEY FACTORS INVOLVED IN THERMAL COMFORT

Air temperature, air motion, ambient air relative humidity (or more appropriately vapor
pressure) and mean radiant temperature represent the four key environmental parameters in
defining thermal comfort. These four are key parameters because they directly affect the heattransfer from the body. The rate of convective heat transfer is a linear function of thedifference between skin temperature and the ambient air temperature. It is also affected byair velocity, with the relationship being a function of the air motion to the 0.6 power.
Evaporative heat transfer is similarly affected by air motion, but is a linear function of thedifference between the vapor pressure of sweat at skin temperature and the ambient vapor
pressure. Finally, radiant heat transfer is independent of air motion but is a power function of
the difference between the mean radiant temperature and skin temperature.
Another major element which must be considered to fully define a comfort state is theamount of metabolic heat produced by the individual. Heat production at rest or at work is an
essential element in the comfort balance; it is appropriate to use a time weighted average
since the body mass provides a damping of response and is sufficient to eliminate any
observed effect of short term peaks in heat production on the order of ten minutes or less.
The final key element in comfort is the clothing worn. There are three aspects of theclothing that should be considered. Obviously, the insulation (clo units) provided by theclothing represents a direct barrier between the skin and air and therefore directly influences,in an inverse and linear manner, the convective heat exchange between the skin and theenvironment. One can also define a permeability index (im ) reflecting any interference with
the normal moisture permeability of the clothing. Thus, evaporative transfer through clothingturns out to be an inverse linear function of the length of the diffusion path, since theinsulation is a linear function of the thickness of the clothing and associated trapped airlayers. Therefore, one can define the actual maximum evaporative transfer, per millimeter ofdifference between vapor pressure of sweat at the skin and ambient vapor pressure, as theratio of the intrinsic moisture permeability to the insulation (i.e., im /clo). The insulation andpermeability of clothing are usually measured in static state on a heated manikin. A few
representative values for military clothing in calm (0.3 m/s) air are given in Table 1.
Obviously, such functional clothing design elements as the cut and fit of clothing, weight ofmaterial, nature of apertures, and the like, serve to alter insulation and permeability when theclothing is moved by wind or pumped by wearer motion; a pumping coefficient has been
derived specifically to assess such changes in insulation and permeability when the individual
wearing the ensemble is exposed to an external air motion or generates air and/or clothing
movement by activity.

CHAPTER 2 - 4

Table I
BEST AVAILABLE VALUES FOR TYPICAL U.S. MILITARY CLOTHING(0.3 m/s air motion)
CLOTHING

imclo

im /cloCold-Dry

.43

4.30

.10

Cold-Wet

.40

3.20

.13

Utility Fatigues

.41

1.40

.29

Battle-Dress Uniform

.41

1.34

.31

.34

1.97

.17

.30

2.44

.12

.29

2.20

.13

Chem. Prot. Overgarment(without mask,hood,gloves)(MOPP IV with mask, hoodand gloves)(MOPP IV, plus bodyarmor, ground troops)

Source: USARIEM copper manikin measurements

CHAPTER 2 - 5

3.

THE HEAT BALANCE EQUATIONThe body’s interaction with its environment has been described by a fundamental ''heatbalance equation" where the interaction between the metabolic heat production of theindividual (M), and his heat exchanges by convection (C), radiation (R) and evaporation (E)describe whether or not the heat being produced by the individual can be balanced by theexchanges with the environment. lf it cannot, then there must be a change in the body heat
content; a heat debt (in the cold) or heat storage in any environment where heat losses areless than heat production and gains.
Essentially, if the metabolic heat production can be offset by the non-evaporative heatexchanges by radiation and convection (i.e., R + C) then there is no change in body heat
content and, in addition, no requirement for evaporative exchange. One can express this by
the following simple equation:
M ± (R + C) + E = ∆S

Equation 1

where ∆S, the change in body heat storage, is calculated from the change in mean bodytemperature (∆Tb ) times the mass of the body and its specific heat. The specific heat ofhuman body tissues (cp ) is generally taken as 0.83 kcal/kilogram·C; thus, for a 70 kilogram(154 lb) standard man, a change of 58 kcal in body heat content corresponds to a change of
1 °C (i.e., 0.83 x 70) in mean body temperature. When M is less than (R + C), ∆S obviously
reflects a heat debt. If, on the other hand M is greater than (R + C) the relationship defines
the required evaporative cooling (Ereq ) to achieve thermal balance. The required evaporative
cooling is often achievable: a) if the body can produce enough sweat (the sustainable sweat
rate is often the order of 1 liter per hour); b) the ambient water vapor pressure in theenvironment is low enough to facilitate evaporation; and c) the clothing is sufficiently porousto allow it to be transferred from the skin to the ambient environment as a vapor rather thanbeing wicked into the clothing and evaporated at the surface of the clothing, then the bodycan lose 0.58 kcal per milliliter (~ one gram) of sweat evaporated.
Heat production (M) at rest is about 1 MET (defined as 50 kcal of metabolic heatproduction per square meter of body surface area per hour); i.e., for an average adult man(who has 1.8 m2 of body surface area), heat production at rest is about 90 kcal/hr or 105
watts. Normal work can double this heat production level and hard work can triple it. The
sustainable "voluntary hard work" level of M is about 5 MET (425 kcal/hr or 500 watts), while
6 or 7 MET will prove exhausting for the average man if sustained for over a few hours.
Usually, about 12% of the resting heat production is eliminated from the lungs by
respiration; another 12% is eliminated as a result of evaporation of body water diffusing
through the skin. The remainder (about 76%) of resting metabolic heat production iseliminated from the body by convection and radiation in a comfortable environment; therelative proportion of convective to radiation losses is controlled by the ambient air motion.
With minimal clothing in still air, about 60% of the resting heat production is lost by radiation.
Elimination of the increased heat production during work is facilitated by the extra convective
air motion generated by body "pumping", but in a warm environment most of the increased
CHAPTER 2 - 6

heat production is lost by production of sweat and its subsequent evaporation; even in a cold
environment, about 42% of working heat production may be lost by evaporation of skinmoisture (diffusion and sweat).
4.

CLOTHING INSULATION AND WATER VAPOR PERMEABILITY

One clo unit of clothing and air insulation is defined as allowing 5.55 kcal/m2·hr of heatexchange by radiation and convection (R + C) for each °C of temperature difference between
the skin (at an average skin temperature Ts ) and ambient adjusted bulb temperature (Tadb =1/2 (air temperature plus mean radiation temperature)). Since the average man has 1.8 m2 ofsurface area, his (R + C) can be estimated as(R + C) = (10/clo) ( Ts - Tadb)

Equation 2

Thus, a 0.8 clo "still" air layer by itself limits the heat exchange by radiation and convection
for a nude man to about 12.5 kcal/hr (i.e. 10/0.8) for each °C of difference between skin and
air temperature.
A typical value for clothing insulation is 1.57 clo per centimeter of thickness (4 clo perinch), although it is difficult to extend this generalization to very thin fabric layers, or to fabriclayers like underwear, which may simply occupy an existing still air layer of maximum
thickness (0.5 cm). The underwear makes little contribution to the intrinsic insulation (i.e.
excluding the external air layer insulation) unless there is: a "pumping" of the clothing layers
by body motion; compression of the clothing layers overlying clothing or combat equipment orby external wind; or penetration of some of the wind into the trapped air layer. Table IIpresents a listing of the intrinsic insulation contributed by adding each of the listed items ofcivilian clothing. Note that the total intrinsic insulation is not taken to be the sum of theindividual items, but as 80% of their total insulation value; this allows for an average loss of
20% of the sum of the individual insulation items to account for the compression of one layer
by the next. This average 20% reduction is, of course, an approximation which is highly
dependent on the nature of the fibre, the weave, the weight of the clothing fabric, use of foamor other non-fibrous layers, the clothing fit and cut, etc.
Insulation is generally a function of the thickness of the clothing ensemble and this, inturn, is characteristically a function of the number of clothing layers. Thus, each added layerof clothing will tend to exert a characteristic increase in total insulation. This is why most twolayer clothing ensembles exhibit quite similar insulation characteristics, most three layer
systems are comparable, etc., regardless of some rather major differences in fiber selection,
fabric type or layer thickness.

CHAPTER 2 - 7

Table II
INSULATION FOR INDIVIDUAL ITEMS OF CIVILIAN CLOTHING AND
FORMULAE FOR OBTAINING TOTAL INTRINSIC INSULATION*(CLO UNITS)________________________________________________________________
Light
Undershirt"T"sleevelesslong underwear
fishnet

Heavy

.09
.06
.20
.10

Shirt
short sleevelong sleeve

.18
.22

.25
.29

Sweater
short sleevelong sleeve
turtle neck

.18
.20
.24

.33
.37
.43

short ski jacket (waist)
long ski jacket (hip)

.22
.33

.49
.73

Long pants
knickers
overpants
ski overalls
long underwear

.26
.18
.30
.40
.20

.35
.23
.40
.53
.30

ankle
knee
tights

.04
.08
.06

.08
.13
.11

Vest
Jacket

Pants

Socks

Ski Boots

.08

.11

Total I = 0.8 (individual items + external air layer (0.8))________________________________________________________________*Adapted for skiwear from clo list developed at the Kansas State University by Sprague andMunson.
CHAPTER 2 - 8

Water vapor permeability
Evaporative heat transfer through clothing tends, similarly, to be affected linearly by the
thickness (i.e., insulation) of the ensemble. The moisture permeability index (im) defined by
Woodcock is a dimensionless unit, with a lower limit value of 0 for an impermeable layer andan upper value of 1 if all the moisture that the ambient environment can take up (as afunction of the ambient air vapor pressure) can pass through the fabric. Values of im
approaching 1 should only be found with high wind and no clothing, since moisture vapor
transfer is a diffusion process limited by the characteristic value for diffusion of moisturethrough "still" air. A typical im value for most permeable clothing ensembles in "still air" is a bit
less than 0.5. Water repellent treatment, very tight weaves and chemical protective
impregnations can reduce the im value significantly. However, even impermeable layers
seldom reduce the im value to 0, since an internal evaporation - condensation process is set
up between the skin and the inner surface of the impermeable layer which effectivelytransfers some heat from the skin to the vapor barrier; this shunting, which bypasses theintervening insulation layers, can be reflected as an im value of perhaps 0.08 even for a totallyimpermeable overgarment.
A few fibre treatments have been found to improve the im index value of fabric layers;
surfactants, which somehow improve wicking, appear to improve the im value of a fabric asmeasured on a heated, sweating flat plate.
Note that the ultimate evaporative heat transferred from the skin, through the clothing
and external air layers, to the environment is not simply a function of the permeability index(im ), but is a function of the permeability index to insulation ratio (im /clo). The maximum
evaporative heat exchange with the environment can be estimated, in a manner analogous toEquation 1 for the (R + C) of man with 1.8 m2 of surface area, as:
Emax = 10 im /clo x 2.2( Ps - ØaPa)Equation 3

where the constant 2.2 is the Lewis number (from physics) to indicate that a one mmHg
vapor pressure change is equivalent to a 2.2 °C temperature difference if one wishes toexpress the evaporative heat transfer coefficient (he) as a function of the convective heattransfer coefficient (hc), i.e., he = 2.2 hc; Ps is the vapor pressure of sweat (water) at skintemperature Ts ; Øa is the fractional relative humidity and Pa is the saturated (100% RH)
vapor pressure of the ambient air at air temperature Ta. Thus, the maximum evaporativetransfer tends to be, at best, a linear inverse function of insulation even if not further
degraded by the various chemical agent protective treatments, which range from, at worst,
total impermeability to, at best, water repellent treatments to disperse agent droplets.

CHAPTER 2 - 9

5.

PHYSIOLOGICAL RESPONSES TO HEAT AND COLD

Vasomotor effects
Having thus defined the relationship between the environmental parameters, theclothing, and the heat dissipation from the body, it becomes appropriate to look at thephysiological responses of the body. As shown in Table III, these can be divided into somefive zones. Despite attempts to identify a single temperature with thermal comfort the comfort
zone has been found better represented as a band roughly 3.3 °C (6 °F) wide; the central
point is a function of activity and clothing and also of air motion, relative humidity and mean
radiant temperature. The subjective comfort band corresponds, in part, to the physiologicalstate shown in Table III as the vasomotor control zone. The body's first line of defense
against conditions where metabolic heat production is greater than heat losses by radiationand convection, is to increase the flow of blood from the body's core to the skin. The resultant
increase in skin temperature helps increase non-evaporative heat losses and/or reduce
convective and radiant heat gains. lf metabolic heat production is less than heat loss byradiation and convection from the body, then the blood flow to the skin is reduced byvasoconstriction; the resultant fall in skin temperature helps reduce heat losses.
Vasoconstriction is most effective at reducing the circulatory heat input to the extremities,
particularly since the reduction in heat input is aided by a counter-current heat flow exchange;
the warm blood flowing in the arteries to the extremity is pre-cooled by the juxtaposed venous
return. The limited circulating blood which eventually does reach the extremity is already
reduced in temperature by this exchange mechanism. Since heat transfer is a linear functionof surface area, the fingers and toes which have relatively large surface areas available forheat loss but only low mass from which to lose heat, suffer the greatest drops in extremities
temperatures, the drop in their temperatures usually signals the onset of thermal discomfort
in the cold. The net result is that, even within the vasomotor control zone, extremity coolingand in particular cold toes and fingers lead to onset of thermal discomfort.

CHAPTER 2 - 10

Table III
5 ZONES OF HUMAN THERMAL EFFECTI INCOMPENSABLE HEAT ZONE
(Ereq/Emax)
100%
80
f(CLOTHING PERMEABILITY (IM/CLO); VAPOR PRESSURE GRADIENT ( Ps - Pa); WIND)---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

60
40

hot
---------- ..20
warm
0
II. SWEAT EVAPORATION COMPENSABLE ZONE (700 WATT = EMAX)----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -------VASODILATATION
comfortable

III VASOMOTOR CONTROL ZONE
VASOCONSTRICTION

cool---------cold

EXTREMITY COOLING
SKIN COOLING
0-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------100
200

IV SHIVERING COMPENSABLE ZONE (525 WATT = MMAX)-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------f(CLOTHING INSULATION (CLO); TEMPERATURE GRADIENT ( Ts - Ta); WIND)

300
400 Watt(M - HR + C)

V INCOMPENSABLE COLD ZONECHAPTER 2 - 11

Metabolic Effects
As cold discomfort increases, the body's second line of defense against cold is toincrease its heat production, first by muscle tensing (i.e., imperceptible increases in motortone) and, ultimately, by frank shivering; both muscle tensing and shivering increase heatproduction. Sometime between the imperceptible increases in muscle tone and the onset ofshivering, the development of "gooseflesh" can be noted. The maximum increase in heatproduction associated with shivering is about 525 watt (450 kcal per hour). Whether any ofthat added heat production is actually effective in raising body temperature is determined by
the external clothing insulation, the ambient air motion, and the difference between the skintemperature and the air temperature. Indeed, a lightly insulated or unclothed individual might
increase his heat loss to such an extent while shivering, that he could wind up with a greater
heat debt than he would have had if he had not shivered; i.e., the extra heat production
associated with shivering is not conserved because the increased heat loss to theenvironment associated with the movement of the external clothing and air layers, coupledwith a decrease in vasoconstriction during shivering, results in an increase in heat loss
greater than the increase in heat production by shivering. Under any circumstances, shiveringcannot be considered comfortable, and an individual who is shivering at anything near the
maximum 450 kcal per hour is functionally unable to do much else; the incompensable coldzone thus represents a large area of failure in terms of physiological regulatory responses.
Behavioral temperature regulation, i.e., putting on more clothing or moving to a warmer
environment is the only workable solution for man in a cold environment.
Sweating Response
Table III shows that vasodilation, which raises the body skin temperature, is inadequate
to produce the required heat losses to balance heat production. As the skin temperature rises
to above 35 °C (95 °F) sweat production is initiated. A little sweating is not uncomfortable;
sweating at a level to produce 20% or less skin wettedness is still "comfortable" althoughperhaps perceived as slightly warm.
A maximum limit to sweat evaporative cooling is imposed by the one liter per hoursweat rate sustainable by the average individual. While two or three times this rate can beachieved for an hour or two, this one liter per hour sustainable rate corresponds to an
evaporative cooling potential of 700 watts (or 600 kcal per hour). It is the evaporated sweat
rather than the produced sweat which determines a limit of tolerance.
The percent sweat wetted surface area (%SWA) that will be required for eliminating heatfrom the body can be estimated simply as the ratio of the required evaporative cooling (Ereq)
by Equation 1, and the maximum evaporative cooling (Emax) by Equation 3; i.e.
%SWA = Ereq/Emax

Equation 4

The threshold for a sensation of discomfort is a skin wettedness of about 20%.
Discomfort is marked with between 20 and 40% of the body surface sweat wetted (%SWA)
and performance decrements can appear; they become increasingly noted as %SWA
CHAPTER 2 - 12

approaches 60%. Sweat begins to be wasted at 70%, dripping rather than evaporating, while
physiological strain becomes marked between 60 and 80% SWA; increases above that level
result in limited tolerance even for fit, heat acclimatized, young men. From the above
arguments, it should be clear that any conventional chemical protective clothing will posesevere tolerance limits since its im /clo ratio is rarely above 0.20. The basic problem is thatskin temperature ( Ts ) must be maintained at least 1 °C below deep body temperature (Tre) if
the body is to be able to transfer heat from the body core (where it is produced bymetabolism at rest and during work) to the skin, whence it can subsequently be eliminated tothe environment, through the clothing.
6.

COMFORT SENSATION

The three sets of factors involved with comfort (environmental factors, clothing, andhuman responses) have now been identified and the question of what is comfortable can beaddressed. Cold fingers and toes, or cold skin are associated with cold discomfort, while
discomfort in the heat will increase as the sweat wettedness of the surface increases.
Comfort studies have been conducted in which a group of individuals has been assembled,
wearing the standard 0.6 clo ensemble in a climatic chamber, and voted their thermal comfort
and their temperature sensation while seated at rest. A standard comfort ballot has been
used, a 7 point scale where a temperature sensation of neutral corresponded to a comfort
vote of 4, slightly warm 5, warm 6 and hot 7, with slightly cool corresponding to a vote of 3,
etc. as shown in Table IV. These temperature sensations can be roughly related toenvironmental temperatures using the new effective temperature scale (ET*) where ET*
corresponds to a standard environment, at the stated Effective Temperature*, with 50%
relative humidity and air movement of 0.15 m/s when wearing standard long sleeve shirt andtrousers (0.6 clo intrinsic). Comfort sensations differ slightly from temperature sensations, but
can similarly be related to the Effective Temperature index ET*. A neutral temperaturesensation occurs at a 27°C ET*. At this point average skin temperature is between 33 and34 °C and the body is considered to be roughly 6% wetted, simply as a result of the diffusionof moisture through the skin. This ET* 27 °C comfort temperature appears to be relatively
invariant across cultures, ages or sex, but is clearly modifiable by clothing as well as byactivity. Increasing temperature to ET* 30 °C will result in a comfort vote of slightly warm anda temperature sensation of slightly warm, as skin temperature approaches 35 °C; further
increases in ET* result in increasing comfort votes and temperature sensations going fromwarm to hot, etc., corresponding to increases in sweat wetted area. As ET* drops below
27 °C, comfort votes decrease as temperature sensations shift, initially in response to cooler
fingers and toes and, ultimately, to colder mean weighted skin temperatures. Thus, as shownin Table IV, comfort can be predicted based on the interactions between the three sets of key
factors presented previously (clothing, environment and physiological response) for astandard condition at rest, wearing a standard long sleeve shirt or trousers, with standard air
movement and relative humidity.

CHAPTER 2 - 13

Table IV
COMFORT VOTE AND TEMPERATURE SENSATIONVOTETEMPERATURESENSATION

(4)

ET*

COMFORTSENSATION

Ts(1) (2)(3)
1 Very Cold

10 °C

Uncomfortable

30 °C

15 °C

1

-3

2 Cold2-2

3 Cool% Asw(6)(5)

30.5 °C
Slightly
Uncomfortable

32 °C

20 °C
3

-1

4 Slightly Cool
25 °C

4

0

Comfortable

5 Neutral

32.5 °C(Tfingers)
/toes

34 °C

5 +1

6 Slightly Warm

30 °C

6 +2

7 Warm

35 °C

7 +3

8 Hot
40 °C

35 °C
Slightly
Uncomfortable

—

20

—

40
60

—

80

(Tcore- Ts )

100

Very
Uncomfortable

9 Very Hot
45 °C

6

Limited(1) Classic ASHRAE comfort scale(4) Air temperature (Tdb) at 50% RH with air movement = 0.14m/s
wearing standard long sleeved shirt or trousers (1.4 clo total).

(2) Fanger modification(5) Mean Weighted Skin Temperature(3) Rohles modification(6) Percent of skin area sweat wetted = Skin
relative humidity = Ereq/Emax
CHAPTER 2 - 14

Relative importance of environmental factors.
An extensive series of studies, involving well over 3000 subjects over the years, haslead to the recognition that trade-offs can be made between these six key parameters: airtemperature, air motion, vapor pressure, mean radiant temperature, clothing, and heatproduction, although these trade-offs only operate within finite limits. An alteration of heatproduction by an individual obviously would change the temperature sensation and relative
comfort; each increase of roughly 30 watts (25 kcal per hour) in the heat production of anindividual, which is a relatively slight increase in activity, allows the comfort temperature to be
dropped by about 1.7 °C (3 °F). This is a key factor in keeping people comfortable in the cold;
one could solve most cold discomfort simply by being more active. Because of the limitations
on maintaining comfort when differences in surface and mean radiant temperature are morethan 11 °C (20 °F), i.e., asymmetric or non-uniform radiation, it is much easier to keep warm
while cutting firewood than it is standing in front of a roaring fire with one side exposed tohigh radiant temperature and the other side radiating to a relatively cold ambientenvironment. Increases in mean radiant temperature can be used to compensate fordecreases in air temperature in roughly a 1 to 1 proportion, with each decrease of 1 °C in air
temperature being offset by 1 °C rise in radiant temperature. However, as pointed out above,
an asymmetry of more than 11 °C in radiant temperature is not comfortable even if theappropriately adjusted dry bulb temperature (i.e., (mean radiant temperature + air
temperature) /2), would still produce a condition falling within the comfort range. Other tradeoffs can be made; each 0.18 m/s increase in air motion roughly corresponds to an increase of
1 °C in allowable comfort temperature. Again, there is a limit to the extent to which increasing
air motion can compensate for increased air temperature; the maximum comparable
temperature increase is roughly 2.8 °C, which would be associated with an increase of 0.5
m/s. A change of roughly 36% in relative humidity corresponds approximately to a 1 Cchange in the comfort temperature, with increasing humidity being associated withdecreasing temperatures and vice versa. All these offset factors are relatively small, except
for the change in heat production by the individual, compared to the very dramatic increases
in comfort which can be obtained simply by putting an additional clothing as temperatures
decrease, with each added 0.2 clo of intrinsic insulation roughly producing comfort at a 1 °C
lower air temperature. Such increases in clothing to offset falling temperatures can be carriedmuch further, and more easily effected than any changes in the other six parameters but, toachieve thermal comfort at very low temperatures, the distribution of the additional clothing
must be carefully addressed, with appropriate attention to head and extremities.
7.

HEAT TOLERANCE

The metabolic heat transferred to the skin per unit time can be seen to be limited,
ultimately, by the cardiac output and by the extent to which mean skin temperature ( Ts ) canbe maintained below deep body temperature (Tre). Tre is a function of metabolic heatproduction (Tre = 36.7 + 0.004M) in the absence of any restrictions on heat loss as a result ofclothing, high ambient temperatures or vapor pressures, or very low air motion; i.e., at rest (M= 105 watts) Tre is about 37.1 °C. Normally, under the same conditions of unlimited heat loss,
skin temperatures are about 3.3 °C + (0.006M) below Tre. Thus at rest, when Tre is 37 °C, thecorresponding Ts is about 33 °C; (i.e. 37 - (3.3 + 0.6)). This 4 °C difference between Tre and
CHAPTER 2 - 15

Ts indicates that each liter of blood flowing from the deep body to the skin can transfer about
4 kcal of heat to the skin. Since T re increases and Ts decreases with increasing M, it

becomes easier to eliminate body heat with increasing work since the difference between Tre
and Ts increases by about 1 °C per 100 watts of increase in M (i.e., Tre changes 0.004 °C,
and Ts -0.006 °C, per Watt of M). Thus, at a sustainable voluntary hard work level (M = 500
watts), each liter of blood flowing from core to skin can transfer about 9 kcal to the skin, morethan double the amount at rest.
Unfortunately, any clothing interferes with heat loss from the skin and skin temperaturerises, predictably, with increasing clothing. Core temperature (Tre) also rises when clothing isworn, as a function of the insulation induced rise in Ts and the resultant, limited, ability totransfer heat from the core to the skin. There is an even greater interference with heat loss
from the skin when sweat evaporation is required (Ereq) but this is lirnited by either highambient vapor pressure (ØaPa), low wind, or low clothing permeability index (im /clo) (cf.
Eq.3). As Ereq approaches Emax, skin temperature increases dramatically and deep bodytemperature begins to increase exponentially. Deep body temperatures above 38.2 °C areconsidered undesirable for an average industrial work force.
At a deep body temperature of 39.2 °C, associated with a skin temperature of 36 or
37 °C (i.e. Ts converging toward Tre and approaching a 1 °C limiting difference where one
liter of blood can only transfer 1 or 2 kcal to the skin) there is about 25 % risk of heatexhaustion collapse in fit young males. At a similarly elevated Ts , and Tre of 39.5 °C there is a
50% risk of heat exhaustion collapse, and as Tre approaches 40 °C, with elevated skintemperatures, almost all individuals are highly susceptible; in practice, most laboratories willterminate experiments well below these limits. Finally, Tre levels above about 42 °C areassociated with heat stroke, a life threatening, major medical emergency. The competition for
cardiac output is sorely exacerbated by dehydration (limited stroke volume), by age (limited
maximum heart rate), by reduced physical fitness (lower stroke volume) and these mission
limiting and potentially deadly deep body temperature levels are reached more rapidly when
any of these three factors is involved.
In essence, mission performance will be seriously degraded by protective clothing worn
during heavy work in moderately cool environments, or at low work levels in warm conditions.
It is also suggested that little improvement in the heat stress problem is likely with any twolayer protective ensembles, or any effective single layer vapor barrier system for protection
against CW agents, unless some form of auxiliary cooling is provided.
Tolerance in CW Clothing
Figure 1 is a 1963 Chart of "Predicted Time to 50% Unit Heat Casualties" when troops
wear a CW protective ensemble in either open (MOPP III) or closed (MOPP IV) state. This isexpressed as a function of the environmental Wet Bulb Globe Temperature (WBGT) index, acombination of 10% of air temperature, 20% of the 15.4 cm (6") Black Globe Temperature(representing the radiant heat load received by a man) and 70% of the naturally convected(i.e. non-ventilated or non-psychrometric) Wet Bulb Temperature. The latter term is more
applicable to a soldier, who only has the available air motion to evaporate whatever sweat heproduces, than would be some expression of the conventional relative humidity or wet bulb
CHAPTER 2 - 16

temperature, which uses a ventilated wet bulb thermometer. If hard work is involved,
tolerance time to 50% unit heat casualties is between 1 and 2 hours, whether in MOPP III or
MOPP IV, and almost without regard to ambient heat stress. For moderate work, little
problem would be anticipated with WBGT in the 20 °C (68 °F) range for closed suit or below
25 °C (77 °F) for open suit, while for light work, the WBGT would have to reach 32 °C (90 °F)
for MOPP IV and about 36 °C (97 °F) for MOPP III in order to incur 50% unit heat casualties in 5
to 6 hours.

PREDICTED TIME TO 50% UNIT HEAT CASUALITIESFig 1. Predicted time to 50% unit heat casualties

CHAPTER 2 - 17

REFERENCES
Thermal Environment:
Burton, A.C. and Edholm, O.G. Man in a Cold Environment, Edward Arnold, Ltd.,
London, 1955.
Gagge, A.P., J.A. J. Stolwijk and Y. Nishi. An effective temperature scale based on asimple model of human physiological regulatory response. ASHRAE Trans. 77(1):246262, 1971.
Newburgh, L.H. Physiology of Heat Regulation and the Science of Clothing. W. B.
Saunders, Philadelphia, 1949.
Physiological Responses:
Burton, A.C. The application of the theory of heat flow to the study of energy
metabolism. J. Nutr. 7:497-533, 1934.
DuBois, E.F. Fever and the Regulation of Body Temperature. CC Thomas, Springfield,
1948.
Gagge, A.P. A new physiological variable associated with sensible and insensible
perspiration. Am. J. Physiol. 120:277-287, 1937.
Selle, W.A. Body Temperature. CC Thomas, Springfield, IL., 1952.
Winslow, C. E.A., L.P. Herrington and A.P. Gagge. Physiological reactions of the humanbody to varying environmental temperatures. Am. J. Physiol. 120:1-22, 1937.
Clothing:
Fourt, L. and Hollies, N.R.S. Clothing Comfort and Function. Marcel Dekker, Inc., New
York, 1970.
Gagge, A.P., A.C. Burton and H.C. Bazett. A practical system of units for the descriptionof the heat exchange of man with his environment. Science. 94:428-430, 1941.
Hollies, N.R.S. and Goldman, R.F. Clothing Comfort. Ann Arbor Science, Michigan,
1977.
Sprague, C.H. and D.M. Munson. A composite ensemble method for estimating thermal
insulation values of clothing. ASHRAE Trans. 80(1):120-129, 1974.
Woodcock, A.H. Moisture transfer in textile systems, Part I. Text. Res. J. 32:628-633,
1962.

CHAPTER 2 - 18

Comfort:
ASHRAE. Handbook of Fundamentals, Chapter 8. American Society Heating,
Refrigerating and Air Conditioning Engineers, New York, 1977.
Mclntyre, D.A. 1974, The determination of individual preferred temperatures. Electricity
Council Research Centre Note ECRC/N729, Capenhurst, U.K, 1974.
Winslow, C.-E.A., and Herrington, L.P. Temperature and Human Life. Princeton Univ.
Press, Princeton, N.J., 1949.

CHAPTER 2 - 19

CHAPTER 3

PREDICTIVE THERMAL MODELING
W.A. LOTENSCONTENTSSUMMARY
1. INTRODUCTION
2. PHYSICS OF CLOTHING (1-2)
3. PHYSIOLOGICAL MODELS
4. DATA REGRESSION MODELS (1-3)
5. PERFORMANCE CRITERIA (3-4)
6. THERMAL SENSATION MODELS (2-4)
7. VALIDATIONREFERENCES

CHAPTER 3 - 1

SUMMARY
The various kinds of predictive thermal models are classified according to thecalculation steps involved, in the chain: environment - skin heat transfer - physiological strain- performance. Each class of model is discussed, including validity and differences between
representative examples.

Key Words:

thermoregulation, mathematical model, mass and heat transfer, clothing, thermal
physiology, performance criteria, thermal sensation

CHAPTER 3 - 2

1.

INTRODUCTION

It was perhaps Burton in 1934 who first published a mathematical model to predict
temperature response. Many models have been developed ever since at an exponentiallygrowing rate. Only few of those have been put into use by people other than the authors, forvarious reasons. Lack of understanding, lack of confidence, lack of input data and lack ofready-to-use program files are probably the main reasons. It is the purpose of this chapter totouch on various models, explain the context and differences and to go into some more detailregarding the most popular models, in an attempt to remove some of the obstacles
mentioned.
The general scheme of Fig. 1 may serve as a means for classification of the various
models. In this scheme, the environmental conditions are related to operational performanceby means of a long process that starts with the heat exchange between the skin and theenvironment. This is in fact pure physics, but by no means a static process. The heat andmoisture transfer depends on the ventilation due to motion and wind, the properties of theclothing change with wetting of the clothing, and, due to posture and behaviour, the exposed
surface area may change.

Fig. 1 A general scheme of calculation steps to relate environmental conditions to operational
performance.
The next step, from skin to physiological strain, is partly physical and for a large partphysiological. In the tissue of the body, heat is transferred by conduction and circulatory
convection. The heat flow is controlled by the physiological processes of sweating, shivering,vasomotor action and metabolic heat production. The latter depends on the work load
evolving from the task and the impeding effect of the clothing. The resulting effect of thephysiological system is called the physiological strain. Physiological strain is not represented
by a unique parameter, but rather shows itself in many more or less related variables such as
CHAPTER 3 - 3

heart rate, blood pressure, sweat production, body temperature, metabolic waste products,
etc. The main physiological system involved is probably the circulation, including body fluids,
but the nervous system (pain, muscle control) is important as well.
In the third step in Fig. 1 the physiological strain, or better the spare capacity in thephysiological system, is used as a criterion to decide whether a task can still be continued. In
general, the strain will increase in the course of time until the maximum of the individual isreached. The maximum is dependent on the individual's state of acclimatization, fitness andvarious other factors of minor importance. Mental aspects play a role as well. Due tomotivation, the performance may be kept level until it breaks down completely. With lessmotivation the performance will decrease gradually.
The various existing models may be classified according to the calculation steps
involved. Some do one step only, some take two or more, either implicitly or explicitly. Someare mechanistic, taking an engineering view on the matter. Others do not deal with theprocesses that are going on, but relate results to input conditions in an empirical approach. In
the next sections, this classification will be made, but first a few remarks on models ingeneral.
Considerations in modeling
Models increase in value when they take verifiable steps. Verifiable means in thisrespect that the results can be checked with experimental methods, methods that preferably
do not require difficult techniques like invasive measurements. Some investigators may haveaccess to the required facilities, but the majority do not and consequently difficult-to-checkmodels will otherwise be of disputable value for many potential users. The argument forverifiable steps demands a block building concept of models. Any block should deal with asingle or a few coupled variables only and have a clearly defined interface of input and output
variables. Another advantage is that blocks of various models may be coupled and give room
for investigators to play with them.
A related topic is the availability of input data. Any model will require input data, at least
about the environmental conditions, the clothing and the activity. Some require many moreparameters, dealing with the shape and thermal properties of the body and with physiologicalcontrol functions. A model can run only when all input parameters are available. In default of
actual measured values, literature or even estimated values have to be used. These areusually provided by the author of the model. It is tempting, however to fit the model toexperimental data by changing those parameter values in the expectation that the model will
be improved. What it really boils down to is that a different model has been used andmoreover, it becomes a one shot model, for just one experiment. If every investigator acts
this way, chaos results in the literature, if not in his own archives. The utmost care has to be
exercised in this matter.
Few authors will claim that their model is close to reality. In fact, it is rather amathematical description of observed phenomena than a representation of the real process.
However, the assumption underlying the model, together with the fit of the data giveconfidence to interpolations and some extrapolation. The non-expert user of the model is not
so aware of the limitation to the validity of the model and will apply it to his problem, which
CHAPTER 3 - 4

might be well outside the validity range. Moreover, he will probably believe that the results
are as good as reality. It is advisable, therefore, to accompany a model with a definition of thevalidity domain and the level of validation. A typical correct use of a model would be theestimation of the range of conditions for an experiment.
Types of models
The various types of models will be classified according to the included steps, referring
to Fig. 1. Class 1-2 are the models dealing with the physics of clothing only. Class 2-3 are thepurely physiological models and class 3-4 the performance criteria. Models that do not makethe separation between physics and physiology, jumping directly from environment tophysiological strain are data regression models (class 1-3). Models that use the skincondition to predict performance are relatively rare, but thermal sensation models fall into thisclass (2-4). Models that predict performance directly from the environmental conditions,
without clear steps in between, are unknown to the author.
The mentioned classes will be discussed in more detail in the following sections. It must
be emphasized that this is not a complete inventory of existing models, however.
2.

PHYSICS OF CLOTHING (1-2)

Usually, the transfer of heat and moisture through clothing is described by two simple
equations:
Dry = (hT,c + hT,r) ∆T(W/m2)(1)

Evap = hp∆p

(W/m2)(2)andDry consists of convective as well as convective and radiative heat transfer. Conduction
and convection are lumped together in the heat transfer coefficient hT,c and radiation isrepresented by hT,r (W/m2K). Equation (1) is only correct when the radiation temperature of
the environment equals the air temperature.
Evap is the evaporative heat transfer, proportional to the vapour pressure gradient ∆p(Pa) and the vapour transfer coefficient hp (W/m2Pa).
In general, there is a link between convective and evaporative heat transfer. It has been
experimentally determined that for air layers:La =hp= 0.0165 K/Pa
hT, c(= 2.2 °C/mmHg)(3)

La is the so-called Lewis constant. This constant is independent of the air velocity,
except when the airflow turns over from laminar into turbulent; in that case La takes the valueof 0.015 K/Pa (2.0 °C/mmHg), sometimes called the psychrometric constant.
Lewis relations may be found for all kinds of layers. Woodcock (1962) qualified thevapour transmission of a fabric, including the adjacent air layer, by the moisture permeability
index im, which gives the vapour transmission, relative to that of a pure convective air layer ofthe same heat transmission:
CHAPTER 3 - 5

im =

Llay
Le

(n.d.)(4)

where Llay is the Lewis constant for clothing plus air.
By definition im takes the value of 1.0 for air layers and between zero and unity for otherlayers, depending on the obstruction to vapour transfer.
Substituting (3) and (4) into (2) yields:
Evap = im La hT,c ∆p(2a)

In many papers, a slightly, but significantly, different version of this equation is used:
Evap = im La (hT,c + hT,r) ∆p(2b)

In clothing layers, where the fibers are so densely packed that radiation is intercepted
many times, hT,r does not play an important role and the difference between (2a) and (2b) is
not large. But for air layers, hT,r may be the largest of the two and a serious error results
when i m is taken to be unity. However, when a different definition of i m is used, theerror is compensated for:
im' =

hT, c
im
hT, c + hT, r(5)This means that for pure air, or fabric plus air assemblies a significantly lower value forim' results than for im.
Instead of the heat transfer coefficient in equations (1) and (2b), frequently heat resistanceunits are used (clo, 1 clo = .155 m2 K/W, Gagge et al., 1941).

hT, c + hT, r =

1
6.45
=
.155 clo
clo(6)

where clo is the number of clo units, somewhat confusingly.
Equations (1) and (2) thus take, in the Woodcock description the form:
Dry =

6.45
∆T
clo

Evap = im'

(1a)

6.45
Lea ∆pclo(2c)

Nishi (1970) used a slightly different version of equations (1) and (2), expressing the effect ofclothing as the factor with which the dry and evaporative heat transfer changed compared to
the nude situation. A standard value for the permeability of the clothing was included, but
Lotens and Van de Linde (1983), showed that the mentioned factor is at least a factor of 2
too large to agree with a vast amount of data on fabrics.
So far, only transport equations of the type (1) and (2) have been discussed. These are valid
only when heat and vapour transport are independent and as long as there is no storage ofheat and moisture in the clothing. During transient conditions, however, due to changes inworkload or environment, the heat capacity and particularly the moisture absorption in theclothing make the equations fail. Thus, only steady state conditions are to be described by (1)and (2). Another limitation is that condensation is not allowed. During condensation, heat is
CHAPTER 3 - 6

produced. Consequently, part of the evaporative heat transfer is converted into dry heattransfer, proving that the equations are not adequate in this case.
An exact solution of heat of vapour transport, including time dependency, is to be foundin any textbook on heat transfer (for example Shitzer and Eberhart, 1985). Coupling of theequations is explained by Farnworth (1980) and Lotens and Van de Linde (1983). Exact
solutions require the specifications of any layer in an assembly, regarding insulation,
permeability and absorption. For many typical clothing assemblies the model may be
simplified to include the most relevant parameters only. Such models are currently being
worked out and validated by the author for absorbent clothing, semi-permeable andimpermeable clothing, and ventilated clothing.
Neither the Nishi nor the Woodcock description allows the calculation of the propertiesof an assembly from those of the separate layers. For any assembly, new parameter values
have to be determined. When, however, the parameters are assigned to single layers,instead of one or more layers including adjacent air, the addition is rather straightforward,
provided the clothing is uniform over the area:
Dry =

1
∆T
1
Σ
hc, i + hr, iEvap =

Le1Σ
im, i hc, i

(1b)

∆p

(2d)

where the subscript i denotes the i-th layer of the assembly.
From Flat Plate to Human ShapeThe permeability of clothing is usually measured on a sweating hot plate or comparable
apparatus. For insulation measurements, flat plates are available as well as heated manikins.
Measurement of permeability and insulation on subjects is possible, but difficult.
The values obtained with those various methods are different for three main reasons:- on a flat plate there are usually no enclosed air layers;- when a flat material is curved to shape a garment, the insulation changes;- on a manikin and humans there are uncovered skin areas.
These three factors may be accounted for, to estimate the insulation, in the following
way:
Clothing materials do not vary widely in specific resistance (m K/W). For various
materials (without air layers) a specific insulation of 25 m K/W is reported (about 4 clo/inch,
Burton and Edholm, 1955). The measurements of Van Bruggen and Wammes, (1984)
average 21 m K/W; the difference may be caused by differences in internal radiation transfer
in the samples. The inclusion of air layers will decrease the specific resistance. Typically, apure air gap of 10 mm width will have a specific resistance as low as 13 m K/W due to the

CHAPTER 3 - 7

radiative heat transfer. Clothing assemblies will be somewhere in between those limits,
depending on the enclosed air layers (tight or loose fit).
Clothing is not a flat slab, but consists of more or less cylindrical parts like sleeves,trunk, trousers etc. Due to the curvature of the clothing, the layers will have a larger surface
area than the skin. When the same heat flow goes through a specific clothing layer as itleaves the skin, the apparent resistance R' of the clothing is:R' =skin areaR
clothing area(m K/W)(7)

where R is the specific resistance of the flat material. The specific resistance thus decreases
with increasing thickness and increasing curvature of the assembly.
These assumptions have been put into a model (CLOMAN) that calculates various
insulations for clothed man. A human is represented schematically as 19% nude (head, feet,and hands), 35% trunk (cylinder, radius 15 cm) and 46% extremities (cylinder, radius 5 cm).
Fig. 2 shows some results. In Fig. 2a the difference in intrinsic insulation1 is given as afunction of the thickness of the clothing, both for tight fit (no enclosed air layers) and loose fit(mostly air layers). The levelling off of the curves is mainly due to the exposed skin. For
extremely thick clothing, all heat will pass there. Fig. 2b shows the calculated difference
between the insulation on a flat plate, when the material is bent to the shape of a sleeve, andfor a whole garment, like on a thermal manikin. It is clear that the difference between flat
plate and manikin values is due in the first place to exposed skin, but for thicker clothing also
due to the increasing clothing surface.

Fig.2 a. Calculated intrinsic insulation as a function of assembly

thickness.

b. Calculated insulation of the same material on a flat plate, as a sleeve and ona manikin (for loose fit).

______________________
1

Intrinsic insulation is the insulation of clothing only.

CHAPTER 3 - 8

Wind and Pumping
The main difference between manikin results and results on humans is presumably due
to external wind and motion-induced pumping.
The Nishi description does not allow easy account of varying wind speeds, since therelevant factors change with the air insulation; this description was designed, however, forindoor climates with generally slight air motion.
The Woodcock description was modified by Givoni and Goldman (1972) to take into
account the pumping effect of motion and the effect of wind by the formulas:
V eff = V a + .004 (M - 105)(m/s)

clo = clo o V eff - α

(8)
(9)

i m = constant
where

V eff
clo o
α
Va
M

= effective wind speed (m/s)= insulation at V eff = 1 m/s= coefficient depending on clothing item (0.1 – 0.3)
= wind speed (m/s)= metabolism (W)From a theoretical point of view, im should change with wind speed. In a later paper(Goldman, 1984), indeed im is reported to increase with Veff. Va in (8) evokes the wind effectand the term with the metabolism M the effect of pumping. Nielsen (1985), Olesen andMadsen (1983) and Havenith (1985) all found a decrease in insulation of about 35% formoderate work, compared to standing, which is considerably more than the 21% calculatedwith (8) and (9) for standard fatigues (α = 0.25). The effect of wind only (2 m/s) on various
garments amounted to a 26% decrease in total insulation (Havenith, 1985), compared to a
predicted 16%. Apparently, the prediction is on the low side. There is good agreement on the
combined effect of wind and pumping. Measurements of Nielsen (1985), the prediction by (8)and (9), as well as direct measurements on ventilation (Lotens, 1986a) agree that the
combined effect of wind and pumping is less than the sum of the separate effects.
3.

PHYSIOLOGICAL MODELS (2-3)

Physiological models usually consist of a controlled part (the body) and a controller (theneural network), which together form a feedback system (see Fig. 3). The temperature
sensors are connected to an integrating system, located primarily in the hypothalamus, that
sends out efferent signals to activate the vasomotor system, the sweat system or theshivering muscles. The strength of the efferent signals depends on the comparison between
the integrated afferent signals and a reference value.

CHAPTER 3 - 9

Fig. 3. Feedback control system, consisting of a controller and a controlled part.
Core and skin thermal signals serve as a feedback loop to the controller, which
compares the actual value with a reference value. The differential signal drives thethermoregulatory motor functions.
In this view, high sweat activity is for example caused by a large offset of the central
temperature. The feedback loop insures that the sweating no longer increases when thermal
equilibrium is reached. Models of this type may be simple or sophisticated, according to therealism of the body simulation, the types of physiological sensors involved and thesophistication of the neural network.
The simulation of the body evolved from one homogeneous cylinder into multilayered
cylinders of various sizes for separate body parts, connected by a circulatory blood flow. The
layers are deduced from anatomical differences in body tissue: skin, fat, muscle and core.
The heat flow between the layers may either be calculated by exact mathematical solutionsof the heat conservation equation or the layers may be treated as if they have a uniform
temperature. In the latter approximation, the computation involved is much easier. Gordon
and Roemer (1975) pointed out that the resulting errors are small in the heat but larger in thecold, where more layers are required due to the larger temperature gradients.
A special area is the simulation of the extremities. A major effect may result here fromthe blood flow control. The blood flow is not simple, however. Starting at fingertips and toes,
the venous system splits into two layers of veins, a central layer which is relatively constant inflow, and a superficial layer, that is effectively controlled. The anatomy is thus more
complicated than that of the rest of the body. Questions to be asked are whether blood brings
heat from one layer to the next (or from one body part to the other) without returning first in
the venous pool and whether or not countercurrent heat exchange between arteries andveins takes place, thus decreasing the effective heat transport. Aschoff and Wever (1958)
developed a countercurrent extremity model. However, Mitchell and Meyers (1968) argue
that countercurrent heat exchange rarely sets in. The close contact between arteries andveins required is to be found only in capillaries that usually are embedded in the same layer.

CHAPTER 3 - 10

An evolution in modeling controllers is to be seen as well. The early models worked withjust one variable, the average body temperature. And even that temperature was not reallycontrolled, because no relationships were included between body temperature and effectors
such as vasomotor or sudomotor system. These models (Machle and Hatch (1947), Kerslake
and Waddell (1958), Wyndham and Atkins (1960)) were in fact passive systems only. It was
not until the early sixties that physiological control functions were introduced (Crosbie, Hardy
and Fessenden, 1961, 1963), at first as a function of body temperature and later based on
central, muscle and skin temperature (Stolwijk and Hardy, 1966). In particular, the control ofblood flow became a theme with variations. Wyndham and Atkins (1960) used a regression
model for skin conductance (implicitly depending on skin blood flow), Kitney (1974) applied a
non-linear (bang-bang) controller and Hsia (1975) used blood pressure and arterial
resistance instead of direct flow control.
The described principles have been implemented in various models with a real deal ofrefinement. Wissler started in 1959 with expansion of Pennes' (1948) model for a forearm
only, and next improved Wyndham and Atkins, (1960) model (Wissler (1963, 1964)), to arrivein 1982 at a very detailed model including physiological control functions that requires a longexecution time on a large computer.
The most popular model, however, became that of Stolwijk (1971), produced for NASA.
Stolwijk put a lot of effort in the statement of the controller, which was much more detailed
than any preceding one. Sweat rate, vasoconstriction, vasodilation and chilling are controlled
by networks of similar type, shown in Fig. 4. The inputs for the controller (ε) are signals that
represent the deviation of skin and core temperature from a set point value. The rate of
temperature change is included as well, however. The importance of temperature transients
is emphasized by Mitchell et al. (1972) who think that the rate of change might be even more
important than the temperature per se. This was confirmed by Libert et al. (1979) and in latermodels (Wissler, 1982) more explicitly processed. The coefficients β1 and β3 in Fig. 4 define
a linear output, both for core and skin temperature, while β2 adds a non-linear component.
Although the controllers for all the effector outputs have the same format, β2 equals 0 for thesweating, dilatation and constriction output whereas for the chilling output β1 = β3 = 0. Thus,
the first three are assumed to be strictly linear and the last one purely multiplicative.
These controlled functions meant a tremendous step forward, although it was not tried
to include every bit of physiological knowledge. In particular, the sweat control lacks an
exercise input. Mitchell (1971), Gisolfi and Robinson (1970) and Robinson et al. (1965) agree
that there is a quickly rising, long sustaining effect of exercise on the gain of the sweat
control. The general concept, however, was in fair agreement with the thoughts of Bligh, who
gradually developed control networks. Fig. 5 shows the model of Maskrey and Bligh (1972),
cited in Bligh (1972).

CHAPTER 3 - 11

Fig. 4. The general form of the controller of Stolwijk (1971).

Fig. 5. The network for thermal control developed by Maskrey and Bligh (1972).
In Stolwijk's model, blood flow, metabolism and sweat production are functions of the aboveefferent Signals for any Segment:
blood flow =(BFB + dilat)(1 + stric)

2 ε / q2

(10)

metabolism = MB + work + chill(11)

sweat prod. = SPB + sweat ⋅ 2 (T - T0 ) / q2

(12)where the extension

Bstands for basalε

is the local error function

q2 is the temperature difference that doubles the activity

CHAPTER 3 - 12

By means of the power terms, the local temperature modifies the signal, either toenhance or to suppress the local blood flow or sweat production.
This controller has been connected by Stolwijk to a six compartment (head, trunk, arms,
hands, legs, feet), four layer (skin, fat, muscle, core) model with a central blood pool.
The Stolwijk model has been a source of inspiration to other investigators. Gordon(1976) expanded Stolwijk's model from 6 to 14 compartments and from 4 to 11 layers. In thecontroller, allowance for heat flux sensors is made. Wissler's model (1982) is also an
expansion of Stolwijk's, to even 15 compartments and 15 layers, while the controller isenhanced with explicit processing of rate of temperature changes and a refinement of
shivering control. The principles of the pulmonary model of Grodins et al. (1967) are included
as well. Section 7 deals with the achieved improvement in terms of accuracy.
Gagge et al. (1971) developed another quite influential model, probably not
independent of Stolwijk's, although significantly different. In contrast to the former
investigators, Gagge simplified the model down to just core and shell compartments,
connected to a simple controller, with the aim to develop a useful tool for comfort
calculations. The blood flow is basically the same as in equation (10) but chilling (eq. (11)) is
not considered and sweat production is governed by a non linear equation (β3 = 0 in Fig. 4).
Few attempts have been made to incorporate differences between individuals. In acomprehensive literature study, Havenith (1985) concluded that acclimatization, fitness,hydration, anthropometric measures and time of day have (in decreasing order) an effect on
temperature control. Sex and age are considered secondary variables which depend on thevariables already mentioned. Of these variables, the anthropometric measures could betaken into account with a Stolwijk type model, but the most important variables acclimation,
fitness and hydration need to be incorporated explicitly.
An added complication is a coupling between acclimatization and fitness.
Acclimatization has an effect on the sweat system, as well as on the cardiovascular system.
Those are not strongly related, since acquisition and decay show different behaviour for thetwo systems. Fitness enhances the cardiovascular aspect of acclimatization bycardiovascular training.
Only the model of Konz (1979) includes some individual factors: females are supposed
to have a lower sweat capacity and cardiac stroke index decreases with age. Height, weight
and fat may be entered. Fitness is used to estimate stroke volume and acclimatization showsin maximum sweat rate. Konz reports varying success in simulating individuals.
Specific models at the cold side of thermoregulation deal with the heat production due
to shivering and non-shivering thermogenesis (Hayward et al., 1977) and with the heat loss incold water. The fat layer is considered a major variable in these models (Timbal et al. 1976)
and Montgomery (1974).
Looking back at the development of physiological models, three milestones may be
distinguished. The first is the application of heat diffusion mathematics to a biological problem(Pennes, 1948) and the attempt to model the whole body (Machle and Hatch, 1947). The
second milestone is the inclusion of control functions into a model by Crosbie, Hardy and
CHAPTER 3 - 13

Fessenden (1963) and Wyndham (1962) and the third is the publication of a much improved
Controller by Stolwijk and Hardy (1966), enabling wide application of the model. Since then,in 20 years time, relatively little progress had been made. This is the era in whichmathematical models have to wait for the much more laborious analysis of the highly
complicated thermal control system. In fact, mathematical models could be a powerful tool inthis analysis, but the extensive publications on models suggest that models are often more agoal in themselves than a tool to understand the physiology.
4.

DATA REGRESSION MODELS (1-3)

The oldest data regression models are the climatic indices. It has been tried in a great
many ways to simplify the production of heat strain by at least taking the climatic variables(temperature, humidity, radiation and wind) together into a single variable. A condition is ofcourse that this new variable relates in a unique way to perceived strain. Here, nointermediary is involved, dealing with the heat flow through the skin: the relationship is
directly between environment and strain.
The oldest index is probably the Wet Bulb Temperature of Haldane (1905) and manyothers followed. Still well known indices are the Katathermometer (Hill et al., 1916), Effective
Temperature (Houghton and Yaglou, 1923), Windchill (Siple, 1945), Corrected Effective
Temperature (Bedford, 1946), Predicted 4 Hour Sweat Rate (McArdle et al., 1947), HeatStress Index (Belding and Hatch, 1955), Wet Bulb Globe Temperature (Yaglou and Minard,
1957) and Botsball Temperature (Botsford, 1971).
These indices take into account the climatic variables in various levels of sophistication.
What they have in common, is that the clothing is either unspecified or specified as seminude or standard clothing (often 0.6 clo). There are numerous papers on the evaluation ofthese indices. In particular, the WBGT index is discussed extensively and this is probably themost important one, since it has penetrated into the industrial hygiene legislation in many
countries. WBGT has been shown to be a valuable rough estimator of strain, but in a recent
study (Lotens, 1986b) it is calculated that variations in industrial protective clothing are
causing intolerable discrepancies between actual and recommended exposure limits. It isclear that clothing must be appropriately taken into account, to arrive at realistic exposure
limits. Since any manageable system of tables or nomograms will fail to do so, for WBGT as
well as for other climatic indices, straightforward modeling is a better alternative. Gagge et al.
(1971) used such a model to define the Humid Operative Temperature, but this is putting thecart before the horse: the user must have the model available, not some specific results.
Goldman and associates took a different approach, that will be explained in more detail.
Based on ample laboratory data, Givoni and Goldman (1972) stated empirical equations torelate the rectal temperature response to clothing (clo, im), metabolism and environment (Ta,r.h., wind). The response includes time pattern and final value, for rest, work and recovery.
The equations assume the skin temperature to be 35 °C and the skin vapour pressure 44
mmHg, fully wet skin. This is not necessarily the actual skin condition, but a model construct.
Understanding of the procedure is important: the insulation of the clothing is measured on thecopper man, e.g. standing still, including the overlying air later. The im value is either
determined on a flat plate during moderate air flow or on a copper man with a wet "skin".

CHAPTER 3 - 14

These are the values to be put into the model. The model predicts the average rectal
temperature for groups of young healthy men.
In later papers, many other aspects of thermal strain are covered, such as heart rate
response (Givoni and Goldman, 1973a), acclimatization (Givoni and Goldman, 1973b), solar
heat load (Breckenridge and Goldman, 1972), sweat production and water requirement(Shapiro et al., 1982) and skin temperature (the actual skin temperature this time,
unpublished). All these aspects have been integrated into one model: the heat stress model.
Berlin et al. (1975) published a computer program that covers part of it. Goldman (personalcommunication) has also incorporated a thermal comfort model, deduced from Fanger's
model.
As it stands, the heat stress model does not cover other areas, such as cold. To thispurpose, different models were stated. An extremity cooling model deals with mainly finger
cooling and its modulation by gloves. In this model tissue mass, surface area, insulation,wind and heat input determine the time constant of the cooling response. The model is statedto be valid from 10 down to -100 °C. Wilson and Goldman (1970) deal with the effect oftemperature and wind on time to freezing. Molnar et al. (1973) investigated the effect ofwetness and Wilson et al. (1976) determined the actual finger temperature at which freezing
starts.
A third model deals with whole body cooling, involving heat production, subcutaneous
fat and mass/surface ratio. Dependent on wind and clothing, the model is valid for water
immersion between 5 and 30 °C, air exposure between 20 and 0 °C during rest and much
lower as long as work and clothing prevent the extremities from becoming the limiting factor.
The model is described in Strong et al. (1985). This model is somewhat more mechanistic
than for instance the heat stress model, since it consists of core, fat, skin and clothingcompartments, with assigned heat productions and conductances.
Individual variability is not included in these models, except for the cold model, where
skinfold thickness is a major parameter. Thus, these models are suited only for groupaverage estimations. In fact, the largest variability may be found in the comfort zone, where
physiological control is prevailing. For severe circumstances, the physics of the heattransport is dominating and individual variability is not large there; agreement between
predictive models and experimental results is hardly supportive to the model under thosecircumstances, and the physiological part of the model cannot be reliably tested.
5.

PERFORMANCE CRITERIA (3-4)

This step in the general scheme of Fig. 1 is probably the most complicated one, since
understanding of the relationship between physiological strain and functional performance
involves the knowledge of all physiological processes in full extension, including interrelations
and interactions with motivational aspects. It is not tried here to acquire insight in thisprocess, but a collection of data is given instead, that relates physiological values to apparent
failure of subjects to perform. The data are adapted from a great number of experiments,
which are not referred to here, but an important source is USARIEM, Natick. The data werecompiled by R.F. Goldman and, for a minor part, by the author. A compilation is given in
Table 1.
CHAPTER 3 - 15

Table 1. Approximate Thermal Strain Criteria
performance
Strainmean skin temp.

comfortdiscomfort

33

(°C)

degradation

tolerance

< 31

30

25

> 35

36

damage< 15> 45(time dependent)

local skin temp.

pain:

45

(°C)
finger temp.

27-34

< 20

< 15

5

(°C)

-2 « 15(time dependent)

toe temp.

24-34

< 17

< 13

5

(°C)

-2 « 15(time dependent)

rectal temp.

37

38

working: > 38.2

standing:> 38.0work-1 hr: > 39.5

(°C)

41-42
(time dependent)

work-2 hr: > 38.8

sweat rate.03–

(l / hr)
fraction wet skin

.06

.3

(n.d.)
Water loss

< 36.0

< 35

28

1.5

3

–

unac, 4hr: .75

2

accl:

.9

–

–

unac:

.7
5-6

15-20

work:

10

14

rest:

8

accl, 4hr:

0

2

4

0

3

5

(% body weight)
heat storage(J/g)
heat loss

0

4

6

(J/g)
metabolic rate

1220(depending on cooling rate)
120

350

70

100

500

1 hr:

700

–

8 hr:

110

2 hr:

160

1 hr: 220-age

8 hr, fit:

120

4 hr:

140

rest, 4 hr:

120

(W)
heart rate
-1(min )

CHAPTER 3 - 16

The limit values for various physiological variables are given, as a function of
performance. The performance is split into five levels, ranging from comfort to damage. The
criteria given do not pretend to be physiologically perfect, since the cause of failure depends
on the specific condition, but should be regarded as a general guideline instead.
6.

THERMAL SENSATION MODELS (2-4)

At least two models exist that relate the heat exchange of the skin directly to strain.
Both are dealing with comfort. Nishi and Ibamoto (1969) developed a heat exchange model,
in which a Model Skin Temperature was calculated that would keep a resting person inthermal equilibrium. The skin humidity is supposed to be low. Comparison with actual skintemperature shows a moderate correlation but over a large range of Model Skin
Temperatures the correlation with thermal sensation votes is rather good: on a 10-point
scale, ranging from unbearably cold to very hot, any step corresponds to a 1.8 °C increase in
Model Skin Temperature. Thus, in an analytical way the thermal sensation vote may be
calculated, taking into account the insulation and permeability of the clothing.
Fanger (1970) did not try to predict thermal sensation votes during rest, but comfort
conditions during various levels of activity. He also took an analytical approach, but did notneed to know the permeability of the clothing. This touches the gist of the matter. Fig. 6
shows the basic assumptions of his model. At "comfort" the mean skin temperature drops
with increasing metabolic rate, and the evaporation increases. Comfort is obtained during
these tests by decreasing the air temperature in accordance with the metabolic rate. Whenclothing is added, the temperature of the air must be lowered again, to account for thetemperature gradient through the clothing as well. It may be easily calculated that for normal
permeability of the clothing this gradient is sufficient to pass the vapour. But a consequenceis that the method holds only for normal permeabilities.
As may be seen in Fig. 6, the correlation between metabolic rate and evaporative heatloss is not so close. This already gives an indication of the individual variability in comfortableconditions. Deviations from the regression line of up to 50% in evaporation rate may befound. The deviating subjects are not in thermal equilibrium, but are storing or losing heat.
Fanger found correlations as well between the rate of heat storage and the mean comfort
vote (which is basically the same as Nishi and Ibamoto (1969) uncovered).
From the fact that all subjects voted "comfortable", whereas most of them were not in
equilibrium and thus should vote differently, it may be concluded that for any specificenvironment, subjects will disagree about the comfort. This results even in an optimal climate
in a certain percentage of dissatisfied subjects. The model predicts the percentage
dissatisfied persons, but is validated for lightly clothed persons only. The criterion that Fanger
chose for dissatisfaction is rather wide: 2 steps on the comfort scale. Goldman reports that
extension of the vote scale far beyond Fanger's range still provides useful information.

CHAPTER 3 - 17

Fig 6. Correlation between, respectively, mean skin temperature as well
as evaporative heat loss, and metabolic rate (Fanger, 1970).
7.

VALIDATION

Most reviews on models are restricted to the explanation of features and differences(e.g. Hwang and Konz (1977), Fan et al. (1971), Witherspoon and Goldman (1974)); someare critical (for instance Mitchell et al. (1972)) but few are validating models. Validation is atedious job, in particular for mathematical models with their many variables. A good example,
however, is the report of Wissler (1982) on a Workshop held in Austin, TX, where various
models have been run for a wide range of experiments. The models successfully run wereGoldman's heat stress and whole body cooling model, Stolwijk's model and Wissler's model,
all equipped with the same clothing description. The results are summarized in Table II.
For work in various temperatures and rest in the heat, Goldman's heat stress model(though only providing metabolism and rectal temperature) and Wissler's model perform well.
Wissler's esophageal temperature is systematically too high and the skin temperature

CHAPTER 3 - 18

appears to be out of phase with the work/rest cycle in some occasions. Stolwijk's model has
a consistently low rectal temperature and the time pattern is not always right.
In cold situations (water immersion) all modes show deficiencies, in particular Stolwijk's.
Wissler's model suffers from inaccurate rectal and tympanic temperature and, in Goldman's
model, rectal temperature is inconsistent.
A general impression is that Wissler improved Stolwijk's model to a considerable extent,
but that he did not outmatch Goldman's data regression approach in accuracy. The synthetic
model, true enough, is more versatile.
In one of our own studies, we compared the Stolwijk model, the Goldman heat stressmodel and the Gagge model, all with the same clothing description, for a range of conditions(.2/.8 clo, 30/35/40 °C, 30/90% r.h., 200/400 W). (The models used are those from 1971 and1972; a more up-to-date model from Gagge et al was published in 1986).
This comparison deals with the final rectal temperature (Goldman's vs. Stolwijk's vs.
Gagge's) and the sweat production (P4SR vs. Stolwijk's vs. Gagge's). In Fig. 7 the main
results are shown. Gagge's model predicts the lowest rectal temperatures, actually much
lower than Goldman's. Since Goldman's model is run for acclimatized subjects, whereas
Gagge's is for unacclimatized, the real difference is even larger. Stolwijk's prediction of rectal
temperatures is systematically 0.5 °C higher, but still does not match those of Goldman, inparticular in the heat stress area.
The accumulated four hour sweat rate is low as well for Stolwijk's and particularly
Gagge's model. As far as Stolwijk's model is concerned, this compares to the results of TableII.

CHAPTER 3 - 19

Table II. Deviations of four models based on seven sets of experimental
data (data adapted from Wissler, 1982)

Conditions

Wissler model

Stolwijk model

work/rest cycles
in 10 °C air

evaporation
a bit low

low evaporation,
low rectal andesophageal temp.

work/rest cycles
in 20 °C air

high rectal andesophageal temp,
phase shift inskin temp

high skin temp,
low rectal temp,
low evaporation

work/rest cycles
in 30 °C air

high rectal andesophageal temp,
high skin temp andphase shifthigh skin temp,
low rectal temp

step change towarm/wet air

high esophageal
temp

low rectal, esophageal
and skin temp, too earlylevelling off

step change to
hot/dry air

high esophageal
temp

same as above

water immersion
18 °C

low rectal temp,
varying tympanic
temp

high metabolism,
initial drop andtoo early levellingrectal temp

water immersion
24 °C

varying rectal temp,
same as above
varying tympanic temp,
high metabolism

same as above

water immersion
29 °C

high tympanic temp,
low metabolism

high rectal temp,
low metabolism

same as above

CHAPTER 3 - 20

Goldman models(rectal temp andmetabolism only)

high rectal temp

low rectal temp

Fig. 7. Comparison of predicted final rectal temperature (Stolwijk's and Gagge's
model against Goldman's) and four hour sweat rate (against P4SR).
One cannot disapprove of some model because it may produce incorrect results. The
model may be designed for specific purposes and serve that purpose well. The conclusionsof this section rather emphasize the point about validity range and the awareness thatmodels are no reality.
An anecdote, probably from a Canadian source, may moderate overly serious
considerations on modeling. A farmer, worried about his cow giving no milk, consulted aveterinarian surgeon, but nothing abnormal was found. Then he unsuccessfully tried, insequence, a biochemist, a dietician, and an animal psychologist. In despair, he applied to aphysicist, who studied the cow. The farmer anxiously waited for the report, and when it finallycame, it started with the words: "Consider a spherical cow..." .

CHAPTER 3 - 21

REFERENCES
1.

Aschoff, J. and R. Wever (1958). Modellversuche zum Gegenstrom-Wärmeaustausch in derExtremität. Z Gesamte Exp. Med. 130(4): 385-395.

2.

Bedford, T. (1946). Environmental warmth and its measurement. Med. Res. Council War,
Memo 17, HMSO, London.

3.

Belding, H.S. and T.F. Hatch (1955). Index for evaluating heat stress in terms of resulting
physiological strain. Heat., Piping and Air Cond. 27: 129-136.

4.

Berlin, H.M., L. Stroschein and R.F. Goldman (1975). A computer program to predict energy
cost, rectal temperature and heart rate response to work, clothing and environment. ED-SP75011, Edgewood Arsenal, Aberdeen Proving Ground, MD.

5.

Bligh, J. (1972). Neuronal models of mammalian temperature regulation. In Essays on
Temperature Regulation. Bligh and Moore (Eds.), North-Holland Publ. Co., p. 105-120.

6.

Botsford, J.H. (1971). A wet globe thermometer for environmental heat measure ment. Am.
Ind. Hyg. Assoc. J. 32, 1-10.

7.

Breckenridge, J.R. and R.F. Goldman (1972). Human solar heat load. ASHRAE Transactions
78: 110-119.

8.

Bruggen, E.J.G. van and L.J.A. Wammes (1984). Warmtedoorlaatbaarheid van enkle
isolatiematerialen. Report Institute for Perception IZF, 1984-M25.

9.

Burton, A.C. and O.G. Edholm (1955). Man in Cold Environment. Edward Arnold, Ltd., London.

10.

Burton, A.C. (1934). The application of the theory of heat flow to the study of energy
metabolism. J. Nutr. 7: 497.

11.

Crosbie, R.J., J.D. Hardy and E. Fessenden (1963). Electrical analog simulation of temperature
regulation in man. In: Temperature Its Measurement and Control in Science and Industry, Part
III, Hardy (Ed.) Reinhold, N.Y.

12.

Fan, L.T., F.T. Hsu and C.L. Hwang (1971). A review of mathematical models of the humanthermal system. IEEE Trans. Biomed. Eng. 18: 218-234.

13.

Fanger, P.O. (1970). Thermal Comfort. McGraw-Hill Book Co.

14.

Farnworth, B. (1979). Calculations of heat and vapour transport in clothing: transient effects inhygroscopic materials. Defence Research Establishment Ottawa, Technical Note 80-25.

15.

Gagge, A.P., A.C. Burton and H.C. Bazett (1941). A practical system of units for the descriptionof the heat exchange of man with his environment. Science 94: 428-429.

16.

Gagge, A.P., A.P. Fobelets, and L.G. Berglund (1986). A standard predictive index of human
response to the thermal environment. ASHRAE Trans. 92: 709-731

CHAPTER 3 - 22

17.

Gagge, A.P., J.A.J. Stolwijk and Y. Nishi (1971). An effective temperature scale, based an asimple model of human physiological regulatory response. ASHRAE Trans. 74: 242-262.

18.

Gisolfi, C. and S. Robinson (1970). Central and peripheral stimuli regulating sweating during
intermittent work in men. J. Appl. Physiol. 29: 761-768.

19.

Givoni, B. and R.F. Goldman (1972). Predicting rectal temperature response to work,
environment and clothing. J. Appl. Physiol. 32: 812-822.

20.

Givoni, B. and R.F. Goldman (1973a). Predicting heart rate response to work, environment andclothing. J. Appl. Physiol. 34, 201-204.

21.

Givoni, B. and R.F. Goldman (1973b). Predicting effects of heat acclimatization on heart rate
and rectal temperature. J. Appl. Physiol. 35: 875-879.

22.

Goldman, R.F. (1984). Biophysical evaluation of relative heat stress of four chemical protectivemask/hood systems. Report Multi-rech Corp. C028/MT 21-84, Natick, MA.

23.

Gordon, R.G. and R.B. Roemer (1975). The effect of radial nodal spacing on finite difference
calculations of temperatures in living tissue. IEEE Trans. Biomed. Eng. 22: 77-83.

24.

Gordon, R.G., R.B. Roemer and S.M. Horvath (1976). A mathematical model of the humantemperature regulatory system - transient cold exposure response. IEEE Trans. Biomed. Eng.
23: 434-444.

25.

Grodins, F.S., J. Buell and A.J. Barb (1967). Mathematical analysis and digital simulation of therespiratory control system. J. Appl. Physiol. 22: 260-276.

26.

Haldane, J.S. (1905). The influence of high air temperatures. J. Hygiene 5: 494-513.

27.

Havenith, G. (1985). Individual parameters in thermoregulatory control; a review. Report
Institute for Perception IZF 1985-26.

28.

Havenith, G. and H. van Middendorp (1985). Thermische eigenschappen van het
gevechtskledingsysteem uit de PSU-80. Report Institute for Perception IZF 1985-C21.

29.

Hayward, J.S., J.D. Eckerson and M.L. Collis (1977). Thermoregulatory heat production in
man: prediction equation based on skin and core temperature. J. Appl. Physiol. 42: 377-384.

30.

Hill, et. al. (1916). The Measurement of the Rate of Heat-Loss at Body Temperature by
Convection, Radiation, and Evaporation. Phil. Trans. Sec. B 207: 183-220.

31.

Houghton, F.C. and C.P. Yaglou (1923). Determining equal comfort lines. J. Am. Soc. Heat.
Vent. Eng. 29: 165-176 and 515-536.

32.

Hsia, T.C. (1975). A prototype segmental model for blood flow and heat transfer in the limb.
Comp. Progr. Biomed. 4: 219-225.

33.

Hwang, C.L. and S.A. Konz (1977). Engineering models of the human thermoregulatory
system; a review. IEEE Trans. Biomed. Eng. 24: 309-325.

CHAPTER 3 - 23

34.

Kerslake, D.Mc.K. and J.L. Waddell (1958). The heat exchanges of wet skin. J. Physiol. 141:156-163.

35.

Kitney, R.I. (1974). The analysis and simulation of the human thermoregulatory control system.
Med. Biol. Eng. Jan. 74, 57-65.

36.

Konz, S.A. (.1979). Computerized prediction of physiological responses to work environments.
SAE Trans. 88: 1123-1128.

37.

Libert, J.P., V. Candas and J.J. Vogt (1979). Effect of rate of change of skin temperature on
local sweating rate. J. Appl. Physiol. 47: 306-311.

38.

Lotens, W.A. and F.J.G. van de Linde (1983). Insufficiency of current clothing description. Int.
Conf. Med. Biophys. Aspects Prot. Clothing, Lyon.

39.

Lotens, W.A. and G. Havenith (1986a). Ventilation of rainwear determined by a trace gas
method. Report Institute for Perception IZF 1986-21.

40.

Lotens, W.A. and H. van Middendorp (1986b). How well does WBGT predict heat strain?
Estimates from a mathematical model. Report Institute for Perception 1986-C12.

41.

Machle, W. and T.F. Hatch (1947). Heat: man's exchanges and physiological responses.
Physiol. Rev. 27: 200-227.

42.

McArdle, B., W. Durham, H.E. Holling, W.S. Ladell, J.W. Scott, M.L. Thomson and J.S. Weiner(1947). The prediction of the physiological effects of warm and hot environments: the P4SR
index. Med. Res. Council RNP 47/391, London.

43.

Mitchell, D., A.R. Atkins and C.H. Wyndham (1972). Mathematical and physical models ofthermoregulation. In: Essays an Temperature Regulation, Bligh and Moore (Eds.), NorthHolland Publ. Col., p. 37-54

44.

Mitchell, D. (1971). Human surface temperature: its measurement and its significance inthermoregulation. Ph.D. Thesis, Univ. of Witwatersrand, Johannesburg.

45.

Mitchell, J.W. and G.E. Meyers (1968). An analytical model of the countercurrent heatexchange phenomena. Biophysics J. 8: 897.

46.

Molnar, G.W., A.L. Hughes, O. Wilson and R.F. Goldman (1973). Effect of skin wetting on
finger cooling and freezing. J. Appl. Physiol. 35: 205-207.

47.

Montgomery, L.D. (1974). A model of heat transfer in immersed man. Ann. Biomed. Eng. 2: 1946.

48.

Nielsen, R., B.W. Oleson and P.O. Fanger (1985). Effect of physical activity and air velocity on
the thermal insulation of clothing. Ergonomics 28: 1617-1632.

49.

Nishi, Y. and A.P. Gagge (1970). Moisture permeation of clothing - a factor governing thermal
equilibrium and comfort. ASHRAE Trans. 75: 137-145.

CHAPTER 3 - 24

50.

Nishi, Y. and K. Ibamoto (1969). Model skin temperature - an index of thermal sensation in
cold, warm and humid environments. ASHRAE Trans. 75: 94-107.

51.

Olesen, B.W. and T.L. Madsen (1983). Measurement of the thermal insulation of clothing by
moveable manikin. Int. Conf. Med. Biophys. Aspects Prot. Clothing, Lyon.

52.

Pennes, H.H. (1948). Analysis of tissue and arterial blood temperatures in the resting humanforearm. J. Appl. Physiol. 1: 93-122.

53.

Robinson, S., F.R. Meyer, J.L. Newton, C.H. Ts'ao and L.O. Golgersen (1965). Relations
between sweating, cutaneous blood flow and body temperature in work. J. Appl. Physiol. 20:
575-582.

54.

Shapiro, Y., K.B. Pandolf and R.F. Goldman (1982). Predicting sweat loss response to
exercise, environment and clothing. Eur. J. Appl. Physiol. 48: 83-96.

55.

Shitzer, A. and R.C. Eberhart (Eds.) (1985). Heat Transfer in Medicine and Biology, Plenum
Press, New York, London.

56.

Stolwijk, J.A.J. and J.D. Hardy (1966). Temperature regulation in man - a theoretical study.
Pflugers Arch. 291: 129-162.

57.

Stolwijk, J.A.J. and J.D. Hardy (1971). A mathematical model of physiological temperature
regulation in man. NASA contractor report CR 1855.

58.

Strong, L.H., G.K. Gee and R.F. Goldman (1985). Metabolic and vasomotor insulative
responses occurring on immersion in cold water. J. Appl. Physiol. 58: 964-977.

59.

Timbal, J., M. Loncle and C. Boutelier (1976). Mathematical model of man's tolerance to coldusing morphological factors. Aviat. Space Env. Med. 47: 958-964.

60.

Wilson, O. and R.F. Goldman (1970). Role of air temperature and wind in the time necessary
for a finger to freeze. J. Appl. Physiol. 29: 658-664.

61.

Wilson, O., R.F. Goldman and G.W. Molnar (1976). Freezing temperatures of finger skin. J.
Appl. Physiol. 41: 551-558.

62.

Wissler, E.H. (1964). A mathematical model of the human thermal system. Bull. Math. Biophys.
26: 147-166.

63.

Wissler, E.H. (1982). An evaluation of human thermal models. Report on a workshop, Austin,
TX Dec. 13-15.

64.

Wissler, E.H. (1963). An analysis of factors affecting temperature levels in the nude human. In:
Temperature its Measurement and Control in Science and Industry, Part IV, Hardy (Ed.),
Reinhold, N.Y.

65.

Witherspoon, J.M. and R.F. Goldman (1974). Indices of thermal stress. ASHRAE Bulletin 1073-8.

CHAPTER 3 - 25

66.

Woodcock, A.H. (1962). Moisture transfer in textile systems. Text. Res. J. 32: 628-723.

67.

Wyndham, C.H. and A.R. Atkins (1960). An approach to the solution of the human biothermal
problem with the aid of an anologue computer. Proc. 3nd Int. Conf. Med. Electr., London.

68.

Wyndham, C.H. and A.R. Atkins (1962). A physiological scheme and mathematical model oftemperature regulation of man. Pflügers Arch. 303: 14-30.

69.

Yaglou, C.P. and D. Minard (1957). Control of heat casualties at military training centers. Arch.
Ind. Health 16: 302-316.

CHAPTER 3 - 26

CHAPTER 4

CLOTHING MATERIALS - THEIR REQUIRED CHARACTERISTICS
AND THEIR IMPACT ON BIOMEDICAL FACTORS
G.T. Holmes, P.L. Marsh, R.B. Barnett, and R.A. Scott

CONTENTSSUMMARY
INTRODUCTIONSYSTEM REQUIREMENTS VERSUS BIOMEDICAL CONSIDERATIONS
Durability of Physical and Chemical Properties
Water Resistance
Flame Resistance
Ballistic Protection
Protection from Thermal Effects of Weapons
Camouflage
Insect Repellency
Ease of Movement
ComfortOther Characteristics
FIBRE PROPERTIESFABRIC PROPERTIESCONCLUSIONSREFERENCES

CHAPTER 4 - 1

SUMMARY
Military clothing systems demand a variety of characteristics in order to meet theirfunctional purpose. The means of achieving these characteristics are reviewed and theadvantages and physiological penalties are discussed. The range of natural and synthetic
textile fibres available to the clothing designer is presented and the salient properties ofdifferent fibres are outlined. An examination is made of fabric properties and of thebiophysical effects that may result from their selection to meet specific operational
requirements. The chapter concludes by indicating directions for future work.

Key Words:

Textile fibres, Textile fabrics, Synthetic textiles, Flame-resistant textiles, Waterproof/
vapour permeable textiles, Thermal insulation materials, Weight of clothing and textiles,
Bulk of clothing and textiles, Stiffness of clothing and textiles, Combat clothingmaterials/incompatibilities

CHAPTER 4 - 2

INTRODUCTION
Textile materials are the basic building blocks with which protective clothing systems
are built. Textile fibres can be natural or man made. They can be in short staple or continous
filament form. The fibers are formed into yarns which are then formed into woven or knitted
fabric constructions. Loose fibres can also be formed into non woven fabric structures. The
essential characteristics of a protective system can be attained through careful choice of fiberand fabric. These fabrics can also be finished to provide extra properties such as shrink
resistance, flame resistance, crease resistance, water repellency, wettability, rot resistance,and coloring. Finishing processes are means of improving some of the inadequacies of thefibres or fabrics. This utilization of the good together with the compensatory provisions madefor the poor is an imperfect method of meeting functional and protective requirements. It is an
acknowledgement that the ideal fibres and manufactured materials for the provision of
military protection do not exist, nor are they likely to be developed in the foreseeable future. It
must be clear that, at present, the level of desired protection must be, more times than not,compensated by some acceptable level of undesirable biomedical condition.
The objective of current materials research and development should therefore be themeeting of as many of the critical requirements as possible without creating new problems inincompatibilities between two or more requirements, or types of behavior. A solution to one
problem could well create another problem resulting in little or no overall gain. This matterhas been discussed at length by Holmes (1) and a review of that paper reveals that many of
the incompatibilities identified in 1965 are still not resolved in a satisfactory manner. (See Fig.
1)
An examination of the prime characteristics of operational clothing materials will
demonstrate that many of the solutions to the individual protection problems are not only
incompatible with each other but they intensify the biomedical problems which already exist.
SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS VERSUS BIOMEDICAL CONSIDERATIONS
Durability of Physical & Chemical Properties.
If physical durability is achieved by increase in mass, the individual will be burdened byincreased weight and bulk which results in greater stress under conditions of activity,
increased difficulty in achieving adequate moisture vapour transmission and a loss of bodyand limb dexterity.
The achievement of durability without increased weight and bulk is usually the result ofusing high tenacity synthetic fibres (for example polyester and nylon). Most of these fibres
have low internal moisture absorption and some are almost completely hydrophobic. Thesematerials cause problems because they could impede low weight and bulk absorption ofmoisture vapour. Conversely such hydrophobic fibres can assist the wicking, which is thetransport of liquid through capillaries and crevices at contact points.
The combined requirement for durability and low weight and bulk leads the developer tothe use of high strength fibre/fabric combinations, and the problems regarding hydrophobic
fibres have already been discussed.

CHAPTER 4 - 3

Fig. 1. Incompatibilities in combat materials systems.

CHAPTER 4 - 4

Water Resistance
The means of preventing the entry of moisture into and through the clothing layers must
not prevent the exhaustion of moisture vapour from the body. This may be accomplishedthrough the use of poromeric and vapour permeable membranes or coatings. A secondary
benefit of providing water resistance is to prevent absorption of water by the clothing, thereby
increasing the weight and causing discomfort. Note that increased weight will contribute toheat stress. (Table I and Table IV)
Flame Resistance
The application of flame-retardant finishes to textile materials such as the PROBAN
treatment for cotton and the borax/boric acid treatment for wool not only tends to lower thetensile properties, they usually result in a significant weight increase and additional
stiffness. The added weight does not contribute to the reduction of the heat stress risk,
while the loss of flexibility impedes limb and joint movement.
Ballistic Protection
In the area of ballistic protection, current research and development achievement has
been limited to the use of flexible body armour as an additional item to be worn. This resultsin considerable extra weight to be carried. It also has an adverse effect on the transfer ofheat and moisture vapour and causes physical impedance. These can also be turned toadvantage in that body armour can help to keep the wearer warm or provide insulation
against heat and flames.
Protection from thermal effects of weapons
Protection from the thermal effects of weapons can be achieved by providing a flame
resistant textile shell fabric together with underlying layers of thermal insulation utilizing a
combination of new polymers, fibre selection, fabric construction and inherent mass.
Thermoplastic fibres (nylon polyester, polypropylene and PVC) can constitute a particular
melt hazard if worn near the skin by military personnel exposed to heat, flames and flash.
The behavioural effects of each contributing factor are influenced by the level of protection
required, and the need for multi-shot protection. Although all components of the means ofprotection can play a role in the decrement of human performance and behaviour, it is theincreased load provided by the insulation which could be the prime concern. (See Table II)
Protection from Chemical Warfare Agents
Current technology is capable of defeating the known Chemical Warfare (CW) hazards
using one of the three general approaches:a. impermeable barriers such as butyl rubber coated fabrics or laminates.
b. permeable scavenging and neutralizing materials systems; such as those based on
activated charcoal.
c. total encapsulation with a built-in life support system.
CHAPTER 4 - 5

TABLE I
PROPERTIES OF WATER-RESISTANCE AND WIND PRESSURE
MATERIAL WATER-RESISTANCE
CATEGORY

WATER ENTRY PRESSURE

WATER REPELLENT< 0.5 psi

SHOWERPROOF

to 15 psi

WATERPROOF> 25 psi

RAINPROOF

to 30 psi

STORMPROOF> 30 psi

WIND PRESSURE - MULLEN EQUIVALENT

WIND SPEED (mph) 431(BREEZE)

54(GALE)

72(STORM)

PRESSURE (psi)

9

25

50

3.5

CHAPTER 4 - 6

TABLE II
BURNING CHARACTERISTICS OF TEXTILE FIBRES

FIBREIGNITION TEMP°CFLAMMABILITY

Cotton205

Burns readily, chars, afterglow

Rayon

215

Burns very rapidly, chars, no afterglow

Acetate260

Burns, melts ahead of flame

Nylon 6276

Supports combustion slightly, melts, drips

Nylon 66

278

Supports combustion, melts and drips

Triacetate

282

Burns readily, melts ahead of flame

Acrylic

293

Burns readily, melts and sputters

Modacrylic

199

Does not support combustion or melt

Polyester232

Burns readily with soot, melts

Polypropylene

299

Burns slowly

Wool

315

Flame resistant, melts ahead of flame

Nomex

370*

Will not support combustion

Kevlar 29

500*

Will not support combustion

PBI

560*

Will not burn in air

Thermoglass–

Will not burn*Decomposes

From: Morris, G.J. The thermal properties of textile materials. J. Text. Inst. 44(10): T449476,1953.

CHAPTER 4 - 7

TABLE III
THERMAL INSULATION MATERIALSFIBRE TYPE

EXAMPLESAPPLICATIONSClothing
a.

b.

c.

Polyester
Solid Fibre

PolyesterHollow Fibre

Polyester
Microfibre

Polarguard
DacronTreviraSleeping
Bags

X

X

HollofilSuperloft
Quallofil

X

X

DacronX

COMMENTS

Underwear
100% form or
fibrous battingin blends
X
materials
Tubular fibre
Tubular fibre
4 hole structure

X"Thin" insulator
SliverKnit Piled.

Acrylic Fibre

TeklanOrlon
DunovaX

X

X

Modacrylic fibre
Sintered fibree.

Polyolefin

Lifa

X

f.

Polyolefin Microfibre Thinsulate
Elzack

X

g.

Wool

KnittedCan be blended
with nylon or wool.
Low melting point
Thin insulationmaterials.

or pilefabricsX
h.
i.

Cotton or
Viscose Rayon

Vincel

Polyvinylidene
Chloride

Damart
ThermolactylX

Can be blended withother fibres
nylon, polyester.

X

Can be blended with
polyester.

X

Low melting point.
Can be blended withacrylic fibres.

j.

Down & Feathers

Natural source
duck or fowl

X

X

CHAPTER 4 - 8

Very expensive.
Good warmth for mass.
High compressibility.

TABLE IV
COMPARISONS OF CURRENT WATERPROOF TEXTILE MATERIALS* = POOR* * * * * = BestMATERIAL
CATEGORY

WATER VAPOUR
TRANSMISSIONPROPERTY

WATER
RELATIVE
PROOFNESS COST

Polyurethane coated
Nylon

Impermeable***

PVC Coated Nylon

Impermeable

Neoprene Coated
Nylon
Microporous PTFE
Laminates

Microporous
Polyurethane
Coatings or
Laminates
Hydrophilic Solid
Film
Polyurethane
Coated Fabrics

GENERAL NOTES=1ControlComparison

Widely used.
Lightweight.

*****

x 1.5

Heavy duty.
Stiffens at low
temperature.

Impermeable

*****

x2

Heavy duty.
Flame resistant.

****

*****

x5

Expensive.
Can be stiff & noisy.
Can delaminate.

**
to
****

***

x2
to
x3

Wide range available.
Good handle.
Some prone tohydrolysis.
Cheap.
Easy to produce.

**

***

x 1.5

Microporous
Polypropylene

***

****

x 2 to 3

Rather stiff.
Still under development

Microporous
Polyamino-Acid

****

***

x 2 to 3

Very light.
Prone to hydrolysis.

*****

*

Ventilex5
Othersx2

Water repellent
treatment affectedby laundering.
Air permeability high.

Tightly Woven
Non-coated Fabrics(Ventile Cotton)(Fine Polyester)

CHAPTER 4 - 9

An impermeable barrier prevents the transmission of moisture vapour and, because ofheat stress risk, the activities of the wearer are extremely limited. While complete
encapsulation with a filtered air supply could provide an acceptable systems approach to both
body and respiratory protection, the combat effectiveness of the wearer in terms of body
movement, speed, use of weapons and accessibility to his equipment is seriously impaired.
He would need to expend much more energy to operate and additional weight of the system
would result in penalties. This then leaves the permeable scavenging/neutralizing approach
followed by many NATO countries at present. The ensembles transmit moisture vapour but
not at a rate which will allow the protective ensemble to be worn at a level of individual
effectiveness equal to that of conventional combat clothing. There are numerous records ofthe heat stress experienced while wearing CW protective ensembles under conditions ofnormal and high activity. (2,3,4)
Insulation
The provision of insulation against the cold environment has been traditionally achievedby resorting to the multi-layer system. By the use of several clothing layers the bulk ofmaterial for a given insulation will be less than that of a single layer system. In addition, amultilayer offers a greater thermal range and the individual layers could carry specificprotective properties. Approaches such as the use of a vapour barrier, reflective layers or
auxiliary heating have been attempted but have not been successful in the operational
environment of the combat soldier. Insulation is discussed at length in Chapters 2 and 5.
(See Table III)
Windproofness
If wind-proofness is achieved by the use of a tightly constructed woven fabric, there
should be no adverse biomedical implications. If wind-proofness is attained through themedium of applying a coating to a fabric substrate, all the physiological problems caused byimpermeable barrier layers will prevail.
Camouflage
Provided the personal camouflage can be achieved without the wearing of an additional
garment which will add to the load, there should be no additional biomedical effects
attributable to camouflage. However, dark camouflage colours tend to attract insects. Printed
colours may be allergenic.
Insect repellency
The two prime approaches to the provision of insect repellency are the use of repellents
applied to exposed skin and the wearing of a repellent-impregnated lightweight net jacket.
This latter item is completely air and moisture permeable, and the effect on heat load isminimal. Physiological effects of repellents contacting the skin has recently been studied but

CHAPTER 4 - 10

until any conclusive evidence comes forth, it is assumed that insect repellents do notcontribute to biomedical problems.
Ease of Movement
Ease of movement includes total body movement across ground, and limb and joint
dexterity. They are both adversely affected by fabric properties such as weight, thickness andstiffness, and by system properties such as total number of layers, overall thickness andsystems design.
ComfortWearing comfort has been described by Mecheels (5) as a measure of how well theclothing assists the functioning of the body, or at least impairs it to a minimum degree. Thereis no single determination of comfort: a number of researchers have emphasized that thermal
resistivity and moisture dissipation in all their forms play a significant role in providing overall
comfort (5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11). Other contributing factors are surface characteristics such as
scratchiness and harshness of coarse wool fibres or the wet cling associated with synthetic
filament fabrics. Propensity for electrostatic charging, shrinkage of cotton, felting of wool
causing tightness of garments, all contribute to wearing discomfort. Comfort thus is not a
factor in itself but a subjective weighting of all the different properties of clothing.
Other Characteristics
There are innumerable other materials characteristics which are included inrequirements for military clothing. They include the series of colourfastness requirements,
micro-biological and actinic degradation, snow shedding, low noise generation, and others
which have little or no biophysical action or reaction.
FIBRE PROPERTIES
No one fibre possesses all the properties desirable for military, operational andprotective clothing.
If an essential fabric property can be obtained by incorporating it into the fibre there areadvantages to be gained over the approach of applying finishes in that there are no penalties
to be incurred in terms of increased weight, increased stiffness, lower physical properties andlack of durability of the property. An excellent example of this is in attainment of flameretardance where the inherent flame-resistant property of aramid fibers can be translated intoa fabric property without any significant loss of other desirable characteristics.
Although the properties of natural fibres can be modified (e.g., de-scaling of wool fibre
for shrink-resistance), it is considered that the possibility of success favours the synthetic
fibres. In recent years there have been tremendous advances in polymer chemistry thatmakes possible the development of new fibres with specific characteristics. Whether or notthese fibres would be commercially or economically viable is another consideration.

CHAPTER 4 - 11

Examples of some of the more recent technology advances in fibres include thedevelopment of hollow fibres which may eventually have a place in the structuring of new
insulation media with lower density and higher resilience factors; another development which
has found its own place in technology and in the commercial market are the high tenacity
aramid fibres which offer advances in ballistic protection. They provide similar levels ofprotection as HT nylon but with a significant reduction in mass or a much higher level ofprotection for the same mass.
Fibre technology which may be of increasing importance in the 1985-2000 time-frame
includes:a. bi-component or multi-component fibres obtained either by polymer blending or graftpolymerization; for example, bi-component polyester fibres with low melting point
sheath for heat bonded insulated battings.
b. inherent fibre colouration with a high degree of colour fastness. Up to present, thishas posed considerable problems when applied to fibres produced by hot melt
spinning; incorporation of pigments in Nomex aramid fibres, for example, is now
possible.
c. sheathed fibres which are essentially hollow fibres with a filled core or a core fibre
spun with a sheath for protection or enhancement of the core properties; for instance,
glycol based fillings which buffer heat changes (12).
d. fibres whose basic properties have been modified by irradiation; for example,
increasing the melting point of polyester fibres (13).
If approaches such as those briefly discussed cannot give the fibre designer or theclothing developer the fibre properties needed to provide more complete protection withfewer physiological penalties, we must then look to the polymer chemists for the developmentof new polymers, or co-polymers. The synthetic fibre industry is dominated by large multinational corporations that are naturally interested in returns on research and development
investment. Unless a multi-purpose fibre created for military consumption has extensive
civilian applications, it would not be cost-beneficial for any one national company to proceedwith development and pilot plant production.
As the majority of synthetic fibre producers are multi-national, it is possible that a multinational approach to nations could provide the break-even production run for one plant.
Provided that preliminary inquiries with industry indicate that a multi-national approach isfeasible, the first requirement would be for participating NATO nations to identify and agree
upon the fibre properties required.
FABRIC PROPERTIES
An examination of the biophysical effects that could be caused by meeting othermaterials requirements for military protective and operational clothing, indicates that thefollowing fabric properties should be the subject of concentration;

CHAPTER 4 - 12

a. moisture vapour transmission
b. flame and heat protective materialsc. thermal insulationd. wicking and absorbency
e. weight
f. stiffness
While it is necessary to ensure that additional weight must be kept to a minimum, theprovisions of protection against the environmental and enemy-imposed hazards is essential.
It is therefore difficult to set weight limitations. lt is necessary to meet the essential protective
levels and ensure that this is being accomplished with the practical minimum weight.
The various means of attaining decreased weight have been examined in detail by
Holmes (14). He established that the use of lightweight materials is but a part of the wholeprocess. Various other means of achieving this aim, such as the use of multi-layer design,
are currently available.
There is still a great deal to learn regarding the relationship between material stiffness
and physiological behaviour. The two extremes of the continuum are a high level ofresistance to bending which results in impedance of body and limb movement particularly at
the joints, such as that associated with body armour, and a low level of resistance which
produces an objectionable clinging sensation, magnified when the material is wet, as
instanced by some underwear materials.
Little has been done to examine the threshold levels of stiffness between the two
extremes of the continuum, in relation to the various activities to be carried out by the wearer.
The object is to prevent a dramatic elevation in the physical effort required to combat material
stiffness, without falling into the area where lack of stiffness is in itself an undesirable form of
behaviour.
Kaswell (15) has synoptically discussed stiffness and drape. While he does not provide
any solutions to the establishment of threshold levels, his descriptions of behavioural patterns
and test methods are most pertinent, despite the 1953 date of publication. See also Chapter
10.
All other factors being equal, the thermal insulation properties of a fabric are dependent
upon the symbiotic relationship between the mass of fibres (thermal conductors) in a given
volume and the amount of entrapped (dead) air (thermal regulators) in the same volume.
That is to say that, for two fabrics of identical mass and thickness, the fabric with the greater
amount of entrapped air will have the higher insulation value. For example, the insulation
value of steel wool is only about 15% less than the same thickness of a textile fibre batting.
Similarly, the transfer of water vapour through a textile material is mainly by diffusion
through the air contained in the pores of the structure. There are other means of water
vapour transfer as discussed earlier. See Chapter 2.
In order to determine thermal conductivity and water vapour transfer of textile
structures, it is therefore necessary to know the volume percent fibre. A limited search showsthat standard test methods to determine this property do not exist in many countries, largely
because it is a research test and not an acceptance test.

CHAPTER 4 - 13

Crow (16) has developed a test method that will be used in pertinent Canadian researchand development programs. There is a possible need for a standardized test method for use
by participating allied nations.
At one time more emphasis was placed upon the water absorptive capacity of the fibre
as a prime factor in the dissipation of moisture from the body. Thus, fibres with low moistureregain were avoided. In 1957 Leach (6) of E.I. Du Pont de Nemours & Co referred to theexperimental work of Weiner and Kennedy of US Army Natick Laboratories, which indicatedthat wettability or wicking could be more important than regain. If the prime objective is toremove moisture from the skin surface and pass it to the ambient atmosphere it is notessential that the moisture be stored in the fibre for a period.
Mehrtens and McAlister (7) also of the Du Pont company reported on fabric comfort
studies in 1962 and one of their conclusions was that fabric wickability had no detectableinfluence on comfort under the test conditions (90 0F and 80% RH).
The fact that dissimilar statements have been raised from the same source is not amatter for concern but it does exemplify the paucity of data on the significance of wicking inthe study of biophysical effects. As late as 1983 Dolhan (17) conducted experiments on eight
winter undergarment fabrics produced from a number of fibre constructions ranging, in termsof moisture regain, from 100% cotton to 100% polypropylene. Dolhan found that knitted
structures made from these two fibres had much better wicking ability than the other samples
which included a polyester/cotton blend, three samples which contained 85 % Thermolactyl
chlorofibre and a two-layer combination of 100% cotton and 65% cotton/25% wool/10% nylon
blend. Despite the marked differences in moisture regain of cotton and polypropylene, thetwo samples showed water absorption performance of a similar magnitude, as were also thethermal resistance measurements. See also Chapter 10.
In the face of these data, Dolhan still has some doubts as to the value of wicking andshe stresses this point in her findings and conclusions.
It would appear that the function of wicking (wettability) and moisture absorption is
worthy of further study using both underwear materials and clothing fabrics produced from avariety of fibres and blends.
It is difficult to discuss moisture vapour transmission and heat transfer properties interms of a material behaviour alone. In the operational situation the problems of moisture andheat transfer are concerned with the interaction between the body and all clothing layers, thecarried load, activity levels, the resultant micro-climate and ambient environment. There are
numerous contributing factors such as the size of the spaces between layers, the insulation
values of the components and the composite, the convection effects, the presence of a full or
partial vapour barrier (as in rainwear) and the design features of the clothing items. There are
too many variables to be able to predict with any accuracy the behaviour of the
man/load/activity on the basis of laboratory evaluation of the component materials. In spite ofthis it is necessary to obtain information on the materials in order to determine theircontribution to the total behaviour of the clothing ensemble, and also to achieve comparisons
between materials systems during the early research and development stages.
There is no difficulty in conducting heat and/or water vapour transfer tests on single
fabric layers and through multiple layers, simulating the spacing effect. The various
CHAPTER 4 - 14

conditions of temperature and humidity can be obtained with absorption and condensation ofwater taking place in the layers. However, some of these determinations are taken under
static conditions. There are many types of thermal resistance apparatus, with the sweating
hot plate and moving copper manikins reflecting the current level of sophistication. Similarly,
in most countries there are various methods and apparatus for the measurement of moisturevapour diffusion.
The NATO Document ACCP-1, Heat Transfer and Physiological Evaluation of Clothing,outlines the methodology available to determine heat and moisture transfer in materials but
observes that the apparatus may not be readily available to all nations. The measurement ofthermal resistance is expressed in units of:
m2 K / W (square metre Kelvin per watt)where 1 m2 K / W = 6.45 Clo.
The moisture permeability index is expressed in im:
im = B x Rc / Re
where
Rc = thermal resistance in m2 K / W
Re = water vapour resistance in m2 mbar / W
B = 0.6 mbar / K (B is the inverse of the Lewis factor, cf Chapt 2).
The range in im is from 0 (impermeable) to 1 (ideal).
Water vapour resistance can be measured by a number of devices, provided that the surface
is wetted. For example, sweating hot plates and manikins.
In order that true comparisons can be made of results it is necessary to ensure that
there is correlation between methods. It would greatly facilitate comparison if international
standardization of methodology and apparatus could be achieved and this would be worthy offurther study. Included in the study should be the feasibility of modifying the selected test
methods by the inclusion of a controlled dynamic condition by forced convection or othermeans. The inclusion of the wicking action should also be a variable that could be added atwill.
CONCLUSIONSThis chapter has attempted to relate fabric properties to biomedical reaction. The study
is by no means complete. Special materials requirements such as those that provide ballistic
protection carry their own penalties because the desired level of protection must not becompromised and the current state of technology has no viable alternative solutions.
The provision of materials to meet military requirements is still a compromise situationand no one property should be examined in isolation nor should any form of behaviour be
regarded as pertaining to materials alone. The ultimate evaluation is that which is directed to
CHAPTER 4 - 15

the man/load/activity combination and any tests on materials merely contribute to that
objective (except in the case of acceptance testing against specifications).
In seeking gaps in knowledge, this chapter has identified future areas of fibre and fabricdevelopment, the need for standardization of methodology and the requirement for modified
methodology. There are no doubt many other requirements that would be examined under
the aegis of general problem areas but these are beyond the parameters of this discussion.
In attempting to solve some of these non-biomedical problems, care must be taken to
ensure that the solution is not creating other problems, particularly physiological problems.
The matter of incompatibilities between requirements or solutions must always be kept
in mind. This indicates that future materials programs should be approached on a team basiswith fabric designers, clothing designers and human factors scientists being members of theteam. Further benefits would be ensured if the team could be international in composition as
the requirements, the problems and the current state of technology are common to all alliedcountries.

CHAPTER 4 - 16

REFERENCES
1.

Holmes, G.T. Incompatibilities in requirements for combat materials systems. Dept of National
Defence, Canada. Paper presented at 8th Commonwealth Defence Conference on Clothing
and General Stores, 1965.

2.

Goldman, R.F. Tactical implications of the physiological stress imposed by chemical protective
clothing systems. US Army Research Institute of Environmental Medicine, Natick, MA, 1970.

3.

Henane, R., Bittel, J., Viret, R., and Morino, S. Thermal strain resulting from protective clothingof an armoured vehicle crew in warm conditions. Aviation Space Environmental Medicine.
50(6): 599-603, 1979.

4.

Defence Research Establishment Ottawa. Heat stress from protective clothing. Canadian
Status Paper prepared for Fourth Meeting of TTCP WP E-1.

5.

Mecheels, J. Körper-Klima-Kleidung-Textil. Melliand Textilberichte. 58: 773-776, 857-860, 942946, 1977.

6.

Leach, L.L. Fibres, fabrics and body comfort. Canadian Textile Journal. 74: 59-65,1957.

7.

Mehrtens, D.G. and McAlister, K.C. Fibre properties responsible for garment comfort. Textile
Research Journal. 32: 658-665, 1962.

8.

Fourt, L. and Hollies, N.R.S. The Comfort and Function of Clothing (United States Army NatickLaboratories Report No. 69-74-CE). Harris Research Laboratories, Rockville, Maryland, USA,
1969.

9.

Umbach, K.H. Evaluation of comfort characteristics of clothing by use of laboratory
measurements and predictive calculations. Proceedings of International Conference on
Protective Clothing Systems, Stockholm, Sweden, 141-149, 1983.

10.

Vittorio, P.V., Cattroll, S.W. and Nolan, R.W. A physiological evaluation of the stress imposedby protective clothing. Defence Research Establishment Ottawa Report No. 738, 1976.

11.

Goldman, R.F. et. al. CW protective clothing; the nature of its performance degradation andsome partial solutions. 13th Commonwealth Defence Conference on Operational Clothing andCombat Equipment, Kuala Lumpur, Malaysia, 1981.

12.

Virgo, T.L. and Frost, C.M. Filled hollow fibres. Textile Research Journal. 56: 737-743, 1985.

13.

Elton, S.F. Investigation into the burning behavior of cross-linked and irradiated polyester
fibres. Ministry of Defence, SCRDE Technical Memo SCRDE/85/6, October 1985.

14.

Holmes, G.T. The problem of reduction of weight and bulk in clothing and equipment. Dept of
National Defence, Canada. A paper presented at 6th Commonwealth Defence Conference on
Clothing and General Stores, 1959.

CHAPTER 4 - 17

15.

Kaswell, E.R. Textile Fibres, Yarns and Fabrics. Reinhold Publishing Corporation, New York,
1953, pp.425-462.

16.

Crow, R. A method to determine volume percent fibre in a fibrous material. Defence Research
Establishment Ottawa.

17.

Dolhan, P.A. Wicking ability, water absorption and thermal resistance of several thermal
undergarment fabrics. Defence Research Establishment Ottawa, Canada, 1982.

CHAPTER 4 - 18

CHAPTER 5

COLD WEATHER CLOTHING SYSTEMS:RECENT PROGRESS AND PROBLEMS FOR FUTURE RESEARCH
L. Reed, R.J. Osczevski and B. Farnworth

CONTENTSSUMMARY
INTRODUCTIONHEAT AND VAPOUR TRANSFER IN CLOTH MATERIALS
Theoretical Models
Application to Wet Insulation
Effects of Wind
Limitations of Existing Models
PHYSIOLOGICAL RESEARCH
Thermal Models of the Human Body
Hands and Feet
DESIGN OF CLOTHING SYSTEMS
Designing for the Active WearerInteraction of Design Requirements
Powered Systems
CONCLUDING REMARKSREFERENCES

CHAPTER 5 - 1

SUMMARY
Factors affecting the design of clothing systems for cold weather are discussed. There
have been recent advances in understanding the details of the physics of heat transport infibrous battings and of the interaction of heat and water vapour flow within a variety ofmaterials used for clothing. There is however a continuing requirement to investigate theeffects of wind and of bellows ventilation. Additional physiological research is also required to
be able to formulate more useful models of the thermal properties of the human body
including the special cases of the hands and feet. Important design problems still require
solutions. These include the need to provide protection appropriate to widely varying exercise
levels; the need to ensure that improvements in cold weather clothing is not made at theexpense of mobility, tactility, dexterity, or other aspects which affect the capabilities of thewearer; and the need to include simultaneous protection from various hazards, e.g., ballistic
protection and chemical protection.

Key Words:

Cold weather clothing, clothing energy exchange, clothing insulation, fibre battings,
thermal exchange models, bellows ventilation, thermal physiology.

CHAPTER 5 - 2

INTRODUCTION
The ideal role of a cold weather clothing system is to maintain the thermal balance of
the user in spite of any large variations in environmental conditions and enormous variationsin the user's metabolic rate. If the system is well designed, there will be minimum interferencewith the various tasks that the user must undertake and no major incompatibility with otherclothing or equipment required by the user. It is important for the reader to integrate many
considerations (e.g. the topics discussed in the chapter dealing with materials, hand-wear,
footwear, and headwear) in any detailed design studies of cold weather clothing.
Clothing research and development is, by its very nature, multidisciplinary. The
properties of fibres, fabrics, air spaces and people are all important in the interaction between
a clothing system and the person wearing it. A large part of this R/D effort is devoted toevaluating the performance of clothing. A comprehensive system for this evaluation has been
described by Goldman (1974) and by Umbach (1983) and in Allied Publication (ACCP-1).
Five levels of analysis have been proposed: physical heat transfer studies of fabric;
instrumented manikin studies of clothing ensembles; physiological trials in controlled climate
chambers; small-scale field trials; and full-scale field trials held in cooperation with user units(see Fig 1). An important feature of this approach is stage-by-stage analysis and applicationof the information gained to the plans for succeeding stages.

Fig. 1. The 5 levels of clothing testing

CHAPTER 5 - 3

New experimental techniques and detailed theoretical models of the basic processes
both of heat transfer in the human body and of heat and water transport in clothing materials
are forming additional bases for advances in clothing design.
In the sections that follow, various gaps in research knowledge in the areas of heat andwater vapour transfer, physiology, and clothing design will be discussed briefly together withsome mention of related advances. Several of these gaps have been long-lived and aredescribed in early publications in the field. For additional information relating to cold weather
clothing, the reader is referred to the texts of Burton and Edholm (1955), Newburgh (1949),
Fourt and Hollies (1970), and Hollies and Goldman (1977) and to the protective clothing
bibliographies published by the US National Technical Information Service (e.g. Kenton(1980)).
HEAT AND VAPOUR TRANSFER IN CLOTHING MATERIALS
Theoretical Models
One of the research gaps cited by Burton and Edholm (1955) was the need for studying
the physical factors that determine the thermal insulation of a given substance. There has
been a need to progress beyond the rule of thumb that the thermal resistance of a particularclothing ensemble is unchanging and is determined primarily by its thickness.
Farnworth (1983) has also presented a theory of combined radiative and conductive
heat flow in battings. The success of the model in predicting the thermal conductivity of avariety of battings, including microfibre battings, leads to the conclusion that convection is nota factor in heat flow through battings of normal density for clothing. The theory may be useful
in designing new insulation materials. It has been used to predict the usefulness of metalcoated layers in reducing heat flow in clothing materials. Breckenridge (1978) has reviewed
the attempts to use such materials since the 1940's and their lack of success. By physicalanalysis and experimentation he concluded that they would be of some use when separated
by thin layers of low density battings, where radiative transfer from inner to outer surface isdirect. This is in agreement with the prediction model.
Recently, Farnworth (1980) devised a numerical model of transient heat and water
vapour transfer through multiple layers of clothing materials that allows for condensation,
evaporation, absorption, and desorption of water within hygroscopic layers. The model gives
good agreement with the experimental results obtained earlier by Woodcock (1962) and by
Farnworth and Nordli (1982) and supports the conclusions of Pratt et al. (1956) that
hygroscopic insulation such as wool is likely to be disadvantageous to a soldier whose work
rate changes frequently. This is because hygroscopic materials reduce the heat loss during
periods of active sweating (compared to weakly hygroscopic materials) and prolong theperiod of evaporative cooling (i.e. increase the heat loss) after sweating stops or when sweat
rates are reduced (after-exercise chill).
Application to Wet Insulation
Farnworth and Dolhan (1986) have been able to explain the variations in heat flow in
wet insulating layers as a combination of water vapour diffusion, radiation and conduction of
CHAPTER 5 - 4

heat by the fibres and the enclosed still air. Some experiments were undertaken to examine
the supposed superiority of synthetic battings compared with down or down-and-feather
mixtures in wet-cold conditions. Significant differences in water uptake and heat loss duringdrying on a guarded hot plate were observed, but a choice between the two for wet cold
conditions was not clearcut. In either case, no insulation is really effective when it is wet. The
superior drying properties of synthetics are an advantage in cold-wet situations.
Effects of Wind
In addition to being highly insulating, the thermal protection offered by clothing for cold
conditions must not be degraded by wind. Wind affects heat loss in several ways: bypenetrating the clothing and cooling the body; by reducing the thermal resistance of external
air layers by pressing clothing layers together; by compressing insulating materials; and by
causing the clothing to flap and thus promote air exchange between layers and with theenvironment. In arctic clothing, a tightly woven outer shell is used to prevent penetration by
the wind, but compression can still cause increased heat loss from areas where insulation isprovided by air layers between thin clothing layers.
Ideally, it should be possible to predict the heat flow in clothing in any combination ofwind and temperature on the basis of the properties of the materials from which they arecomposed. This is not yet possible. Although some research has been carried out on theeffects of wind (see, for example, Burton and Edholm (1955), Fonseca (1975), and the review
by Breckenridge (1977)), most work has involved experiments with simple physical models,evaluation of existing clothing, and the derivation of empirical relations. The value of such
relations is limited in that they apply, strictly speaking, only to the specific clothing used in thespecific conditions for which the relations were derived, and they contribute little towards anunderstanding of what is actually happening.
Limitations of Existing Models
The theoretical models of the details of heat flow in insulating materials have a limitationin that they can, as yet, only be applied to flat samples of materials in the absence of wind.
Nevertheless, they do lead to some understanding of the processes that occur in clothing andcan therefore assist the designer in making some estimate of the behavior of candidate
materials in actual clothing systems.
Estimates of heat loss from a non-sweating stationary man can be made with a fairdegree of accuracy from a knowledge of his clothing. Sweating complicates the matter
greatly as the major mode of heat transfer is by evaporation or by a series of evaporation,condensation and conduction. Body movement introduces a further complication through theeffects of bellows ventilation.
In summary, the prediction of clothing performance under all sets of weather conditions
and activity is a goal that has yet to be achieved.

CHAPTER 5 - 5

PHYSIOLOGICAL RESEARCH
Thermal Models of the Human Body
In their list of problems for future research, Burton and Edholm (1955) included the
difficulties encountered in calculating total body heat exchange using measured skin and coretemperatures and they suggested the need for much additional work involving simultaneous
direct and indirect calorimetry. The difficulties continue. Various models for the human body
have been proposed (see for example the work of Stolwijk (1970) and the review by Hwang
and Konz (1977)), and various weighting factors have been used in calculating mean bodytemperatures. It is apparent that these weighting factors are affected by changes in heatstorage and, therefore, by changes in mean body temperature itself, hence the difficulty(Livingstone (1967)). It is for this reason that Myles and Livingstone (1975) devised aphysiological protocol for measuring insulation which involved the selection and use of anambient temperature at which the subject (protected by the item to be tested) could maintainrelatively constant body temperatures. By this means it is possible to minimize errors arisingfrom uncertainties in body heat storage but since near steady state is difficult to achieve, themethod can be time-consuming. Additional work is still needed especially for application tosituations in which body temperatures are varying.
Hands and Feet
Protection of the hands and feet is discussed in other chapters but it is important tonote, in general terms, some of the aspects that affect cold weather protection for theextremities. It has been known for many years that peripheral blood flow is markedly affectedby warming or cooling the body as a whole (see for example, Burton and Edholm (1955) andthe report by Meehan (1957)). Vanggaard (1983 (cf Chpt 7)) has emphasized that there is aserious requirement to analyze the importance of arterio-venous anastomoses in thethermoregulatory changes in peripheral blood flow. He maintains that these "shunts" exert
considerable control of blood flow in the hands and feet, and that it will therefore be
impossible to produce adequately insulating gloves or boots for a person threatened byhypothermia during cold exposure. Goldman (1975) has also identified a related requirement
for physiological research to provide the additional information required for use in developing
prediction models of extremity cooling and whole body cooling. Of course, in an ideal clothing
system, the body would remain thermally neutral and such physiological responses would notoccur.
DESIGN OF CLOTHING SYSTEMS
lt is probably true that clothing has evolved by a process akin to natural selection. To
design clothing it is necessary to be able to predict performance under any specified set of
conditions so that optimum decisions on materials and design features can be made before
constructing prototypes.
It is a fairly simple matter to design a cold weather clothing system for an inactive
person. Most of the heat transfer will be "sensible", and the thickness of insulating layers thatare required will therefore be easy to calculate from the thermal conductivity of the materials
CHAPTER 5 - 6

and the allowable heat loss rate. The total protection need only be variable by a factor of two
in response to weather changes.
Design for the Active Wearer
The real challenge is in the development of clothing for an active person. The protection
value must be variable by a factor of ten in response to activity changes. Sweating will be
unavoidable, and evaporative heat loss will be the major heat loss mechanism. Water or ice
will build up on clothing as little work can be done at cold temperatures without reaching thepoint where the rate of sweat production exceeds the rate of sweat escape (Behmann 1971).
How much of a problem does this actually present in both the short and long term? Much of
the training given soldiers on this point results from experience with clothing systems whichwere developed before the advent of synthetic, non-hygroscopic, materials. A wet fur or woolparka resembles a suit of armour when frozen. The problem is to choose designs andmaterials which minimize the effects of water or ice and which have fast drying properties.
There is some value in the use of micro-porous materials in wet-cold clothing derived mainly
from the drying of clothing rather than the avoidance of heat stress, but is it worth their cost?
Burton and Edholm (1955) cited overheating during exercise in the cold (and afterexercise chill) as the greatest problem of protection in the Arctic. Designers of clothingusually resort to a system of clothing that has a number of layers. In theory, layers can beremoved or added to regulate heat loss. As it is usually the inner layers that are added or
removed, the system works best in response to changes which occur slowly and infrequently,
such as weather changes. It is much more difficult to regulate heat loss in response tochanges in work rate, which occur frequently and often suddenly. Severe weather conditions
further limit the adaptability of such systems, as adding or removing inner layers would
involve the removal of the outer windproof and water repellent layer, allowing exposure to theelements. In conditions of high winds and blowing snow, changes of inner layers will rarely
occur without access to some kind of shelter.
As an individual will usually dress to be warm at low activity levels, additional coolingwill be required as work rates increase. It is important to examine how to produce this coolingmost effectively, simply, and in a manner which is most compatible with military activities andancillary equipment (e.g., load carrying systems). Attention to design aspects such as
optional openings and seals and the ability to remove an outer windproof layer can help
reduce the problem of overheating.
Studies for cold weather clothing could be undertaken to determine where changes ininsulation will have the most effect in reducing the tendency to overheat an active soldier. In
addition, subjective perception of heat and cold in different body areas influences theconsideration of locations at which cooling should be enhanced. This also needs further
study.
In considering the problem of overheating during exercise, Gilling (1972) has concluded
that, short of a radically new concept, the basis for arctic clothing with existing materials must
continue to depend on the variable layer system, despite its operational problems, and on
garment design to provide additional ventilation during activity. The idea of using "bellows
ventilation" (caused by motion of the clothing) to reduce overheating during exercise has
CHAPTER 5 - 7

been of interest since Belding (1947) showed that the apparent thermal resistance of aparticular set of clothing was halved during walking as compared with standing. As Burton
and Edholm (1955) have pointed out, the increase in heat dissipation caused by bellows
ventilation in most clothing systems is less than the increase in heat production during
exercise. Various investigators have evaluated the effects of body motion on heat loss from avariety of clothing systems (Nishi and Gagge (1970), Mecheels (1971), Mecheels andUmbach (1977), Vokac et al. (1973), Breckenridge and Goldman (1976), and Shivers et al.
(1977)). Osczevski (1981) recently described the design of a prototype cold weather
ensemble involving features that were designed to emphasize bellows ventilation and help tomaintain thermal balance at different levels of exercise. Bellows ventilation is attractive, as itshould automatically increase heat loss with an increase in heat production. Efforts should be
devoted to finding ways of enhancing this mechanism in cold weather clothing.
Interaction of Design Requirements
In a recent listing of problems requiring further research, Holmes (1981) has referred tothe challenge of ensuring that improvements in cold weather clothing are not made at theexpense of mobility, tactility, dexterity or individual effectiveness. The increased energy costof wearing some cold weather ensembles is also of concern. (See, for example, the work of
Teitlebaum and Goldman (1972)). It is important to minimize incompatibilities between thecomponents of any complete clothing system. An additional concern is the potential
interference that items such as load-carrying equipment could cause in the intended
pathways for ventilatory air.
The problem of combining protection against both cold weather and chemical agents
presents particular challenges to the designer. In addition to problems that may be
associated with cold weather operation of chemical warfare protective (CW) ensembles
themselves (e.g. misting of eyepieces, icing of valves, stiffening of elastomers), there areproblems which can arise from the interactions of the cold weather and CW ensembles. The
requirement to be able to maintain thermal balance may be frustrated by a requirement toleave the CW protective layer and any enclosed insulating layers undisturbed, or by therequirement to wear a respirator. Tight-fitting respirators and gloves could interfere with skinblood flow and lead to frostbite. The combination of stiffened elastomers, friction between
clothing layers, and other interferences between the two ensembles can readily lead toincreased times required to don or doff CW equipment. Loss of mobility, dexterity, andtactility when wearing both cold weather and CW ensembles can lead to additional problems
associated with the use of other equipment (e.g. rifles, radios, and vehicles). There is
therefore an important requirement for the designer of military cold weather clothing systems
to know (or even to influence) the characteristics of the other clothing items with which his
designs will interact.

CHAPTER 5 - 8

Powered Systems
Various authors have suggested that there may be a need for powered types of cold
weather protective clothing systems including, for example, auxiliary heating systems andcontrolled microclimate systems similar to those used in space suits (e.g., Goldman (1974)).
However, before resort is made to systems that require auxiliary power or are prone tomechanical or electrical failure, it should be ensured that the problem cannot be solved bypassive means such as appropriate application of additional insulation.
CONCLUDING REMARKS
Some progress has been made in understanding the basic mechanisms of heat transfer
in clothing materials. This new understanding will prove to be of value in the design of newmaterials. It also provides useful background to designers of cold weather clothing so thatrational decisions regarding clothing materials can be made.
Bellows ventilation to enhance pumping effects deserves more attention. Lack ofknowledge of these effects limits the application of predictive models based on theoreticalconsiderations. In addition, Bellows ventilation may provide a convenient way to reduce heatstress in active individuals.
The difficulties involved in calculating heat storage in human subjects have limited theaccuracy of physiological evaluations of clothing. An understanding of how heat storage andbody temperatures are related is a requirement in the development of models of the humanthermal system and thus of schemes for the prediction of clothing performance and thedevelopment of optimum designs. Until such models are available, clothing design will
depend on the slow process of evolution from previous designs through changes, trials, andredesign. This process will benefit from information gleaned from experiments on simple
physical models, from theoretical models of simple systems, and by the intuition andexperiences of the designers. Optimum solutions to the problems of cold weather clothing
design will therefore be difficult to find.
Major research problems related to cold weather clothing systems are still outstanding.
A systems approach is required to ensure that the basic sciences, the user's needs, theuser's activities, and interactions with other equipment and clothing systems are allconsidered in research and development of new cold weather clothing ensembles.

CHAPTER 5 - 9

REFERENCES
1.

Behmann, F.W. Maximum of evaporative heat loss in relation to clothing thickness. Journal de
Physiologie 63:201-203, 1971.

2.

Belding, H.S., Russell, H.D., Darling, R.C., and Folk, G.E. Analysis of factors concerned inmaintaining energy balance for dressed men in extreme cold; effects of activity on theprotective value and comfort of an arctic uniform. American Journal of Physiology 149:223239, 1947.

3.

Breckenridge, J.R. and Goldman, R.F. Clothing, the interface between man and his
environment: resistance against meteorological stimulus. Progress in Biometeorology Volume
1, Lisse, Netherlands: 1976.

4.

Breckenridge, J.R. Effects of body motion on convective and evaporative heat exchanges
through various designs of clothing. Clothing Comfort: Interaction of Thermal Ventilation
Construction and Assessment Factors. (Edited by N.R.S. Hollies and R.F. Goldman) Ann
Arbor, Michigan, 1977.

5.

Breckenridge, J.R. Insulating effectiveness of metalized reflective layers on cold weather
clothing systems. United State Army Research Institute of Environmental Medicine, Report No.
T 2/78, 1978.

6.

Burton, A.C. and Edholm, O.G. Man in a Cold Environment. Edward Arnold, Ltd, (Publishers),
London, 1955.

7.

Campbell, G.S., McArthur, A.J. and Monteith, J.L. Wind speed dependence of heat and masstransfer through coats and clothing. Boundary Layer Meteorology 18: 485-493, 1980.

8.

Farnworth, B. Calculations of heat and vapour transport in clothing: transient effects ofhygroscopic materials. Defense Research Establishment Ottawa Technical Note No. 80-25,
1980.

9.

Farnworth, B. and Dolhan, P.A. Heat loss through wet clothing. Defense Research
Establishment Ottawa Technical Note No. 82-28, 1982.

10.

Farnworth, B. and Nordli, B. Measurement of the combined heat and water-vapour flow
through clothing under transient conditions. Defense Research Establishment Ottawa
Technical Note No. 82-13, 1982.

11.

Farnworth, B. The mechanisms of heat flow through clothing insulation. Textile Research
Journal 53:717-727, 1983.

12.

Farnworth, B. A numerical model of the combined diffusion of heat and water vapour throughclothing. Textile Research Journal. 56: 653-665, 1986.

13.

Fonseca, G.F. Sectional dry-heat-transfer properties of clothing in wind. Textile Research
Journal 45:30-34, 1975.

CHAPTER 5 - 10

14.

Fourt, L. and Hollies, N.R.S. Clothing: Comfort and Function. Marcel Dekker, New York, 1970.

15.

Gilling, D.F. Some aspects of the assessment of cold weather clothing. Army Personnel
Research Establishment Memorandum No. U/4, 1972.

16.

Goldman, R.F. Clothing design for comfort and work performance in extreme thermal
environments. Transactions of the New York Academy of Sciences 36:531-544, 1974.

17.

Goldman, R.F. Predicting the effects of environment, clothing and personal equipment on
military operations. US-1, Eleventh Commonwealth Conference on Operational Clothing andCombat Equipment, India, 1975.

18.

Hollies, N.R.S. and Goldman R.F. Clothing Comfort: Interaction of Thermal, Ventilation,
Construction and Assessment Factors. Ann Arbor Science Publishers, Inc., Ann Arbor,
Michigan, 1977.

19.

Holmes, G.T. Combat clothing in the 1985-2000 time frame. CDA-15, ThirteenthCommonwealth Defence Conference on Operational Clothing and Combat Equipment,
Malaysia, 1981.

20.

Hwang, C.L. and Konz, S.A. Engineering models of the human thermoregulatory system - areview. IEEE Transactions on Biomedical Engineering BME 24:309-325, 1977.

21.

Kenton, E. Protective clothing: arctic and tropical environments. Springfield, VA: National
Technical Information Service, Microfiche P380-809635, 1980.

22.

Livingstone, S.D. Calculations of mean body temperature. Canadian Journal of Physiology andPharmacology 46:15-17, 1967.

23.

Mecheels, J. Die Messung der funktionellen Wirkung der Kleidung auf den Menschen. Melliand
Textilberichte 52 No 7, pp. 843-849; No 8, pp. 967-974; No 9, pp. 1215-1221; 1971.

24.

Meehan, J.P. General body cooling and hand cooling. Protection and Functioning of the Hands
in Cold Climates (Edited by R. Fisher) National Research Council, National Academy of
Sciences, Washington, D.C., 1957.

25.

Myles, W.S. and Livingstone, S.D. A method of measuring clothing insulation. Defense andCivil Institute of Environmental Medicine Report No. 75-X-19, 1975.

26.

Newburgh, L.H., ed. Physiology of Heat Regulation and the Science of Clothing. Saunders,Philadelphia, PA, 1949.

27.

Nishi, Y. and Gagge, A.P. Direct evaluation of convective heat transfer coefficient by
napthalene sublimation. Journal of Applied Physiology 29:830-838, 1970.

28.

Osczevski, R.J. Experimental cold-weather clothing. Defence Research Establishment Ottawa
Technical Note No. 81-13, 1981.

CHAPTER 5 - 11

29.

Pratt, R., Fonseca, G., and Woodcock, A. Some aspects of the absorbency of clothingmaterials. U.S. Army Natick Q.M.R. and D. Center Research Study Report BP-3, 1956.

30.

Stolwijk, J.A.J. Mathematical model of thermoregulation. Physiological and Behavioural
Temperature Regulation (Edited by J.D. Hardy, A.P. Gagge, and J.A.J. Stolwijk), Springfield,
Illinois, 1970.

31.

Teitlebaum, A. and Goldman, R.F. Increased energy cost with multiple clothing layers. Journalof Applied Physiology 32:743-744, 1972.

32.

Umbach, K.H. Evaluation of comfort characteristics of clothing by use of laboratory
measurements and predictive calculations. International Conference on Protective Clothing
Systems (Edited by K. Amundin, C. Brunius and A. Brand-Persson), Stockholm, Sweden,
1983.

33.

Vanggaard, L. Protection of the hands. International Conference on Protective Clothing
Systems (Edited by K. Amundin, C. Brunius, and A. Brand-Persson), Stockholm, Sweden,
1983.

34.

Vokac, Z., Kopke, V., and Keul, P. Assessment and analysis of the bellows ventilation ofclothing. Textile Research Journal 43:474-482, 1973.

35.

Woodcock, A.H. Moisture transfer in textile systems Part II. Textile Research Journal 32:719723, 1962.

36.

ACCP-1, Heat transfer and physiological evaluation of clothing. NATO, April 1984.

37.

Mecheels, J.H. and Umbach, K.H. Thermoregulation properties of clothing systems. Melliand
Textilberichte, 1142-1146, December, 1976.

CHAPTER 5 - 12

CHAPTER 6a

THE PRACTICAL ASPECTS OF SLEEPING SYSTEMS
L. Vanggaard

CONTENTSSUMMARY
INTRODUCTION
BASIC REQUIREMENT FOR A SLEEPING SYSTEMHEAT LOSS FROM THE HEADPERSPIRATIONSLEEPING COMFORTCONCLUSIONSREFERENCES

CHAPTER 6a - 1

SUMMARY
Sleeping bags are a modern concept not known to the people living in the cold, theLapps and eskimos. The changing thermal need of the body during sleep is the mostimportant problem in sleeping bag design. The effect of training is of utmost importance toobtain necessary undisturbed sleep.

Key Words:

temperature regulation in sleep, sleeping bags, sleeping bag design, CO2 buildup,
sleep ergonomics.

CHAPTER 6a - 2

INTRODUCTION
Although it is comparatively easy to establish the thermal insulation required of asleeping system from theoretical considerations, practice shows that the comfort of asleeping system is dependent upon other factors than simply its thermal protection.
It should not be forgotten that native northern populations, e.g., the eskimos and theLapps, have developed clothing systems comparable to what modern technology andmaterials can produce, but never "invented" a sleeping bag; they used furs or blankets (2).
The sleeping bag was invented by the early polar explorers to serve a special need; optimal
thermal protection with a minimum of weight. This is still the main objective of a military
sleeping system.
BASIC REQUIREMENT FOR A SLEEPING SYSTEM
The basic requirement for a sleeping system is to allow the user a period ofrecuperative, relatively undisturbed sleep or rest. However, several factors counteract this,the most important of which is the unchangeable insulation value of a sleeping bag. When aperson first enters the sleeping bag, his metabolic heat production is slightly higher thanwhen he falls asleep, when his metabolism falls to the 0.8 MET (40 kcal/m2hr, or 72 kcal/hr
for the average man) of sleep. He may also have a positive heat storage, i.e., some extra
heat not yet lost from the activities prior to the rest period. However, during the night, theenvironmental temperatures of most climates show marked changes, their minimum
coinciding with that of the lowest body temperature at about 3 to 4 a.m. in the morning.
The best solution to these thermal problems would necessitate a sleeping system with avariable insulation, more or less regulated by instinctive but learned (for instance by training)reflexes of the user.
It is well known that even a very young infant regulates heat dissipation from the bodyduring sleep by changes in body posture; when warm and covered, the baby positions itself
with the extremities stretched out from the body, offering a large heat surface for heat loss tothe environment; when exposed to even moderate cooling, the baby curls itself up, offering amuch reduced surface for heat loss to the surroundings. In adults, these reflexes are
modified by the sleeping system, whether this consists of loose blankets, furs or down
comforters. By unconscious changes in body position, and by exposing more or less of theskin surface to the environment, heat exchange is accomplished without hampering
undisturbed sleep. These are perhaps the reasons why none of those cultures which live agreater part of their life under conditions comparable to military "field conditions", have ever
evolved or invented a sleeping bag.
HEAT LOSS FROM THE HEAD
Heat losses from the unprotected head poses a special problem; as indicated earlier inthis chapter, they are very high due to the high blood flow to the scalp and the brain (1). This
blood flow is relatively independent of the individual's thermal status even though enoughheat is lost to lead to cold stress. There is some evidence that sufficiently slow but steady

CHAPTER 6a - 3

heat loss, e.g., from an unprotected head, might not trigger the normal physiologicalresponses to lowering of body temperature.
Only very few sleeping bags have solved the problem of how to give free movement for
the head while providing it with ample insulation. Often, the user of a sleeping bag will cover
his head by dragging the sleeping bag up over the head. This creates a situation where
respiration might be influenced by the exhaled carbon dioxide (CO2) build up around the face;even low concentrations of CO2 (> 0.5%) in the inspired air may produce a throbbing
headache in susceptible individuals after only a few hours of exposure. (3).
PERSPIRATION
During the night the body will lose water by perspiration through the skin, i.e., theinsensible water loss associated with the 6% humidity of a non-sweating skin. This will resultin a moisture build up within the sleeping system of about 25 ml/hour. This moisture willcondense inside the covering surface of the sleeping bag in a cold environment. The designof a sleeping system should thus be such that, after use, the cover could be removed fromthe insulating part of the sleeping bag and dried out separately. In an arctic environment, thecondensed water will freeze as "hoar frost" and it must then be beaten out.
As a sleeping bag often is used as a bivouac, the protective cover should be
impermeable to water from the ground below while the upper part of the cover should bepermeable to water vapour but able to withstand rain.
SLEEPING COMFORT
Undisturbed sleep not only depends upon proper heat exchange between the user andthe environment, but also demands certain bodily comfort; i.e., movements of the extremities
should not be too restricted. Many sleeping bags are too tight, and such tightness also
reduces the thermal insulation of the bag at those points where it is compressed from theinside; areas of special importance are the shoulders, hips and knees.
During sleep most of the heat production takes place in the trunk of the body and only
to a very slight degree in the extremities. This leaves these to cool rapidly if the heat loss
from the sleeping bag does not completely balance the heat production of the sleeping user.
Sleeping bags should therefore be designed in a way that allows the user free access to his
feet so he can massage and warm these with his hands.
Sleeping bags designed for use in very cold climates should perhaps be constructed
and sized in such a way that, in an emergency, two people could be accommodated within
one bag. This would reduce their total heat loss surface by 50% and thus increase survival
time considerably. In a cold survival situation, where the feet are in especially great danger ofdeveloping frostbite, the optimal solution is to use a double-ended zipper, so the two people
can keep each others feet warm by entering the bag from opposite ends. Such a double
working zipper would also allow the sleeping bag to be used as a casualty bag, giving accessto the lower extremities for treatment, control, and bandaging without exposing the total bodysurface. The zipper also gives the ability to alter clothing ventilation.

CHAPTER 6a - 4

When sleeping on hard surfaces the body's weight is transferred to the ground at
certain pressure points; head, shoulders, hips, and knees. At these points, extra bulk orcompression resistance should be added to the lower side of the bag in order to obtain asofter undercover and to help maintain insulation below the body. One approach, tried by the
U.S. Army with good results prior to the introduction of foam ground pads, used an insulating
batt material on the inside of the top surface of the inflatable ground pad used at that time.
CONCLUSIONS
A military sleeping system should offer ample thermal protection, but ideally bedesigned to allow varying the overall insulation during sleep. It should offer thermal protectionof the head and at the same time not impose undue restraint on head movements.
Incompressibility should be highest below the body pressure points with the ground. The
sleeping bag should allow freedom of movement for the extremities. Its cover should be
detachable, water impermeable below and weatherproof on the upper surface. It should havea double working zipper to accommodate two people in emergencies and also to meetrequirements for use as a casualty bag.
A number of other design criteria for military sleeping systems can be added to these"physiological" demands; washability, easy drying and cleaning cnaracteristics, and more
operational criteria such as ease in donning and doffing. In combat areas the soldier requiresa system that allows him to get out of the bag quickly if the necessity arises.
Finally, any sleeping system requires training in its use; a soldier must therefore be welltrained in the proper use of the system if it is to offer him the required undisturbed sleep andcomfort.

CHAPTER 6a - 5

REFERENCES
1.

Froese, G., and A.C. Burton. Heat loss from the human head. J. Appl. Physiol. 10:235-241,
1957.

2.

Rodahl, K. personal communication.

3.

Stephenson, L.A., B.C. Cadarette and K.L. Speckman. Physiological testing of experimental
chemical warfare agent protective patient wraps. USARIEM Technical Report T2/86, 17 p,
1986.

CHAPTER 6a - 6

CHAPTER 6b

BIOMEDICAL EFFECTS OF SLEEPING SYSTEMS
R.F. GOLDMANCONTENTSSUMMARY
THERMAL REQUIREMENTSADEQUACY OF INSULATIONACHIEVABLE INSULATIONRELATING INSULATION TO USER THERMAL COMFORTINSULATION OF BLANKETS

CHAPTER 6b - 1

SUMMARY
The functional demand on a sleeping system is to enable the user to obtain a specified
period of sleep in a given thermal environment. The required insulation bears a linear
relationship to the environmental temperature ( ~ 4 clo/20 °C decrease in environmental
temperature). An insulation of about 8 clo is at present accomplished in heavy arctic sleeping
bags.

Key Words:

sleeping systems, sleeping bag insulation, sleep requirements.

CHAPTER 6b - 2

THERMAL REQUIREMENTS
Three definitions, precise or approximate, are the key to understanding the biomedical
effects of any item of protective clothing and personal life support equipment. One must
define:1. the functional demands placed upon an item;
2. the corresponding relevant functional capabilities, and interactions, of the user of theitem; and3. the degree of mismatch which is incompatible with user tolerance, unimpaired
performance or continued comfort.
The effects of a sleeping system are presented in this chapter of the Handbook, not becausea sleeping system is an item of primary military importance, but because it is probably thesimplest item of protective clothing and personal equipment to characterize in terms of its
biomedical effects.
The functional demands (i.e., Required Operational Characteristics) on a sleeping
system can be defined quite precisely; i.e., the sleeping bag must allow some specified
number of hours of comfortable sleep (usually 4 to 6 hours) down to some specified
temperature (frequently, although unattainably, -40 °C). The user's interaction with thesystem is minimal; the relevant capability of the user is his heat production level. Heat
production can be defined in terms of body size (for all practical purposes without otherconcern for height, weight, age or gender) as 0.8 MET units while asleep, i.e., 40
kilocalories/m2 of body surface area per hour, or 57 W/m2; any variation with body motion isminimal, short of shivering which falls outside the definition of comfortable sleep. Finally, theloss of body heat which is incompatible with continuing to sleep can be defined as anaccumulated heat debt of 80 kcal (i.e., 44 kcal/m2) for an individual who is not totallyovercome by exhaustion or hypothermia (i.e., body temperature below 35 °C) before falling
asleep.
Consider a soldier of average size; i.e., weight of 70 kg and height of 173 cm, whichcorresponds to a total body surface area of 1.8 m2. Such an individual produces about 72
kcal/hr while sleeping (i.e., 0.8 MET) and loses about 25% of this amount from the body byrespiration and evaporation of the body water diffusing through the skin, which typicallymaintains a minimum 6% wettedness; i.e., a skin relative humidity of .06. This leaves 54
kcal/hr to be lost by the body by non-evaporative heat loss through the sleeping system tothe ambient environment if body heat content is to remain unchanged.
Figure 1 graphically relates the required clo units of insulation for a "comfortable"
sleeping system as a function of ambient air temperature. One clo unit of insulation can be
defined as that insulation which not only allows, but requires the transfer of 10 kcal/hr for an
average man (1.8 m2) for each °C difference between his mean skin temperature (Ts, which
can be defined for comfort at 32 °C) and ambient temperature. Therefore, at an ambient air
temperature of 0 °C the non-evaporative heat loss will be 320 kcal/hr with a 1 clo sleeping
system; it will be 160 kcal/hr with a 2 clo sleeping system, etc.

CHAPTER 6b - 3

Fig 1. Required insulation to avoid cooling while asleep.
ADEQUACY OF INSULATION
Two definitions can be used for "adequacy" of a cold-weather sleeping system: (1)"comfort", which implies that the sleeping soldier loses just the 54 kcal/hr by non-evaporative
avenues, i.e., can maintain heat balance without shivering or sweating; or (2) "six hours of
restful sleep", which allows him to incur a total body heat debt of 80 kcal during a six-hour
sleeping period and, therefore, to lose 67.3 kcal/hr, i.e., 54 + 80/6. In addition to the criterion
that heat debt beyond 80 kcal is generally incompatible with continued sleep, average mean
weighted skin temperature should not be below 32 °C. Indeed, some data exists (Goldman,
unpublished) to support the hypothesis that waking while asleep under cold conditions is
triggered by the sudden fall in the temperature at a skin site suddenly exposed to a cold
surface as a result of body movement during sleep. In any event, the lowest ambient air
temperature for "comfort" Ta (min) while asleep with a given insulation can be calculated as:
Ta (min) = 32 - 5.4 (clo)Equation 1

where the number of clo is the insulation of the sleeping system (bag + pad + clothing, if any)
expressed in clo units.
Using the "six hours of restful sleep" criterion (i.e., allowing a total heat debt of 80 kcal
during six hours of sleep), the minimum ambient temperature can be defined as:
Ta (min) = 32 - 6.7 (clo)Equation 2

Table I gives examples of protective systems providing between 1 and 12 clo units ofinsulation, and relates those insulation levels to the minimum ambient air temperature forboth "comfortable sleep" and "six hours of restful sleep".
CHAPTER 6b - 4

Table I
Lowest Ambient Air Temperatures for Comfort or 6 Hours Rest while Asleep
Insulation

Example of System(clo)“COMFORT”(°C) T a,min (°F)

6 hrs REST(°C) T a,min (°F)

Zone

Temperate

Clothing
1

Swim Suit

26.6

80

25.3

77.6

2

Business Suit

21.2

70.2

18.5

65.3

3

Outdoor Cold Weather Ensemble

15.8

60.5

11.8

53.3

Sleeping Systems
4

Synthetic (dacron fill)

10.4

50.7

5.1

41.3

5

"Mountain" 60/40 chickenfeather & down fill

5.0

41.1

-1.6

29.1

6

Commercial: 100% prime goose

-0.4

31.3

-8.4

17.0

7

"Intermediate Cold" poly;
60/40 in outer channels

-5.8

21.6

-15.1

4.9

8

"Extreme Cold" poly; 100%
down in outer channels

-11.2

11.9

-21.8

-7.1

Cold-Wet

Cold-Dry

Sleeping Systems and Additions
9"Extreme Cold" above + insulated pad,clothing, hood & poncho liner

-16.6

2.2

-28.6

-19.4

10

All 9 clo above + warm gloves & bootees

-22.0

-7.5

-35.3

-31.5

11

Not achieved - auxiliary heat required?

-27.4

-17.3

-42.0

-43.6

12

Not achieved - auxiliary heat essential

-32.8

-26.0

-48.7

-55.6

CHAPTER 6b - 5

Extreme ColdACHIEVABLE INSULATION
Note that the highest insulation values obtained to date for a sleeping system, ca. 8 clo(for the U.S. Army's Extreme Cold LINCLOE, sleeping system when used by a man sleeping
in clean long underwear and socks with the insulated air mattress), can be extended byadding additional clothing items to achieve a 9 clo level. It was possible to approach a 10 clo
level of sleeping system insulation when the most sensitive and heat loss prone areas of thebody, i.e, the hands and feet, were provided with supplementary warm sleeping gloves andbootees. Conversely, much lower values of insulation were obtained when just the longunderwear and socks were worn and the extreme cold LINCLOE sleeping bag was used onbare ground, without the insulated air mattress which is part of the sleeping system; on abare cement floor, the insulation dropped from about 8 clo to less than 6 clo.
Almost all the measured values for sleeping bags were made with new, unlaunderedbags. In one study (Mil Erg/ARIEM, E18-81), after a single laundering there was a loss offrom 0.1 to 0.3 clo in the insulation of a small series of experimental cold weather bags
whose insulation, on a foam pad, ranged from 6.33 to 7.77 clo before laundering; after threelaunderings insulation losses ranged up to 0.6 clo or about 10%. However, losses with
continued use without cleaning are substantially higher.
RELATING INSULATION TO USER THERMAL COMFORTAll these measurements of sleeping system insulation have been obtained using aheated, copper manikin. It would be impossible to obtain such precise measurements ofsleeping insulation using human subjects; the changes in human body heat storage havebeen used to estimate the insulation of a sleeping system, with 5-10% accuracy, when an
appropriate test design was used. An appropriate test design requires low enough ambient
temperature and long enough duration of exposure to accumulate a significant heat debt, but
not enough to induce severe shivering.
Figure 2 presents the measured mean heat debt of human subjects resting/sleeping
after three hours at -34 °C, as a function of sleeping bag insulation for 12 different sleeping
systems. The correlation between the heat debt, as calculated from the change in eachsubject's mean body temperature (Tb = (2 Tre + Ts)/2), and the sleeping bag insulation, as
measured by a heated, copper manikin, was r = -0.89; this implies that 80% (i.e., r2) of the
body heat debt can be accounted for by the insulation of the sleeping system.

CHAPTER 6b - 6

Fig 2. Mean heat debt after 3 hours at -34 °C (-30 °F) as a function of
sleeping bag insulation (n=10, except as noted).
Note also that differences in the size of the bag used by the subjects generally
produced very small changes between the insulation measured by the copper manikin, as
well as very small differences in mean heat debt measured for this group of subjects.
However, the surface area for heat loss in a sleeping bag is a function of the sleeping bag
size, and the heat production of a smaller individual is lower than that of a large individual, sothat a small individual in a sleeping system which is unnecessarily large, probably will not be
as comfortable as when the proper size bag is used. This inference, derived from the physics
of heat transfer and the physiology of heat production, appears to be validated by reports
from the field that female troops using the standard, medium size, sleeping systems, foundthem much less comfortable than did their male counterparts.
INSULATION OF BLANKETS
Turning from field sleeping systems to the more typical situation using a blanket, in bed
or on the ground, copper manikin evaluations have been conducted to determine theeffective insulation (clo) value of these items. Results of these measurements, and thecorresponding "comfort" temperatures, are summarized in Table II. The tabulated differences
between the values in bed and the values on the ground, include the use of a manikin head
cover for all on-ground measurements; clo values ranging from 0.3 to 0.9 clo units higher
were obtained in bed when the manikin head was similarly covered. These higher values
produced comfort temperatures up to 5 °C lower than indicated; the higher the insulation
provided the body, the more important the heat lost from the uncovered head. This finding
would not be unique to a heated, copper manikin, which has a controlled skin temperature,since a human exhibits little or no regulation of the heat lost from the head in the cold. NonCHAPTER 6b - 7

evaporative heat loss from the head represents about 25 % of the total body nonevaporative heat loss at +20 °C, about 40% at 10 °C, 50% at 0 °C and 80% at –20 °C.
Thus, protection of the head against heat loss should be a major focus for sleeping
system design.
Table II
Insulation with Blankets and Predicted "Comfort" Temperatures

State

Insulationclo

Heat Losskcal/m 2 hr °C

Comfortable tosheets only

2.2

2.5

20 °C (68 °F)

one blanket

3.1

1.8

15 °C (59 °F)

two blankets

3.8

1.5

12 °C (53 °F)

three blankets

4.3

1.3

9 °C (48 °F)

one blanket

2.6

2.1

18 °C (64 °F)

two blankets

3.6

1.5

13 °C (55 °F)

three blankets

4.6

1.2

7 °C (45 °F)

A. In bed

B. On ground**Manikin wrapped in blankets, with head covered; no ground cloth or sleeping pad.

CHAPTER 6b - 8

CHAPTER 7a

PROTECTION OF HANDS AND FEET
L. Vanggaard

CONTENTSSUMMARY
INTRODUCTIONHANDS AND FEET IN THERMOREGULATIONERGONOMICS OF HAND FUNCTION
DESIGN PROBLEMS IN HANDWEAR
FUNCTIONAL (NON THERMAL) DEMANDS ON HANDWEAR
THERMAL CONSIDERATION IN HANDWEARTESTING OF HANDWEARACCLIMATIZATION OF HANDS TO COLD
REFERENCES

CHAPTER 7a - 1

SUMMARY
Local temperatures of hands and feet are limiting to man's ability to perform in severe
cold. The arteriovenous anastomoses play an important role in the local thermoregulation ofhands and feet. The design of handwear should mimic the physical characteristics of thehand, the palmar side reflecting the mechanical properties of the hand grip, while the dorsalside should allow for heat dissipation with the surroundings.
Testing procedures should refer the restraint of a given glove or mitten to the normal
function of the hand.

Key Words:

hand-foot protection, hand-foot thermoregulation, hand-foot blood flow, arteriovenous
anastomoses, hand-foot cooling, hand ergonomics, handwear design, handacclimatization, trenchfoot.

CHAPTER 7a - 2

INTRODUCTION
In cold climate conditions, the thermal protection of hands and feet becomes of utmost
importance. Hands and feet are essential in the general thermal regulation of the body. In theheat, the large surface of the hands and feet, plus arms and legs, plays a paramount role inensuring a sufficient heat loss from the body. In cold, the body protects its deep temperatureby diminishing the blood supply to hands and feet, thus minimizing the total heat loss. This
protects the deep body temperature and thus is essential in survival, when man is threatenedby a fall in deep body temperature. But this reflex also raises the problem of keeping hands
and feet sufficiently warm in a cold surrounding. In cold, the local temperatures of hands andfeet in resting man will thus depend on the local insulation, i.e., the hand- and footwear.
A low local temperature impairs the proper function of hands (arms) and feet (legs). If
the temperature falls further, complete incapacitation may arise, and later cold injuries (nonfreezing cold injury (trench-foot) and frostbite) occur. Besides these serious consequences ofa lowered extremity temperature, the feeling of cold in hands and feet might lead to a degreeof discomfort which may severely reduce the subject's motivation to carry out his tasks.
In most military campaigns in cold climate, cold injury has been a stronger adversary
than the enemy. Trench foot and frostbite may constitute a very large number of thecasualties, and as these lesions always occur among the frontline soldiers, their logistic
importance cannot be overstressed.
The lesson learned in the trench warfare in WW I was forgotten in WW II, and in the
Korean War the toll of cold injury again was large (7). In the recent campaign in the
Falklands, cold injury contributed heavily to the casualty lists. The equipment, boots andgloves, have often been blamed, but it should be recognized that even the best foot-wear will
not be able to keep a cold man's feet warm, nor will the best gloves keep his hands
functioning.
Footwear and handwear function intimately together with the rest of the clothing. A man
may develop incapacitating cold injury even at a normal body temperature if his local
protection is insufficient, or (which is equally important) if he does not recognize andtherefore does not react to the very feeble signs and symptoms of impending cold injury.
Thus, even the best clothing does not give any insurance against cold injury.
To understand the problems of hand- and footwear, a basic understanding of theunderlying thermophysiological principles is necessary.
HANDS AND FEET IN THERMOREGULATIONIn human temperature regulation, hands and feet play almost the same role. The
extremities constitute a significant part of the total body surface. This means that a large partof the heat exchange with the environment takes place here. Heat exchange from the bodycore can be seen as a heat flow from the deeper structures to the skin surface, from where it
is given off to the surroundings. This can also be visualized as a cooling of the surface.
The heat transport within the body takes place either by simple (conductive) heat flow ortransported by the blood (convective) heat flow. As the simple heat flow is determined only bytemperature differences, and as these are fairly constant within the body, it is the convective
CHAPTER 7a - 3

heat transport by the blood, from the deeper heat-producing tissues to the heart and thenthrough the arteries to the skin, that forms the most important part in the regulated heatexchange with the environment. Thus, by increasing or decreasing the blood flow to the skin,
the overall heat exchange is altered.
The only part of the skin where changes in blood flow have any capacity for majorchange in the heat loss from the body is at the extremities. Over the trunk and head, blood
supply to the skin is fairly constant. This is easily demonstrated by the changes intemperature seen over areas where the subcutaneous fat is more abundant. Here the skintemperature is lower than over areas with less fat. When sweating, this becomes moreevident. Due to the evaporation of sweat, the temperatures of these skin areas fall far below
those of the more lean areas.
The changes in blood flow to the skin of the extremities are determined by thearteriovenous anastomoses (AVAs), which are small, artery-like vessels situated in the tips ofthe fingers and toes. These small vessels (with an internal diameter of around 30 to 60
microns) convey warm arterial blood from the arteries to the veins lying just under the skin of
the hands, feet, arms and legs.

Figure 1. From the arteries of the finger, the returning venous blood either
passes centrally from the nutritive capillary bed or passes through thearteriovenous anastomoses. Blood from the AVAs passes centrally through thesuperficial veins of the extremity, while blood from the nutritive capillary bed isconveyed mainly through the deep veins.
In the passage of blood backwards to the body, heat is given off to the surroundings.
The arteriovenous anastomoses convey around 90% of the blood flow in the hands when thisis at its highest.
The arteriovenous anastomoses (AVAs) are regulated from the thermoregulatory centerin the brain (hypothalamus). They open and close on direct command from this center; theirfunction is thus parallel in hands and feet. When the thermoregulatory center senses that the
body is in positive heat balance, the center will order the AVAs to open, thus increasing theheat loss from the blood. This can be followed in the skin temperatures of the hands and
CHAPTER 7a - 4

forearm (and in the feet). The local temperatures will rise. The highest temperatures of theextremities will then be at the fingertips and in the toes, where the AVAs are situated. Up
along the forearms, the temperature will be higher around the superficial veins and fallcentrally as the blood is cooled up along the arm.
In the warm person, the AVAs and superficial veins thus form an important heatexchange mechanism.
This mechanism could be described as a separate thermoregulatory organ. Its functionis specific (control of heat dissipation), its localisation is well defined as it is only found in theacral parts of the extremities, it has a specific innervation (sympathetic cholinergic nerves
govern the closure of the AVAs; histologically, AVAs are distinct from other vessels.
When a person is cold, that is, when the temperature regulating center senses athreatening fall in body temperature, the command to the AVAs is to close. This means thatthe hands (and feet) will give off more heat than they gain, and the local temperature will fall.
The fall in local temperature is so marked, that the fall in hand temperature after cold
exposure (= "threatening body cooling") is the same as that seen after applying a tourniquet
around the arm, thus abolishing all blood flow to the hand.

Figure 2. Temperature drop at dorsum of the hands during cold exposure. Right
hand ({) was occluded by application of a blood pressure cuff maintained at
200 mm Hg from the onset of cold exposure. Left hand (S) had an undisturbed
blood supply (1).

CHAPTER 7a - 5

The fall in hand (or foot) temperature upon general cooling cannot be avoided. It is dueto the closure of the AVAs and the cessation in heat inflow from arterial blood. The rate of fallin hand temperature will depend upon the insulation around the hand (and the foot). With agood pair of gloves or boots, it might take a long time for the temperature to reach
dangerously low levels. But it is essential for the understanding of the problems in hand- andfootwear to realize that, in a cold man, it is only a matter of time before the temperature ofhands and feet will reach low levels. Steady state is only to be reached when the temperatureof hands and feet approaches that of the environment. Insulation of hands and feet thus
merely introduces a time factor when we are dealing with cold exposed man. This can, ofcourse, be counteracted by a voluntary increase in total heat production, as seen during
muscular work. But it demands voluntarily increased heat production to keep the AVAs open,
and thus the hands (and feet) warm. In a resting (but not sleeping) cold exposed man, thiswill not occur.
If one should give a modern definition of thermoneutrality in man, it is that situation
where heat production and heat loss are equal and body temperature is constant whenviewed over a period of time. This definition would imply that the arteriovenous anastomoses
are open and the hands and fingers warm.
One could state that the body's thermal response is only fulfilled when hands and feet
are warm (AVAs open). This is not to stretch matters too far; man's ability to live, produce
and thus survive is more than anything else dependent upon whether he can maintain
optimal function in his extremities.
This is even more evident in the animals, where proper and optimal function determines
whether the captor can catch his prey, or whether the prey can escape its predator.
ERGONOMICS OF HAND FUNCTION
The hand is a unique instrument not equalled in any other species. The opposition of
the thumb makes it into a powerful instrument for gripping and manipulating objects. The
strength of the fingers and the hand depends on its muscles and tendons. These muscles areplaced proximally in the forearm, so it tapers into the hand, thus providing minimal
interference with the functioning of the hand itself.
The functioning of this extremely fine instrument is dependent upon the neuromuscularresponses. On one side are tactile and proprioceptive sensors, and on the other side themotor innervation of the muscles. These neuromuscular functions are directly dependent on
the local temperatures. With decreasing local temperature there is a linear decrease innervous conduction velocity and neuromuscular transmission.
At a local temperature of 7 °C the motor and sensory nerves are completely blocked. At
this temperature, the hand (or foot) will be without sensation ("sleeping sensation"), and themuscles will not convey any impulses; the hand is paralyzed.
This fact is of very high importance in the training of soldiers. In a cold climate, onemust never accept numbness, as this implies that the local temperature is below 7 °C. From
this point onwards there will not be any sensations that give warning of impending cold
injury (2). This concurs with the observation that cold injuries such as trenchfoot or frostbite
CHAPTER 7a - 6

very often are first recognized when function is impaired, which occurs much later than thetissue lesions.

Figure 3. Oscilloscope tracings of the muscular action potential during cooling,
showing the increased latency and the stretched appearance of the potential
with decreasing temperatures.
DESIGN PROBLEMS IN HANDWEAR
As stated above, insulation of the hands tends both to minimize the heat loss fromupper extremities and to keep the hands warm as long as possible when man is exposed tocooling. Both these functions demand insulation. On the other hand, insulation means
bulkiness, as insulation in clothing always is due to a trapped air layer, and bulkiness is
associated with impaired function. This controversy cannot be fully overcome in the design,
but it is necessary to analyze the different functions a given handwear must fulfill.
Here much can be learned from an analysis of the functions in the hand itself. The
different designs in handwear should imitate the hand itself. A glove is an extension of theskin, and much can be gained from studying how evolution has solved the problems. The
hand's functions can be divided into two main groups. On one side, the hand is able to carryout very fine movements without hindrance. The skin is therefore very loose at the back of
the fingers and the hands, and offers no resistance to bending. On the palmar side, the skinis tightly adhering to the underlying structures corresponding to the joint and to the palm
itself. This ensures that when the hand is gripping an object, this is held in a tight and secure
grip, as the skin cannot move. In addition to this, the fat pads in the fingertips and between
the joints are of a nature that ensures that the forces originating from gripping an object are
distributed to the largest possible area. The skin forms itself around the object. At the same
CHAPTER 7a - 7

time the finer details of the skin surface consist of ridges and grooves which increase friction
between skin and object. Furthermore, this effect is enhanced by the small ducts from thesweat glands which moisten the ridges and thus prevent an object sliding in the grip. This
structure is most prominent at the fingertips. Sweat glands in the palm of the hand areespecially active during psychological apprehension which might play a role. The sweat
glands on the back of the hand are abundant. These sweat glands are especially activated inthermoregulatory sweating in contrast to the adrenergic (psychological) sweating in the palmof the hand. This is in concordance with the above mentioned role of the superficial veins in
the extremities. Here the blood flow is large when the subject is in positive heat balance and,due to the high flow of warm "arterial" blood, the heat dissipation from the back of the hand,with its large surface, is important in the regulation of the body temperature.

Figure 4. Conduction velocity of the ulnar nerve at different nerve temperatures.
This can be seen in the construction of some pilot's gloves where the palmar side of the
gloves consists of thin leather, imitating the skin of the palm, whereas the back is of a lightwoven material that allows sweating to take place. A similar construction is seen in gloves
especially made for automobile drivers.

CHAPTER 7a - 8

Figure 5. The details of the ergonomics of a finger.

FUNCTIONAL (NON THERMAL) DEMANDS OF HANDWEAR
The glove or mitten should be designed in accordance with the ergonomic requirementsof the wearer and the job. In cold climates, this may mean that the glove has to be divided
into a thermal protective outer-glove combined with an inner glove. For work in extreme cold,
the inner glove might consist of an anti-contact glove to prevent the moisture on the skin fromfreezing to cold objects, which might give rise to serious skin abrasions.
Design criteria: (These might not all be met, and in many cases a compromise has to befound.)The palmar side of the handwear:
1.

The material of the glove should function in close contact with the skin. It should to theleast degree hamper the tactile information to be transmitted to the touch sensors of
the skin. Special attention should be given to the fingertips of the glove.

2.

The design should be such that the glove fits, in order to ensure a good grip on objects
relevant to the job to be performed by the wearer.

3.

The glove should have a form that corresponds to the "normal" position of the fingers
in the relaxed hand. This is especially important for cold weather gloves, where a bad
fitting glove might give rise to "cold spots", i.e., areas where the glove constricts andthus interferes with the normal blood supply to the finger.

CHAPTER 7a - 9

The dorsal side of handwear:
1. If the palmar side of a glove is impermeable to water vapour, the dorsal side shouldhave good water vapour transmitting qualities.
2. In extreme cold weather, a soft (fiber pile) material should be placed at the dorsal sideof gloves and mittens to relieve the wearer of the problems of a "running nose". (Incold weather, water vapour from the exhaled air will condense in the front of the nasal
cavity and drip off the nose.).
Other aspects
The handwear should be constructed in such a way that it fits the other parts of theclothing system. A glove should have a sleeve that fits with the jacket, and which does notleave a part of the wrist naked when the wearer moves his hand.
When insulation is added to a glove, the bulkiness of the glove or mitten should be at
the back, while the palmar side should be soft, thin and flexible. In cold, man will clench his
fist in order to present as small a surface to the surroundings as possible. In this situation, theinsulation built into the back of the hand will help protect him.
String through the arms of the jacket will prevent the loss of gloves in an arctic
environment, where loss could be fatal.
THERMAL CONSIDERATIONS IN HANDWEAR
The most comprehensive and still highly relevant monograph on protection andfunctioning of the hands in cold is given in Fisher (2).
It has been stated above that, when threatened with cold, the body reacts with a drastic
reduction of blood, and thus heat inflow to the hands. In this situation, the problem in handprotection is to preserve the heat contained in the hand, its muscles and nerves, for as longas possible. Function will decline linearly with local temperature (1).
Man "threatened by cold" means a person whose heat loss is greater than the heatproduction. In the arctic, even at very low temperatures, man is very often faced with asituation where he is "overprotected" by his arctic clothing system. He is very often actually
threatened by a high heat storage, which leads to sweating and warm hands. In this situation,
heat might be given off from the hands. This can be accomplished by simply removing thehandwear. If this is not done, sweat will accumulate in the gloves, a situation which first
becomes dangerous when he, at a later time, might come into negative heat balance where
the blood supply to the hand will be shut off and the local temperature will fall. The moisturein the handwear will seriously reduce the insulation and the temperature will drop to a level
where the danger of freezing injury is imminent.
At temperatures far below freezing, there is a need for an anti-contact glove that will
prevent the bare skin from freezing to cold surfaces. This glove is thin and has itself little
insulative value, but is a necessity for finer manual tasks.
The time that man can work with unprotected fingers in cold is given by Molnar et al (4).
CHAPTER 7a - 10

When exposing hands (and feet) to a cold environment, the effects of the so called
CIVD (Cold Induced VasoDilatation) should be mentioned. This effect is the sudden openingof blood vessels (AVAs) in hands and feet when exposed to a cold environment. This effect,
however, can only be elicited in a comfortably "warm" man, never in a cold-threatened
person.
A cold weather hand wear presents the designer with two conflicting interests. On one
side, thermal protection means that the glove should present as small an area to thesurrounding as possible - on the other side, hand functioning demands that the hand and thefingers can be used effectively, which inevitably will lead to a design with a large surface.
This is reflected in the most used types of arctic handwear. Here the mittens ("twofinger" glove) give the best protection. As the demand for better manual function is increased,
the number of fingers in the mitten is increased; a three-finger mitten is the most usedalternative. It is interesting that the Eskimos also used a three-finger mitten, but this was
based upon a mitten that had two thumbs, giving a possibility for using the mittens on either
hand. This design has seldom been tried in modern mittens. Modern three-finger mittens giveaccomodation for the first and second finger separately, while the third, fourth, and fifth finger
are shielded by a common insulation.
The five finger glove presents its own problems. It is a well established fact that small
diameter cylinders cannot gain a higher degree of thermal protection by increasing
insulation (10), due to the accompanying increasing surface area.
An optimally designed glove is expensive in protection, but it should not be forgottenthat the harsh reality is that man does not function at all if he cannot keep a reasonably highlocal temperature in hands (and in feet).
As stated above, all protection of hands and feet involves a time factor. The handwear
extends the time man can function, but ultimately the hands have to be rewarmed. This canbe done by voluntary work or by passive rewarming. Passive rewarming is done when hands
are being heated not by an increase in blood flow, but by being placed in a warm
environment. In arctic clothing such a shielded warm environment can be made available byproper design of pockets that allow hands easy access to the warmer environment inside theclothing assembly. Such pockets should have a good insulation against the outside, and apoorer one against the inside. In really cold conditions, the body is the only available heatsource.
TESTING OF HANDWEAR
As optimal manual functioning is the aim of clothing design, the evaluation and testingof different gloves is highly relevant.
Several methods have been designed for the testing of manual tactility, dexterity, andstrength. Many of these methods are meant for the testing of the bare hand, but can easily beredesigned to serve the testing of gloves.
A relevant way to present the results of such testing is by quantifying the difference
between the bare hand at normal temperatures and the hand wearing the handwear to betested (5.2).
CHAPTER 7a - 11

ACCLIMATIZATION OF HANDS TO COLD.
It is a generally observed fact that people who habitually are exposed to cold climates,
like fishermen, cold stores workers, etc., seem to adapt themselves to a cold environment.
This is, for instance, demonstrated in their ability to sustain lower extremity temperatures
than newcomers to an arctic environment (6). But this "adaptation" is more a psychologicalthan a physiological adaptation. Hellstrom (8) investigated possible signs of physiologicalchanges in hand/finger blood flow in workers in the fishing industry and found no sign ofchanges in this group compared with non-exposed controls.
Vanggaard (9) found in exposure trials in Danish military personnel in Greenland that,during the night, temperature of seasoned troops' feet fell at the same rate as newcomers.
But in seasoned troops this fall in local temperature did not wake them from sleep, whereas
newcomers woke up when temperatures reached around 10 °C. Local temperatures tended
to stabilize at this temperature, which was the temperature of the air inside the sleeping bags.
There is only scanty evidence of man's ability physiologically to adapt to cold. Thus,
physiological adaptation of hands and feet is not likely to occur as the function is temperaturedependent, placing importance on the insulation of hands and feet. To a certain degree, man
may learn psychologically to accept a higher degree of cooling of the hands, but this should
not be confused with adaptation.

CHAPTER 7a - 12

REFERENCES
1.

Vanggaard, L. Physiological reactions to wet-cold. Aviation, Space, and Environmental
Medicine. 46(1):33-36, 1975.

2.

Fisher, F.R. Protection and functioning of the hands in cold climates. National Academy of
Sciences - National Research Council. Washington, 1957.

3.

Goldman, R.F. The arctic soldier: possible research solutions for his protection. Science in
Alaska-1964, G. Dahlgren, ed. Alaska Division, American Association for the Advancement of
Science, March 1965.

4.

Molnar, G.W., A.L. Hughes, O. Wilson and R.F. Goldman. Effect of skin wetting on finger
cooling and freezing. J. Applied Physiology, 35:205-207, 1973.

5.

Sperlin, L., N. Jonsson, I. Holmer, and T. Lewin. Test program for arbetshandskar.
Arbetarskyddsstyrelsen, Stockholm, 1980.

6.

Burton, A.C. and O.G. Edholm. Man in a Cold Environment. Edward Arnold, London, 1956.

7.

Coates, J.B. and E.M. McFetridge. U.S. Army in WW Il. Cold injuries, ground type. Office of theSurgeon General, Dept. of the Army, Washington, D.C., 1958.

8.

Hellstrom, B. Local effects of acclimatization to cold in man. Universitetsforlaget, Oslo, 1965.

9.

Vanggaard, L. Unpublished data.

10.

VanDilla, M., R. Day and P.A. Siple. Special problems of hands. Physiology of Heat Regulationand the Science of Clothing, L.H. Newburgh, ed. W.B. Saunders Co., Philadelphia, PA., 1946.

CHAPTER 7a - 13

CHAPTER 7b

FOOTWEAR AND BLISTER INCIDENCE
D. Cooper

CONTENTSSUMMARY
INTRODUCTIONGAPS IN KNOWLEDGE
PREVENTIVE MEASURESFIELD OBSERVATIONSREFERENCES

CHAPTER 7b - 1

SUMMARY
The biomechanical aspects of combat footwear are discussed with particular emphasison the familiar problem of foot blisters. Progress of studies to determine the cause of footblistering are reported.

Key Words:

blisters, combat boots, boot ergonomics, march injuries.

CHAPTER 7b - 2

INTRODUCTION
Technology, during this century, has brought the quality of life to an unprecedented highlevel which is perhaps most evident from the attention given to such consumer interests asrecreational activities to achieve more meaningful leisure, and to raise the level of individual
physical health and social morale. In the work-place, technology to improve conditions of
personal health, safety and overall efficiency is a universally high priority for industrial
management. In turn the demand which this type of social progress creates, is seen to be
met by the respective consumer industries in their increasing attention to designing theirproducts to specific functional requirements. For the purpose of this paper, the chosen
example is in the field of footwear where national safety standards exist for protecting against
all hazardous operations, and industrial accident legislation ensures that management carries
out its obligations to that end. The military user would appear to be at least as well catered
for as his civilian counterpart from the point of view of the quality of the manufactured item;
indeed, the combat boot of the day surpasses any civilian equivalent industrial version since
its engineering is directed entirely by criteria of military performance requirements.
Notwithstanding such excellence of the product in meeting the stresses and strains of battle,
the infantry soldier still falls victim to his equipment through foot blisters causing serious
impairment of his mobility and operational effectiveness, both in carrying out his assigned
mission and in surviving after it.
GAPS IN KNOWLEDGE
Only a few predisposing factors have been studied which are linked to blister formation.
Some of those involve moisture buildup and shearing forces.
There are numerous accounts of infantry exercises in which foot blister problems of adisabling severity, commonly affecting between 10 and 30 percent of participants, areavailable (Stokes 7). Such records date back to 1895 and refer to UK forces. The accountgiven for 1895 is of particular interest for those who hold the view that before armies weremechanized to the degree which is normal today, soldiers did not suffer blistered feet. On
that occasion, 824 cases of blistered feet were recorded.
In 1976, the US (Bensel 11) in a report by the U.S. Army Natick Laboratories states that73 percent of all treated cases for foot disorders in peace time were for blisters.
PREVENTIVE MEASURES
Recourse to so called preventive measures against blisters varies from hardening theskin to interposing a nylon stocking between the foot and the army sock. A reduction in footmoisture on the one hand and reduced friction on the other are also variants within thegeneral belief and practice in blister prevention. The latter, involving dusting the feet with adessicant (foot powder), produces the reverse effect by introducing an abrasive third agent
once the dessicant has solidified in combination with sweat salination (Allan 9, Comaish 12).
Similarly the use of potassium alum as an astringent to reduce sweat secretion may be
associated with a potential secondary complication in hyperhidrotic cases where sweating
provides the necessary vehicle for discharging waste products. Potassium permanganate (aCHAPTER 7b - 3

powerful oxidising agent) has been used in dermatology for many years and has been usedsporadically to 'toughen' soldiers' feet. Used experimentally, at a higher than normal
concentration, laboratory tests were able to discriminate between treated versus untreatedcases but the results favouring the treated cases were not significant (Comaish 12).
Dermatologists have employed glutaraldehyde over a number of years as an antiperspirant
and this prompted its inclusion in the series of laboratory tests. From these tests, it is likelythat a reduction in the incidence of blisters may be possible by an application of 5-10 percent
glutaraldehyde in a 10 percent aqueous solution with 1.65 percent sodium bicarbonate 24
hours before marching. Over a prolonged period, retreatment at 2 or 3 day intervals would
provide a continuing protection (Comaish 12).
FIELD STUDIESIn Canada in 1977 a study was made of the problem of blisters, their frequency ofoccurrence and location, using a march of 35 miles as the established test march forcandidates undergoing commissioning training. The conditions for the march were ideal, anight march in July in Gagetown, New Brunswick with each man carrying his rifle and waterbottle. All men wore the same order of combat dress (summer weight) and the combat boots
were the men's own (not specially issued). Of a total of 110 men, 90 were measured tocompare the foot size with the size of boot being worn both before and after marching. Where
discrepancies in size of boot worn was found, this was recorded only; no boots were
exchanged.
Blisters to the heel region of the foot were the most frequently observed (58 percent),
with those at the tips of the toes next (23 percent) and the remainder (19 percent) distributedat the outer edge of the mid-foot region. The size in length of each individual's worn bootswhen checked against his initial foot length measurements showed that 21 of the 30 blister
cases were correctly fitted to within an error of ± 3.0 mm and 9 were incorrectly fitted towithin an error of greater than ± 3.0 mm. For the remaining 40 individuals who did not
develop blisters, 34 were correctly fitted to within an error of ± 3.0 mm and 6 were incorrectly
fitted to within an error greater that ± 3.0 mm. The correctness or otherwise of the fit of bootsin width and girth at the joint, once they are well worn, is less accurately determined;
however, all subjects appeared to be either satisfactorily or slightly generously fitted in width.
In regard to whether or not the foot changes in its dimensions or shape as a result ofstress when marching, this survey indicated that at the maximum circumference of the foot,measured at its widest point, both before and after marching, the range in variation for 70 outof the 90 soldiers surveyed was ± 9.0 mm with 49 percent in the plus group, 28 percent in theminus group and 23 percent who showed no change. Unfortunately, this statistic could not be
obtained for the remaining 20 men due to the exigencies of the course itself, which prevented
a correlation to be made with the blister and non-blister groups.
For data on service women's foot health problems, there has yet to be a comparable
study to that for men made in Canada. A report was recently distributed from the US on
recruits' foot disorders during basic training which contains a reference to women's footproblems far exceeding (in number) those for men. Moreover, on reception, women recruits
display a lower standard of foot health than their male counterparts (Bensel and Kish 14).

CHAPTER 7b - 4

Physical conditioning within the military is associated with many other types of lower
extremity disorders peculiar to the program of training, which has undergone drastic changes
since the mid 1970s. Trainees in particular are currently susceptible to unusually prolonged
periods of aerobic development activities in which running, on paved surfaces, is responsible
for most injuries excluding ankle and knee sprains of the game playing variety. The morecommon of these involve the load stress receptors of the leg and foot and their articulations.
Such medically related losses in training person-hours might conceivably present a strong
challenge to the long established theory that combat troops should always train outdoors intheir combat boots.
To summarize the problems thus far:a.

In the advancing of military footwear design engineering since World War II, theproblem of protection against functional foot disorder remains unsolved.

b.

Correctness-of-fit tolerance of high activity footwear such as combat boots, byeither actual foot measurement or subjective preference does not ensure freedom
from blister and similar lesions. To date all practical results are obtained withfootwear sized to the Imperial (English) system as distinct from the current
Mondopoint (metric) system.

c.

No conclusive evidence exists that a particular anatomical classification of foottype is either more or less prone to develop lesions.

d.

Further work is required to complete the study to the point of making
recommendations likely to seriously impact upon the design engineering ofoperational army footwear.

CHAPTER 7b - 5

REFERENCES
1.

WHITTINGHAM P.G.V. Exercise Orthopod I. Effects of marching in flying boots. RAF Instituteof Aviation Medicine (UK) FPRC Report 729, December 1949.

2.

WHITTINGHAM, P.G.V. Exercise Orthopod II. Effects of marching in flying boots. RAF Instituteof Aviation Medicine (UK) FPRC Report 751, January 1951.

3.

HUDSON, G. An investigation into the problem of foot casualties in the army. Army Operational
Research Group Report No. 9/54, 1954.

4.

NAYLOR, P.F.D. The skin surface and friction. Brit. J. Derm. 67: 239-248, 1955.

5.

NAYLOR, P.F.D. Experimental friction blisters. Brit. J. Derm. 67: 327-342, 1955.

6.

STOKES, A.W. Trials of Boots, Ankle, Improved General Service (I.G.S.) and Boots, Ankle,
Direct Moulded Sole (D.M.S.). Ministry of Supply, Directorate of Physiological and BiologicalResearch Clothing and Stores Experimental Establishment Report No. 64, 1956.

7.

STOKES, A.W. Military footwear and the occurrence of foot blisters. 8th CommonwealthDefence Conference on Clothing and General Stores, Paper U.K. 6, 1965.

8.

QUINN, J. The effects of two new foot powders on the incidence of foot infection and blisters inrecruits during basic training. Army Personnel Research Establishment Research
Memorandum P/6, 1964.

9.

ALLAN, J.R. A study of foot blisters. Army Operational Research Establishment, Research
Memorandum 1/64, 1964.

10.

ALLAN, J.R. and A.L. MacMILLAN, The immediate effects of heat on unacclimatisedparatroops (Exercise Tiger Brew II), (Physiological and Medical Findings). Army Operational
Research Establishment, Research Memorandum, 16/62, 1962.

11.

BENSEL, C.K. The effects of tropical and leather combat boots on lower extremity disorders
among US Marine Corps recruits. Report No. CEMEL 154, 1976.

12.

COMAISH, J.S. The study of friction blisters in man (undated).

13.

COOPER, D.S. Research into foot lesions among Canadian field forces. 13th CommonwealthDefence Conference on Operational Clothing and Combat Equipment, Paper CDA II, 1981.

14.

BENSEL, C.K. and R.N. KISH. Lower extremity disorders among men and women in army
basic training and effects of two types of boots, 1983.

CHAPTER 7b - 6

CHAPTER 8IMMERSION SUITS
L. Vanggaard

CONTENTSSUMMARY
INTRODUCTIONTHERMAL DEMANDS OF IMMERSION SUITSTYPES OF IMMERSION SUITSREQUIRED INSULATIONWATERTIGHTNESSSIZINGERGONOMIC DESIGN CRITERIACOMPATIBILITY WITH FLOTATION AIDSTESTING PROCEDURESREFERENCES

CHAPTER 8 - 1

SUMMARY
The Eskimos knew of the importance of protection against immersion in cold water. The
first immersion suits date back to the 15th century. The SOLAS conventions describe thethermal and technical demands for an immersion suit.
Water ingression greatly reduces the insulative capabilities of an immersion suit.
Ergonomic design criteria are discussed. The compatibility with other flotation aids is of
special importance. Testing procedures have been established for immersion suits, but those
based upon the SOLAS resolutions should be changed as they may lead to erroneous
evaluation results.

Key Words:

immersion suit insulation, immersion suit leakage, immersion suit testing, immersion
suit evaluation.

CHAPTER 8 - 2

INTRODUCTION
The role of immersion suits is to protect the wearer against cooling during water
immersion. Different principles have been used to accomplish this protection. Passive suits
are either based upon maintaining an insulative layer of still air around the body as in the drysuits, or an insulating air trapped within the fabric of a closed cell foam. In "active" suits, thethermal protection is due to a combination of insulation in the suit and auxiliary heating. In
this article, only the dry suits and their properties will be dealt with. For survival use, mostimmersion suits are based upon the "dry" principle. In diving suits, the tendency has been to
adopt the wet suits, which have many advantages as long as the water pressure does not
influence the insulating properties of the closed-cell foam.
Immersion suits have been used since early times by the Eskimos, who used a socalled "spring-pels" which consisted of sealskin or seal gut stitched together, forming acomplete covering, only opening up at the hands and the face. The wearer entered the suitby an opening on the front side. The suit could be inflated to increase insulation and to
improve the buoyancy of the wearer when in water. The suit was used when hunting whales,
and gave a completely waterproof protection. These suits were known as far back as the 1617th century. The suits worn by the Eskimos when sailing in their kayaks were very similar,
offering the hunter full protection (1).

Figure 1. Eskimos "spring-pels" used for whale hunting.
CHAPTER 8 - 3

The modern concept of immersion suits dates back to WW Il, when it was first realizedthat cold, not drowning, was the essential threat to survival when man was accidentally
immersed in cold water while wearing a life-jacket.
In the last decade, the IMO (The International Maritime Organization) has advocatedthe use of immersion- or survival suits, and in the 1983 Amendments to the International
Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea- 1974 (SOLAS) (2) are defined the specifications
which shall apply to ships after July 1986. The convention deals with merchant ships but thesafety demands of naval ships, and of aircrews operating over open water, are similar andmost navies operating in cold waters have introduced immersion suits. Some of these suits
are of the type called "quick-don" survival suits, i.e., watertight suits which only offer thewearer protection against immersion, but do not have any intrinsic insulating capacity. The
thermal protection of the wearer is thus dependent upon the clothing worn under the suit.
Such suits can be packed relatively compact, in order not to interfere with the user's otherduties until the moment where he is to don the suit. The insulating immersion suit is bulky,
most types have to be individually sized, and demand much room for storage, a problem
difficult to overcome in warships.
THERMAL DEMANDS OF IMMERSION SUITSThe above mentioned SOLAS convention in its Chapter III (Regulation 34) gives therequirements for immersion suits. These requirements apply to insulated as well as
uninsulated immersion suits. Although given in a civilian context, they are equally applicableto other situations where protection against cold water immersion is essential.
Regulation 33

Immersion suits
1

General requirements for immersion suits

1.1

The immersion suit shall be constructed with waterproof materials such that:.1

it can be unpacked and donned without assistance within 2 min, taking into
account any associated clothing*, and a life jacket if the immersion suit is tobe worn in conjunction with a life jacket;.2 it will not sustain burning or continue melting after being totally enveloped in afire for a period of 2 s;
.3 it will cover the whole body with the exception of the face. Hands shall also becovered unless permanently attached gloves are provided;.4 it is provided with arrangements to minimize or reduce free air in the legs ofthe suit;________________________________*Reference is made to paragraph 3.1.3.1 of the "Recommendation on testing of life-saving
appliances" to be submitted to the Assembly of the Organization at its thirteenth session for
adoption.

CHAPTER 8 - 4

.5 following a jump from a height not less than 4.5 m into the water there is no
undue ingress of water into the suit.
1.2
An immersion suit which also complies with the requirements of regulation 32 may
be classified as a lifejacket.
1.3
An immersion suit shall permit the person wearing it, and also wearing a lifejacket
if the immersion suit is to be worn in conjunction with a lifejacket, to:.1 climb up and down a vertical ladder at least 5 m in length;.2 perform normal duties during abandonment;.3 jump from a height of not less than 4.5 m into the water without damaging or
dislodging the immersion suit, or being injured; and.4 swim a short distance through the water and board a survival craft.
1.4
An immersion suit which has buoyancy and is designed to be worn without alifejacket shall be fitted with a light complying with the requirements of regulation 32.3
and the whistle prescribed by regulation 32.1.6.
Chapter III- Reg. 34

1.5
lf the immersion suit is to be worn in conjunction with a lifejacket, the lifejacket
shall be worn over the immersion suit. A person wearing such an immersion suit shall beable to don a lifejacket without assistance.
2

Thermal performance requirements for immersion suits

2.1

An immersion suit made of material which has no inherent insulation shall be:.1 marked with instructions that it must be worn in conjunction with warm
clothing;.2 so constructed that, when worn in conjunction with warm clothing, and with alifejacket if the immersion suit is to be worn with a lifejacket, the immersion
suit continues to provide sufficient thermal protection, following one jump by
the wearer into the water from a height of 4.5 m, to ensure that when it is wornfor a period of 1 h in calm circulating water at a temperature of 5 °C, thewearer's body core temperature does not fall more than 2 °C.

2.2
An immersion suit made of material with inherent insulation, when worn either on
its own or with a lifejacket, if the immersion suit is to be worn in conjunction with alifejacket, shall provide the wearer with sufficient thermal insulation, following one jump
into the water from a height of 4.5 m to ensure that the wearer's body core temperaturedoes not fall more than 2 °C after a period of 6 h immersion in calm circulating water at
a temperature of between 0 °C and 2 °C.
2.3
The immersion suit shall permit the person wearing it with hands covered to pickup a pencil and write after being immersed in water at 5 °C for a period of 1 h.

CHAPTER 8 - 5

3

Buoyancy requirements

A person in fresh water wearing either an immersion suit complying with therequirements of regulation 32, or an immersion suit with a lifejacket, shall be able to turn froma face-down to a face-up position in not more than 5s.
Although immersion suits have much in common with divers suits, and many of thephysiological parameters of the immersion suit also apply to diving suits, the main differenceis that most immersion suits, when not individually sized, will be bulky and not constructed toallow the wearer the freedom of the diving suit.
TYPES OF IMMERSION SUITSThe general concept of the immersion suit is given by the SOLAS definition: "Aprotective suit which reduces the body heat loss of a person wearing it in cold water". The
way this is accomplished might vary from one design to another. The basic considerations to
be covered are:
1. Required insulation.
2. Minimum water ingress into the suit.
a. due to leakage through the fabric and seams.
b. due to ineffective closure at openings.
3. Sizing. One size that fits all or different sizes.
4. Ergonomic design to fulfill the functional requirements.
5. Compatibility with flotation aids.
6. Testing procedures.
REQUIRED INSULATIONThe basic equation for man's heat exchange with the environment applies for immersed
man:
C =
Where

H
(Ts - Tw) ⋅ A

W·m-2·°C-1

C = Conductance of clothing system.
H = Heat production (watts).
Ts = Temperature of the skin (°C)
Tw = Temperature of the water (°C).
A = Body surface (m2).

The insulation (I) is given by the reciprocal of the conductance.
Allan (3) has calculated the time to cool the deep body temperature to 34 °C for a thin
individual.
CHAPTER 8 - 6

Fig. 2 Model estimates of time to cool to a deep body temperature (arterial)of 34 °C for 10th percentile thin individuals (mean weighted skinfold
thickness 6.7 mm, body weight 66.6 kg) plotted against water temperature.
The four lines represent four levels of immersed clothing insulation. IMO 1
is the design point equivalent to the IMO specifications for uninsulated suits.
IMO 2 is the design point equivalent to the IMO specification for insulated
immersion suits. (2).
It should however be noted that the requirements for maintaining a sufficiently highbody temperature not only apply to the deep body temperature, but also to the temperature ofhands and feet. According to the SOLAS convention, no local temperature should drop below
15 °C during the described conditions. This is a criterion which cannot be met if the testing ofa suit is carried out in realistic low temperatures. At very low water temperatures, the local
temperatures of hands and feet will fall close to that of the water, and although unpleasantand in cases limiting to the time of endurance tolerated at evaluation procedures, this will not
influence the survival time in a given suit. However, low extremity temperatures indicate thatthe person is in a situation where his manual dexterity might be seriously impaired, andinsulating gloves should always be included in an immersion suit.

CHAPTER 8 - 7

WATERTIGHTNESS
Water might enter the suit, either due to leakage through the material, for instance due
to faulty production, or to wear due to storage or use (4), or due to water ingress through the
opening in the suit, when the wearer enters the water (jumping into the water) or by theaction of waves or swimming.
The effect of water ingress upon the total insulation of a suit has been evaluated by Hall
& Polte (5) and Allan (5,10).
The recommended amount of acceptable water ingress has been set to 200 ml after an
initial jump from 4.5 m and a further 200 ml after 20 minutes of slow back-swimming (Allan(5).

Fig. 3. Percent loss of insulation plotted against leakage.
As water ingression thus highly affects the thermal characteristics of an immersion suit,any functional testing of a suit should include a realistic way of imitating the situation of asurvivor in open water (see below).
SIZINGAs immersion suits are designed to be used in emergency situations, where time islimited, and where no proper sizing can be carried out, the requirements are that an
immersion suit should suit any wearer. This is not possible in every case, as even within thenormal range of human stature large differences exist. This creates great design problems,and no practical solution has yet been given. A suit which is too large for the wearer will bevery bulky and thus contain a large amount of air. The air content of a suit does increase theinsulation of the suit, but it also influences buoyancy of the suit, which might lead to a
CHAPTER 8 - 8

situation where the wearer cannot maintain the upright position in the water and thus runs therisk of drowning, when not being able to keep the face above water (see later). Anotherproblem arising from sizing is that a small person in a large suit, when jumping into the water,
might be displaced within the suit. Even in individually designed suits, the wearer often will
"disappear" into the suit when hitting the water. This situation will give rise to water ingress
and thus diminish the thermal protection.
ERGONOMIC DESIGN CRITERIAThe SOLAS convention regulations givecertain design criteria that should be fulfilled.
These have partly been described above. The demand for quick-donning without help
interferes with the demand for the insulation of the hands. If gloves are part of the suit, thissimplifies the problem of watertightness and donning but interferes with the demand that thewearer should be able to perform even simple manual tasks.
The most difficult problem in the design of immersion suits is to ensure a watertightsealing at the neck and around the face.
Certain types of immersion suits are not designed to meet the problems of an
emergency, but are working suits for personnel that have to carry out work which might resultin accidental water immersion. These suits will have to meet the requirements peculiar to thework they are designed for. The insulation in such suits is normally only due to the insulation
inherent in the clothing worn under the suit.
COMPATIBILITY WITH FLOTATION AIDS
An immersion suit protects against cold water immersion. Most of the suits produced
today will give ample protection against even very cold water, which then leaves the problemof the protection against drowning as the major concern. As the thermal protection in
immersion is due to the amount of trapped air inside the suit, this air will influence thebuoyancy of the suit. Most suits are designed to be used in connection with life-vests or lifejackets, but the characteristics of the flotation aid may be severely hampered or evencounteracted by the buoyancy inherent in the immersion suit.
The SOLAS regulations concerning the life-vests demand that these should have a selfrighting effect within 5 seconds on floating man, in order to ensure that the airways of evenan unconscious subject are kept above water level. The freeboard is defined as 120 mm, andthe position in the water of the body of an unconscious person as inclined backwards at anangle of not less than 20 degrees and not more than 50 degrees from the vertical position(SOLAS, Chapt. III, Reg. No 32).
The immersion suit in itself has the flotation inbuilt but, even so, most existing
immersion suits will not allow the wearer to maintain the position described in the convention.
The demand for insulation of the feet is almost incompatible with the buoyancy requirements.
It might be discussed, whether an immersion suit should give the wearer the same
position in water as that required by a life-vest without a suit. The air within the suit will give
the wearer a near-horizontal floating position, high in the water. In this position, the survivor
may have the advantage of being able to steer himself with the feet against the incoming
CHAPTER 8 - 9waves, thus making them break before they reach his face (7). Golden (8) has demonstrated
the risks of drowning of man when only wearing a life-vest. After the passage of just two
medium sized waves, the face of the survivor will be turned against the incoming sea. Coldwater in the face gives rise to a reflex causing unavoidable inspiration, which in unpreparedand untrained persons might lead to sudden inhalation of seawater, resulting in
uncontrollable coughing and drowning.
The position of the survivor wearing an immersion suit can counteract this by the
wavebreaking effect of the high floating legs.
Whether the survival value of an immersion suit might benefit from the use of asprayshield to protect the face from the cooling and drowning effect of the water should beconsidered (Golden 8).
A negative effect of the high floating position in water is that, in nearly all commerciallyavailable immersion suits, it is very difficult for even a conscious person to turn himself over if
he is positioned in the water with his face downwards.
The introduction of survival suits might thus have solved the problem of heat loss in thesurvivor, but at the same time have increased the dangers of drowning.
TESTING PROCEDURES
Testing procedures for immersion suits might be inferred from the SOLAS convention.
Additional testing instructions have been given in the resolutions to the convention.
These resolutions give the details of the testing procedures (9).
One of the main points which has given rise to criticism on ethical grounds is that the
tests shall be carried out on persons immersed, clothed in the suit to be tested, exposed towater temperatures of 0 to 2 °C, according to the type of suit. lt is stated that the procedure
should follow that laid down by the Helsinki declaration about "informed consent" but, asthese tests often will be carried out on a commercial basis and not as a scientific experiment,
it is not obvious that the declaration of Helsinki can be applied. Thus the testing of survival
suits implies ethical considerations, which might lead to more reasonable testing involving
manikins (Allan, 10). Such measurements have been made on diving suits, and the results
are in agreement with the results obtained in human trials.
A test for water leakage through materials, seams, etc., has been devised by Allan (4).
The test is based upon determining by weighing the amount of water that in a 20 minuteperiod leaks out of a water filled suit. This amount should not exceed 100 g. This method iseasy to use and can be applied for the periodical checks of suits.
A functional test for water ingression due to design and manufacturing characteristics is
to measure the amount (weight) of water ingression following a jump of 4.5 m into water
followed by 20 minutes of backswimming. Backswimming can be replaced by a more
standardized exposure in a water tank. Allan (6) found good correlation between these two
methods.
Additional specifications of a test for flame resistance is given in SOLAS (Assembly
Resolution A 521 (14) "Recommendations on Testing of Life-saving Appliance ".
CHAPTER 8 - 10

It is foreseeable that, in the future, these SOLAS testing recommendations will bechanged due to ethical considerations and new research in testing methods.
Over the years, a number of trials have been performed comparing the insulation ofdifferent suits and weighting them against each other (12,13). Most of these tests have
involved human exposure to cold water, preferably around 0 °C. The insulative properties
have then been given by the rate of fall in deep body (core) temperature. When a constantrate of fall in temperature has been obtained, the expected survival time for a given suit canbe calculated by extrapolation. The main objection to such simple tests is that they cannot in
any reliable way be corrected for the very large individual responses to cooling. lf the initial
fall in deep body temperature or the peripheral cooling is sufficiently slow, this response
might not give rise to any increase in metabolic heat production (shivering). This could lead tothe paradoxical situation that a suit with good insulative characteristics might giveerroneously low calculated insulative values.
The use of a thermal manikin is the only method which will give reproducible figures, as
here the individual differences can be ruled out. Studies involving thermal manikins havebeen carried out by Allan (14), Bynum et al. (15) in U.S. and at the Institute of Occupational
Health in Helsinki (16).
The problem to be solved is the standardization of a thermal manikin which will yield
results that can be correlated to the situation of man immersed in cold water. The main
obstacle is that our knowledge of the cooling characteristics of man is scarce. The main
problem is how extremity cooling shall be included in the cooling characteristics of a manikin.
The extremities constitute nearly 50% of the total body surface and about 1/3 of the total
body mass.
With the revision of the SOLAS convention and its annexes, it is expected that these
problems will be addressed.
The existing recommendation satisifies neither the user's demand of proper guidance
when accepting a suit nor the producer's demand for a reliable, reproducible, test method.

CHAPTER 8 - 11

REFERENCES
1.

Birket-Smith, K. Ethnography of the Egedesminde district. Copenhagen, 1924.

2.

1983 Amendments to the international convention for the safety of life at sea. 1974, Vol 1,
Internation Maritime Organization, London, 1984.

3.

Allan, J.R. Functional performance tests for immersion suits. Royal Aircraft Inst. of Aviat. Med.,
Proceedings of Robert Gordon Inst. of Technology, Aberbeen meeting on safety at sea, 1985.

4.

A simple test of the watertight integrity of immersion suits. Royal Aircraft Inst. of Aviat. Med.,
Aircrew Equipment Group Report No. 478, Dec 1982.

5.

Hall, J.F. and J.W. Polte. Thermal insulation of air force clothing. WADD Tech. Report 60-597,
Wright Air Development Division, Sept. 1960.

6.

Allan, J.R. Royal Airforce Inst. of Aviat. Med., Aircrew Equipment Group Report No. 504, June
1984.

7.

Davidson, A.F., F.S.C. Golden and W.J. Blake. Trial of flotation characteristics of subjects
wearing general service life jackets and "once only" survival suits. Institute of Naval Medicine,
Report No. 13/75, 1975.

8.

Davidson, A.F., F.S.C. Golden and W.J. Blake. Futher trials of a prototype general service life
jacket with face screen and increased buoyancy (Phase I and II).

9.

Annex to 14 Assembly Resolution A521. Recommendations for test procedures to ensurecompliance with IMO Regulation 33.

10.

Allan, J.R. and P.A. Hayes. The specification and testing of the thermal performance of
immersion suits. Royal Airforce Inst. of Aviat. Med., Aircrew Equipment Report No. 512.

11.

Allan, J.R., C. Higgenbottom and P.J. Redman. The effect of leaking on the insulation provided
by immersion protective clothing. Royal Airforce Inst. of Aviat. Med. Aircrew Equipment Report
No. 511.

12.

Ilmarinen, R., A. Paasche and S. Gordon. Thermal properties of wet versus dry emergency
suits. NUTEC (Norwegian Underwater Technology Center). Report No. 43,84, 1984.

13.

Hayward, J.S., P.A. Lisson, M.L. Collins and J.D. Eckerson. Survival suits for accidental
immersion in cold water. Design concepts and their thermal protective performance. Universityof Victoria, Dept. of Biology, Jan 1978.

14.

Allan, J.R., C. Higgenbottom and P.R. Redman. Measurements of survival clothing insulation
using an immersed manikin. Royal Airforce Inst. of Aviat. Med. Aircrew Equipment Group
Report No. 475. Oct 1982.

CHAPTER 8 - 12

15.

Bynum, G.D., R.F. Goldman and J. Stewart. Whole body cooling with protective clothing duringcold water immersion. USARIEM Report No. T1/80. United States Army Res. Inst. of Env.
Med., Natick, MA 1980.

16.

Ilmarinen, R. Personal Communication.

CHAPTER 8 - 13

CHAPTER 9a

PHYSIOLOGICAL ASPECTS OF AUXILIARY HEATING AND COOLING
L. Vanggaard, R.R. Gonzalez, and J.R. Breckenridge

CONTENTSSUMMARY
INTRODUCTIONAUXILIARY HEAT EXCHANGE
REFERENCES

CHAPTER 9a - 1

SUMMARYThis chapter focuses on a few physiological factors which should be considered alongwith external heating or cooling aids used to extend human work performance under adverse
thermal environments. One consideration is the extent of blood flow to the trunk region and to
the extremities, each with variable capacities for heat exchange. Manual dexterity is strongly
affected by local temperature (and blood flow) to the lower arms, hands, and fingers witharteriovenous anastomoses (AVAs) serving as fine controllers of their vascular bed. Somemention is made of techniques such as the use of phase change material in the coolant ofauxiliary devices and microwave heating applicable to auxiliary devices.

Key Words:

auxiliary heating, local heating/cooling, physiological properties, microwave
heating

CHAPTER 9a - 2

INTRODUCTION
Heat exchange between humans and the environment has to take place over the bodysurfaces. Although the airways have been proposed as useful heat exchangers in rewarming
hypothermic victims (Lloyd, 1966), the principal site of external (auxiliary) heat exchange withthe environment is the skin. Inside the body, the conductive heat transfer with the blood is themain avenue for heat distribution, although conductive heat transfer is responsible for thetransfer of heat over small distances. The regulation of heat dissipation from the body to thesurroundings can only be accomplished by alterations in the skin blood flow since theconductive heat transfer over the subcutaneous tissues is a passive, non regulated propertyof heat transfer.
The blood supply to the skin may be generally divided into the amount distinguished as
nutritive blood flow, as found in all skin areas, and the specific blood flow as found in theacral parts of the body, most evident in the extremities.
It is normally envisaged that the blood flow to the skin is regulated according to the
body's need for heat conservation or heat dissipation. During steady-state exercise the bloodflow to the sweating skin is strongly associated to that necessary for dissipating the heat lostby evaporation (Nielsen, 1969) particularly when the whole body surface is considered.
However, during steady sweating, the skin temperature over the trunk region often falls
confirming that vasoconstriction may exist along with heat dissipation occurring with
evaporation of sweat as it cools the skin. In one experiment in which nude resting persons
were exposed to cooling in a climatic chamber held at 15 °C, the skin temperature over thetrunk region fell to values which, in comparison to the values obtained at a higher
temperature, would be expected to occur if the skin insulation in these parts were constant.
Thus, over the trunk, there is limited evidence of peripheral vasoconstriction playing any rolein the protection against heat loss. In the same experiments, the temperature of the hands
and feet fell, paralleling similar cooling curves for the occluded extremities, thereby
suggesting the importance of the extremities dominating role in the body's protection against
heat loss. A threatening fall in deep body temperature leads to a physiological "amputation"of the extremities, causing a drastic reduction in the effective body surface areas and body
volume which are susceptible to excessive heat loss (Vanggaard, 1965).
AUXILIARY HEAT EXCHANGE
During the processes of auxiliary heating or cooling, effective heat transfer within the
body is accomplished by heat exchange between the surrounding (heating or cooling) media
and the circulating blood in the skin. Augmented heating and cooling over the skin of the
body trunk often influences the overall heat exchange of the body with the surroundings, but
this loss occurs only if a large enough temperature gradient can be established in the
subcutaneous tissues. Thus cooling or heating devices situated over such areas become
limited by the ability of such devices to raise or lower skin body temperatures. Furthermore,large deviations from normal (comfortable) skin temperatures are not often compatible with
comfort (Gagge and Stevens, 1968).
The only body surface areas where heating and cooling can be accomplished without
excessively larger fluctuations in skin temperature is in the extremities, in which the blood
CHAPTER 9a - 3

flow is of a magnitude that the blood temperature over a wide range will maintain normal orclose to normal skin temperatures. Thus, auxiliary heating and cooling applied to theextremities is an acceptable solution provided that it can be applied with technical ease.
The capacity for heat exchange, whether it involves cooling or heating, is high in theextremities where optimal arteriovenous shunting of blood can take place in the anastomoses
localized distally in fingers and toes. From such arteriovenous anastomoses, blood is drained
centrally to the body core via the superficial venous rete, which allow excellent possibilities
for heat exchange with the surrounding media.
Some unpublished data indicate that the heat exchange capacity for coolingcorresponds to that of heating, as long as the surrounding medium is kept above thetemperatures where cold induced vasodilation first appears (15 °C). It has further been
demonstrated that the heating and cooling capacity exhibited by hands is equalled by thefeet. This is one rationale for treating cold exhaustion by immersing hands and feet in hot
water as used by the Royal Danish Navy. Thus, principles of auxiliary heating or coolingshould, as far as possible, follow the normal physiological routes for heat exchange.
Manikin studies which operate on the principle of measuring heat loss from areas with
fixed and maintained temperatures reflect the heat exchanged between manikin and theauxiliary heating system, but can only reflect to a limited degree the physiology involved.
Manikin studies thus should always be checked against results obtainable along with thosederived from human experimentation.
Auxiliary heating has two objectives. One is to maintain a sufficiently high local
temperature to enable a person to carry out appropriate tasks as is required to carry out
repairs under arctic conditions. Here local heating, for instance to the hands, might enable aperson to work for a prolonged period in extreme cold where, otherwise, rapid cooling ofhands and fingers would result in a very limited time of endurance. Local heating of thehands often presents an unaccounted increase in overall heat loss as reported by Goldman(1965), but this disparate heat loss might be accepted as a minor inconvenience.
Secondly, auxiliary heating or cooling might be useful in order to maintain proper overall
function of man for prolonged periods in normally intolerable cold or warm environments asevident when confined in a tank operating in hot climates, or when exposed to high levels ofradiant heat stress, as found in the cockpit of an airplane or helicopter.
A number of studies have been carried out to establish the effect of auxiliary heating or
cooling systems (see Chapter 9b for a detailed evaluation). Most cooling systems are based
upon using convective heat transfer by circulating aqueous glycol solution, water or air, whileothers have employed melting ice as the cooling media. Most auxiliary heat exchangesystems are limited to use of energy sources close at hand to accomplish a sufficient heatingor cooling effect. Only a few systems can be used efficaciously by persons operating awayfrom a fixed power source. One such system has been developed in Norway based upon asmall charcoal burner and using a small battery driven fan to drive hot air to the target area
(Rustad, 1984).
For casualty handling in cold climates, auxiliary heating of patients is a necessity.
Experience from the Korean war showed that a large proportion of cold injuries (frostbite)
occurred in wounded under the care of the medical services.
CHAPTER 9a - 4

Immobilized individuals in severe cold will not, even when well insulated, be able tomaintain thermal equilibrium without vasoconstriction of the extremities. Hands might be kept
passively warm when held close to the body, while the feet will exhibit falling temperatures
and, in severe cold, become susceptible to frostbite if not heated by operational devices(Goldman, 1965).
While acceptable systems do exist for pilots and tank crews, these are often too
cumbersome and theoretically "unphysiological". In some cases these also create somedegree of discomfort not only due to unphysiological skin temperatures but also because they
are not readily controllable. To date, an acceptable system for the infantryman and for use by
the medical services does not exist.
In most auxiliary heating and cooling systems, the time-lag of the system offers thegreatest problem. The sluggishness of the control system to obtain rapid cooling or heating
leads to a situation whereby the user often has to maintain a constant working rate in order toinduce a sufficient endogenous load owing to the thermal demands of the system.
Alternatively, excessive engineering damping has to exist in the system to account for"overshooting" when the wearer changes the temperature of the auxiliary system. The only
feasible approach for further research is to construct a system in which the heat transfer fromthe system to the wearer is based upon rapid exchange between a system and circulating
blood. This is, with the existing technology, possible only with auxiliary devices on theextremities and head/neck areas.
Individualized auxiliary heating and cooling units attached to CW protective garments
entail additional special problems, because the demand for physical performance in suchsuits becomes additive with the burdens present during normal combat stress. The CW
protective suit impedes thermal and mass transfer due to the chemical protective layer. On
the other hand, the use of a vest of waffled polymeric laminate design through which coolant
is passed also has its problems. The specific heat of the coolant entails that inlet temperature
should be very low to eliminate excessive coolant flow rate. However, too low entry
temperatures often cause cold discomfort in upstream areas of the vest and localized
condensation of moisture. One attractive possibility is the use of phase change material,
which can exist as microspheres in the coolant. These are typically hydrocarbons (noctadecane) which can absorb and liberate large quantities of heat without marked
temperature changes by utilization of more optimal heat of fusion than glycol (McMahon etal., 1984). Additionally, in CW suits the respiratory mask poses an added thermal andpsychological strain on the wearer (See Chapter 11). Only limited man-carried systems havebeen developed with dubious success (Cosimini et al., 1985).
Microwave heating of deeper structures is a feasible alternative to microclimate heatingin the future. For example, electromagnetic heating of tissues could be done in three ways: a)radiation emitted by ultra-high (UHF) and microwave frequencies; b) by the induction of eddy
currents in the tissue of deep structures; and c) by application of diffused microwave radiation(Pound, 1980). As an auxiliary device the latter technique is a possibility. Berglund (1983),
predicted a situation in which thermal comfort for sedentary persons wearing 1.2 clo (light
winter troop clothing) would be possible in a 10.5 °C environment with diffuse microwave
radiation at the currently permitted 10 mW•cm-2 (American National Standards Institute) level.
However, use of microwave heating is still at best only a futuristic concept.
CHAPTER 9a - 5

REFERENCES
1.

Berglund, L.G. Characterizing the thermal environment. In Microwaves and Thermoregulation.
E. Adair (ed) Academic Press, N.Y. pp 15-31, 1983.

2.

Cosimini, H., J. Cohen, B. DeCristofano, R. Goff, V. Iacono, M. Kupcinskas, T. Tassinari, N.
Pimental, B. Cadarette, W. Holden, L. Levin, K.B. Pandolf, and M.N. Sawka. Determination of
the feasibility of two commercial portable microclimate cooling systems for military use.
Technical Report. Natick/TR85/033L, March 1985.

3.

Gagge, A.P. and J.C. Stevens. Thermal sensitivity and comfort. In: The Skin Senses. D.R.
Kenshalo (ed). C.C. Thomas, Springfield. pp 345-457, 1968.

4.

Goldman, R.F. The Arctic Soldier: possible research solutions for his protection. In: Science in
Alaska G. Dahlgren (ed). Alaska Div. AAAS. pp 401-419, 1965.

5.

Lloyd, B.B. The interactions between hypoxia and other ventilatory stimuli. In: International
Symposium on the Cardiovascular and Respirator Effects. Effects of Hypoxia. J.D. Hatcher
and D.B. Jennings (eds.) Basel, Karger, 1966.

6.

McMahon, W.A., W.W. Harlowe, Jr., D.J. Mangold. Feasibility study of utilizing phase change
coolant for protective garments. Technical Report. Natick/TR-85/013L, December 1984.

7.

Nielsen, B. Thermoregulation in rest and exercise. Acta Physiol. Scand. (Suppl). 323:1-74,
1969.

B.

Pound, R.V. Radiant heat for energy conservation. Science. 208:494-495, 1980.

9.

Rustad, S. Cold climate field heating - final report FFI/Rapport-84/4006, Norwegian Defence
Research Establishment, 1984.

10.

Vanggaard, L. Physiological reactions to wet-cold. Aviat. Space Env. Med. 46:33-36, 1975.

CHAPTER 9a - 6

CHAPTER 9b

AUXILIARY COOLING: EXPERIMENTAL RESULTS
K. B. Pandolf, A. E. Allan, R. R. Gonzalez, M. N. Sawka,
L. A. Stroschein and A. J. Young

CONTENTSSUMMARY
1. INTRODUCTION
2. METHODS
3. RESULTS AND DISCUSSION
REFERENCES

CHAPTER 9b - 1

SUMMARY
The major factors which contribute to the increased thermal burden imposed bychemical warfare (CW) protective clothing are the insulation characteristics (clo) and theevaporative impedance (im) of the material and the increased levels of energy expenditure for
performing physical exercise while wearing these clothing systems. An approach toalleviating heat stress is through the use of auxiliary cooling. A number of prototype
microclimate cooling systems which employ either air-cooled or liquid-cooled vests havebeen shown to be effective in reducing soldier heat strain during exercise while wearing CW
protective clothing in hot environments. A prediction of the thermal strain, waterrequirements, tolerance time and optimal work-rest ratios for soldiers exercising in CW
protective clothing in a wide variety of environmental conditions is discussed.

Key Words:

CW protective clothing, microclimate cooling, manikin studies, human studies,
prediction modelling.

CHAPTER 9b - 2

INTRODUCTION
Performance of muscular exercise in hot environments has been shown to be
influenced by aerobic fitness (1), acclimation state (2) and hydration level (3). An aerobically
fit individual who is exercise-heat acclimated and fully hydrated should experience less bodyheat storage and enhanced performance while exercising in the heat (3). However, it isquestionable whether these three factors would have major impact in reducing the added
thermal burden imposed by wearing low permeable or impermeable protective clothing during
exercise-heat stress of prolonged duration.
Chemical protective clothing characteristically has high thermal insulation and low
moisture permeability. These clothing characteristics place severe limitations on the body's
usual heat dissipating mechanisms, namely the evaporation of sweat. Auxiliary cooling has
been suggested to be essential in industrial and military settings when exercising in hot
environments while wearing low permeable or impermeable protective garments (4,5,6).
Effective auxiliary cooling is dependent on active sweating for evaporative cooling (6).
This paper will briefly review our biophysical test observations concerning the auxiliary
cooling provided by five water-cooled undergarments in association with chemical protective
clothing as directly evaluated on a life-size, sectional copper manikin. The report will thenreview recent findings from our Institute1 demonstrating that auxiliary cooling significantly
reduces physiological strain and increases tolerance time of soldiers exercising in protective
clothing in hot environments.
2. METHODS
2.1 Experiment 1
An electrically heated copper manikin capable of individual sectional evaluations of thehead, torso, arms, hands, legs and feet was used for these experiments. The environmental
conditions were either 29.4 °C (85% relative humidity) or 51.7 °C (25% relative humidity). The
five water-cooled undergarments which were tested included: (a) a water-cooled cap for headcooling; (b) a water-cooled vest for torso cooling; (c) a water-cooled cap and vest for head
and torso cooling; (d) a short water-cooled undergarment for upper arms, upper legs andtorso cooling, and, (e) a long water-cooled undergarment for upper and lower arms, upperand lower legs, head and torso cooling. None of these water-cooled undergarments provided
cooling to the hands or feet. Cooling water inlet temperature varied over the range of 7 to
28 °C. The components of the combat vehicle crewman (CVC) ensemble and the chemical
protective suit were worn over these water-cooled undergarments. A more detailed
explanation of these methods can be found in a previously published report (7).
------------------1

Portions of this report were presented at the "Proceedings of the Annual International
Industrial Ergonomics and Safety Conference" in Miami, FL, 9-12 June 1987, Trends in
Ergonomics/Human Factors IV, S.S. Asfour (Ed.), Elsevier Publ. (North Holland), 1987.

CHAPTER 9b - 3

2.2 Experiment 2
In these experiments, water-cooled, air-cooled and ambient air-ventilated auxiliary
cooling vests were evaluated in a hot-wet climate (35 °C, 75% relative humidity) and a hotdry climate with added infrared radiation (49 °C, 20% relative humidity, 68 °C black globe
temperature). Twelve male volunteer soldiers, dressed in full chemical warfare uniforms,
attempted 120 min of exposure to each combination of climate and cooling vest. Total
exercise was 20 min and rest time 100 min which resulted in a mean time weighted metabolic
rate of 180 W. The results concerning the ambient air-ventilated auxiliary cooling vest will not
be presented in this report but can be found with a more detailed explanation of thesemethods in a previously published paper (6).
2.3 Experiment 3
After being heat acclimated for five consecutive days, four male volunteer soldiers
dressed in CVC uniform and full chemical protective clothing attempted 300 min heat
exposures (49 °C, 20 °C dp) at two different metabolic rates (175 and 315 W) each with fivedifferent auxiliary cooling combinations. The 175 W metabolic rate involved 45 min of restand 15 min of walking (1.01 m·s-1 ) per hour while the 315 W metabolic rate involved 45 minof walking at this same speed and 15 min of rest per hour. At each of these two metabolic
rates, five combinations of dry bulb and dew point temperatures that ranged from 20-27 °C
db and 7-18 °C dp were supplied to an air-cooled vest at 15 scfm. During each of the twocontrol tests, the subjects did not wear the air-cooled vest; however, the face piece to themask was ventilated with 3 scfm of ambient air. A more detailed description of these methods
can be found in a soon to be published report (5).
2.4 Experiment 4
In these field observations, physiological responses of tank crew members inside thearmored vehicle were evaluated while wearing an air-cooled vest under the standard CVC
uniform and full chemical protective clothing in tropic (Tropic Test Center, Republic ofPanama) and desert (Yuma Proving Grounds, AZ) environments. Six male volunteer tankcrewmen participated in the tropic test while four different male volunteer crewmen were
evaluated during the desert tests. During the tropic test, ambient temperature ranged from27-36 °C db and relative humidity between 40-81% while during the desert tests the ambient
temperature ranged from 23-38 °C db and relative humidity from 20-64%. These crewmen
performed continuous operations for up to 12 hours. A more detailed description of thesemethods can be found in a recently published report (4).
3. RESULTS AND DISCUSSION
Figure 1 presents the range of cooling in watts provided by each of the five watercooled undergarments as a function of the cooling water inlet temperature from Experiment
1. These findings illustrate that at a cooling water inlet temperature of about 10 °C the watercooled cap could not provide 100 W of cooling; however, both the short and long watercooled undergarments provided approximately 400 W of cooling. A "comfortable" coolingwater inlet temperature of 20 °C was shown to provide 46 W of cooling for the water-cooled
cap, 66 W for the water-cooled vest, 112 W for the water-cooled cap and vest, 264 W for the
CHAPTER 9b - 4

short water-cooled undergarment and 387 W for the long water-cooled undergarment (7). As
expected, these results support the conclusion that cooling in watts increases with greater
body surface coverage from the water-cooled undergarment and illustrates the importance ofbiophysical assessments of the heat transfer characteristics concerning prototype auxiliary
cooling systems using heat copper manikins.

FIGURE 1. Watts of cooling provided by five water-cooled undergarments
as a function of the cooling water inlet temperature for a completely wet(i.e., maximal sweating) skin condition (7).
Table 1 shows a summary of the thermoregulatory trends between auxiliary cooling(water-cooled and air-cooled vests) and no auxiliary cooling during both hot-wet and hot-dry
exposures from Experiment 2. In the hot-wet condition, the water- and air-cooled vests
displayed better thermoregulatory status than predicted for these subjects without auxiliary
cooling: greater than 1 °C lower rectal temperature (Tre); 2.5 to 3.5 °C lower mean skintemperature ( Tsk ); 10 to 20 b·min-1 lower heart rate (HR); about one tenth the heat storage& sw ). When compared to no auxiliary cooling (predicted),(∆S); and one third less sweating ( mthe evaporative sweat rate ( E& ) was lower for the water-cooled vest but slightly higher forsw

the air-cooled vest. Comparing the air- and water-cooled vests, no differences (p>0.05) were
& sw ; however, HR was lower (p<0.05) and E& sw was higher
found for Tre, Tsk , ∆S and m(p<0.05) for the air-cooled vest. In the hot-dry condition, the water- and air-cooled vests
again showed better thermoregulatory responses than no auxiliary cooling (predicted): 1 °C
lower Tre; 1 to 2 °C lower Tsk ; 30 b·min-1 lower HR; and one third the ∆S. Compared to no&
was the same for both vests but E&
appeared greater.
auxiliary cooling (predicted), msw

sw

CHAPTER 9b - 5

The E& sw was greater (p<0.05) for the air-cooled vest when contrasted to the water-cooled
vest. These authors concluded that an air-cooled vest can be used with the same efficiency
as a water-cooled vest, and both are clearly superior to no auxiliary cooling under hot-wet or
hot-dry conditions (6).
Table 1. Summary of thermoregulatory trends between auxiliary cooling andno auxiliary cooling during hot-wet and hot-dry exposures.
HOT-WET

HOT-DRY

WATER-AIR-

DIFFERENC

WATER-AIR-

DIFFERENC

COOLED

COOLEDE

COOLED

COOLED

E

VEST

VEST

VEST

VEST

Tre (°C)

↓

↓

ns

↓

↓

ns

Tsk (°C)

↓

↓

ns

↓

↓

ns

HR (b·min-1)

↓

↓

–

↓

↓

ns

∆S (W)

↓

↓

ns

↓

↓

ns

& sw (g·m-2h-1)
m

↓

↓

ns

=

=

ns

E& sw (g·h-1)↓= or ↑+↑↑+↓, auxiliary cooling (water- or air-cooled vest) is lower than no auxiliary cooling (predicted);↑, auxiliary cooling (water- or air-cooled vest) is higher than no auxiliary cooling (predicted);=, no difference between auxiliary cooling and no auxiliary cooling;ns, not significant;+, air-cooled greater than water cooled (p< 0.05);–, air-cooled less than water cooled (p<0.05).

CHAPTER 9b - 6

Figure 2 displays the Tre responses over time for the four subjects in Experiment 3
during the control test which involved no air-cooled vest but full chemical protective clothingat the low metabolic rate of 175 W. All subjects show a rapid rate of rise in Tre during this test
and were unable to complete the proposed 300 min heat exposure. Average endurance timewas 118 min. The rapid rate of rise in Tre which is associated with an increased rate of bodyheat storage has been implied to be a good prognosticator of exercise-heat tolerance (8).

FIGURE 2. Rectal temperatures over time for four subjects during periodsof rest and treadmill walking (1.01 m·s-1) while wearing full chemical
protective clothing but no air-cooled vest (unpublished from 5).

CHAPTER 9b - 7

FIGURE 3. Rectal temperatures over time for the five coolingcombinations (A,B,C,D and E provide 687, 631, 620, 564 and 498 total
watts of cooling, respectively) and the control test at 315 W (5).
In contrast to the Tre values for the control test at 175 W in Experiment 3, all five coolingcombinations allowed for the maintenance of a near constant body temperature while in fullchemical protective clothing (5). In addition, there were no significant differences in Tre
responses among the five cooling combinations during the various rest or exercise periods(p>0.05). However, at the higher metabolic rate of 315 W also evaluated in Experiment 3, theair-cooled vest at all five cooling combinations was less effective in maintaining Tre as
illustrated in Figure 3. With all five cooling combinations, Tre decreased during the various
rest periods but also increased significantly over time (p<0.05). After the fourth exercise bout(about 235 min), peak Tre averaged 38.0 for A (n=4), 38.2 for B (n=4), 38.3 for D (n=3), 38.5
for E (n=3) and 38.6 °C for C (n=4). Nevertheless, all five cooling combinations were more
effective in lessening the rate of rise in Tre than no cooling (control).

CHAPTER 9b - 8

Figure 4 presents the endurance times for each of the five cooling combinations and forthe control tests at metabolic rates of 175 and 315 W. At 175 W, all subjects were able tocomplete the 300 min heat exposure for all five cooling combinations; however, without thecooling vest (control) endurance time was limited to an average of 118(±27,SD) min. At
315 W, endurance times did not differ significantly (p>0.05) between the five coolingcombinations (range, 242-300 min); however, with no auxiliary cooling the endurance time
averaged only 73(±19,SD) min.

FIGURE 4. Endurance times for each of the five cooling combinations andcontrol test at either 175 or 315 W (5).
Figure 5 shows the mean Tre responses for the four tank crewmen during the 12-hourtropic test of Experiment 4. These crewmen displayed a group decrease in Tre during the firsthour in the tank followed by a mean increase in Tre of 0.5 °C over the next 11 hours. While
not approaching our physiological safety limit, Tre did show a statistically significant increase(p<0.05) over this 12-hour test (4). Mean Tre at the start and end of this tropic test were37.2±0.5 and 37.4±0.4 °C, respectively. However, at this low metabolic rate, the air-cooledsystem appears to have helped increase the evaporative cooling capabilities of thesesubjects during extended operations in the tropics. Similar results were observed duringextended operations in desert environments (4).

CHAPTER 9b - 9

FIGURE 5. Mean rectal temperature of the four tank crewmen during a 12hour extended operations field test in the tropics (4).
The Military Ergonomics Division of our Institute has developed the ability to predict thethermal strain, water requirements, tolerance time and optimal work-rest ratios for soldiers
exercising in CW protective clothing in a wide variety of environmental conditions. This
comprehensive heat stress prediction model encompasses a series of predictive equations
for deep body temperature, heart rate and sweat loss responses for clothed soldiers
performing physical exercise at various environmental extremes (9). Our model includes aclothing menu which incorporates a variety of low permeable protective clothing ensembles.
Currently, our prediction model is programmed on both a desk-top computer and hand-held
calculator and with some possible minor adjustments should be quite applicable for industrialuse.
4. CONCLUSIONSOver the last decade, our Institute has maintained an active research program
evaluating the thermal burden imposed by wearing chemical warfare (CW) protective clothing
during exercise-heat stress. Through the use of a sectional copper manikin which is life-size,
measurements can be made of the insulation characteristics (clo) and evaporative
impedance (im /clo) of low permeable or impermeable clothing ensembles. In addition, thecooling power in watts at a given cooling water inlet temperature has been shown to increase
with greater body surface area coverage by a water-cooled undergarment. Except for the
separate use of a water-cooled cap, a collection of five water-cooled systems, singularly or in
combination, have the potential to remove the metabolic heat produced in the sedentary state(about 80 W; water-cooled vest, water-cooled cap and vest) or in a highly active state (about
400 W; short or long water-cooled undergarment). A number of prototype microclimate
cooling systems involving both air-cooled and liquid-cooled vests have been shown to beeffective in alleviating heat stress in soldiers during light exercise while wearing CW
protective clothing in hot-wet or hot-dry environments. Microclimate cooling while wearing
CW protective clothing in armored vehicles has also been shown to be effective in alleviatingheat stress during sustained 12-hour operations involving light exercise in tropic or desert
environments. For soldiers performing exercise in CW protective clothing, the mostimportant factor affecting thermal strain appears to be the level of metabolic energy
expenditure. We have demonstrated that when moderate to heavy exercise is
CHAPTER 9b - 10

performed in hot environments, some soldiers cannot tolerate these conditions forprolonged periods of time even with the inclusion of an air-cooled vest. Possibly, agreater body surface area coverage by microclimate cooling would help solve thisproblem. Finally, our Institute has developed the ability to predict the thermal strain,water requirements, tolerance time and optimal work-rest ratios for soldiers exercising
in CW protective clothing or other low permeable clothing ensembles in a variety of hotenvironments.

CHAPTER 9b - 11

REFERENCES
1.

Pandolf, K.B., Effects of physical training and cardiorespiratory fitness on exercise-heat
tolerance: recent observations, Med. Sci. Sports 11:60-65, 1979.

2.

Nadel, E.R., Pandolf, K.B., Roberts, M.F. and Stolwijk, J.A.J., Mechanisms of thermal
acclimation to exercise and heat, J. Appl. Physiol. 37:515-520, 1974..

3.

Sawka, M.N., Francesconi, R.F., Young, A.J. and Pandolf, K.B., Influence of hydration leveland body fluids on exercise performance in the heat, JAMA 252:1165-1169, 1984.

4.

Cadarette, B.S., Pimental, N.A., Levell, C.A., Bogart, J.E. and Sawka, M.N., Thermal
responses of tank crewmen operating with microclimate cooling under simulated NBC
conditions in the desert and tropics, Tech.Rpt. T7/86, U.S. Army Research Institute ofEnvironmental Medicine, Natick, MA, 1986.

5.

Pimental, N.A., Cosimini, H.M., Sawka, M.N. and Wenger, C.B., Effectiveness of an air-cooled
vest using selected air temperature and humidity combinations, Aviat. Space Environ. Med.
58:119-124, 1987.

6.

Shapiro, Y., Pandolf, K.B., Sawka, M.N., Toner, M.M., Winsmann, F.R. and Goldman, R.F.,
Auxiliary cooling: comparison of air-cooled vs. water-cooled vests in hot-dry and hot-wet
environments, Aviat. Space Environ. Med. 53:785-789, 1982.

7.

Fonseca, G.F., Effectiveness of five water-cooled undergarments in reducing heat stress ofvehicle crewmen operating in a hot-wet or hot-dry environment, Tech.Rpt. T2/81, U.S. Army
Research Institute of Environmental Medicine, Natick, MA, 1981.

8.

Pandolf, K.B. and Goldman, R.F., Convergence of skin and rectal temperatures as a criterion
for heat tolerance, Aviat. Space Environ. Med. 49:1095-1101, 1978.

9.

Pandolf, K.B., Stroschein, L.A., Drolet, L.L., Gonzalez, R.R. and Sawka, M.N., Prediction
modeling of physiological responses and human performance in the heat, Comput. Biol. Med.
16:319-329, 1986.

CHAPTER 9b - 12

CHAPTER 10

BIOMEDICAL EFFECTS OF UNDERWEAR
R.F. Goldman

CONTENTSSUMMARY
1. INTRODUCTION
2. WARMTH
3. TACTILITY PROPERTIES
4. MOISTURE HANDLINGa) WICKINGb) WATER UPTAKEc) DRYING
5. IDEAL CHARACTERISTICS REFERENCESREFERENCES

CHAPTER 10 - 1

SUMMARY
Underwear can play a major role in a clothing system, as much as a result of its tactile
and moisture handling properties (water uptake, drying and wicking) as of its thermal
properties. The constant relationship between the uncompressed thickness of a material andits insulation values is demonstrated, despite the heavily advertised claims for superiority of
one material over another; any such superiority must be associated with the material's
insulation per unit weight, its aforementioned moisture handling properties or its ability toretain thickness when wet. The ideal underwear would be "soft", have extremely high wicking
characteristics, should be able to rapidly absorb large amounts of sweat, and should dry
rapidly, while being as thick, non-compressible and light weight as possible.

Key Words:

underwear, wicking, underwear water uptake, fabric tactility, underwear insulation

CHAPTER 10 - 2

1.

INTRODUCTION

The biomedical effects of underwear are relatively unique among clothing items. Whileits insulation tends to be of less importance than that of most clothing items, its tactile
properties, and the way in which it handles moisture, are of much greater concern since
underwear is in direct contact with the skin. Perhaps this intimate contact accounts for thefolklore which has grown up about the properties of underwear; the stated importance offlannel for the prevention of rheumatism, the need to wear a spine pad to protect the spine
against the actinic rays of the sun, the importance of a stomacher of flannel to serve as aprotective belt against cholera, and the need for wool around the kidney area to protect
against kidney disease, regularly appear in the military clothing literature throughout the 18thand 19th centuries and, indeed, are occasionally resurrected as questions today.
2.

WarmthThe warmth of any clothing item is directly related to its thickness; the intrinsic
insulation (cloi) as defined in Chapter 1, when measured using a heated, flat plate apparatus
is almost always closely related to the intrinsic insulation predicted on the basis of thickness.
The few discrepancies between underwear thickness and measured insulation values could
be associated with errors in thickness measurement. The usual American Society of Testing
Materials (ASTM) method for thickness measurement requires compressing the material by
0.7 g/cm2 (.01 psi). This very mild level of compression is still sufficient to compress the fibrils
at the surface of the material and these, although very compressible, do contribute totrapping additional surface air film thickness. If one uses a method where thickness ismeasured without any compression, the measured intrinsic insulation can almost always bematched against the insulation predicted using 1.57 clo per centimeter (4 clo per inch).
The insulation of underwear is seldom a major consideration in thermal comfort, since itlies within an already trapped still-air layer between the skin and the outerwear (3). Indeed,
static copper manikin measurements of a clothing system frequently give the same insulation
measurement with or without underwear. Nevertheless, a thicker underwear will contribute
warmth in the presence of wind or body motion, particularly if the outerwear is not windproof,
the closures are not tight, or the clothing is compressed by the weight of outer clothing layers
or load carriage systems (1); then the insulation over the torso will generally be close to thatapproximated from the full thickness of the underwear, because of the air gaps between theunderwear and the clothing worn over the torso. However, the insulation over the arms andthe legs will be closer to that suggested by the compressed (ASTM) thickness measurement
as a result of the closer fit of the outer garments and, hence, their compression of theunderwear over the limbs. In essence, underwear with superior warmth will feature loosenessof fit, the greatest thickness whether by fiber selection, weave or as a result of napping, will
exhibit the least loss of thickness with compression and will have the least tendency to take acompression set whether dry or wet (7).
Table I presents data on twelve different underwear samples arranged in thickness from
1.5 to 2.6 mm uncompressed, and from 1.14 to 2.26 mm when compressed to 0.7 g/cm2. The
insulation values, as indicated above, are predicted based on thickness and compare quitefavorably with their measured values in most cases.
CHAPTER 10 - 3

TABLE I. Physical Characteristics of Twelve Representative Underwear Materials
MATERIAL

THICKNESS
Full

ASTM

(mm)

INSULATIONDRYING
TIME

Pred.

1 Min

(clo)

(%Wgt/hr)

WICKING

WATER ABSORPTION
5 Min

20 Min1 Min
Squeeze

Horiz.

(%Wgt/hr)

Vert.

Flat

(seconds)

DOUBLE FOLDS
85% Vinyon

2.64

2.26

.42

111

613

630

633

620

YES

YES

1

100% Polypropylene

2.50

1.78

.39

125

307

336

340

315

YES

YES

21

Inner – 100% Cotton
Outer – 50% Cotton
40% Wool
10% Nylon

1.83

1.42

.29

153

14

45

191

573

NO

NO

80

Inner – 100% Polypropylene
Outer – 55% Polypropylene
45% Wool

1.60

1.19

.25

149

480

480

480

500

YES

YES

6

100% Cotton

2.06

1.40

.32

100

429

443

445

440

YES

YES

1

50% Cotton/50% Polyester

2.03

1.98

.29

118

237

408

408

380

YES

YES

12

100% Polypropylene

1.88

1.78

.28

120

409

427

430

381

YES

YES

18

40% Wool
50% Trevira
10% Nylon

1.80

1.47

.28

134

12

288

420

464

NO

NO

80

85% Polypropylene
15% Nylon

1.65

1.52

.26

128

444

456

485

476

YES

YES

2

60% Dunova/40% Wool

1.52

1.19

.24

125

29

347

532

508

NO

NO

27

85% Wool/15% Nylon

1.47

1.14

.23

82

21

35

352

400

N0

NO

17

15 % Acrylic

SINGLE LAYER

CHAPTER 10 - 4

3.

TACTILITY

The contact characteristics of underwear have not been well worked out, although asignificant percentage of the population has a true, genetically based, allergic dermatitis
when wearing wool underwear. In even more cases, the discomfort produced by underwear
contact is an irritant dermatitis, rather than an immunological (i.e., allergic) dermatitis.
The Japanese have become the world leaders in exploring the "hand" properties offabrics (6). They have identified eight qualities of a fabric to characterize tactile, i.e., "hand",sensations as shown in Table II. Clearly smoothness as opposed to roughness, and silkinessas opposed to scratchy, are relevant properties for underwear tactile comfort, as probably issoftness as opposed to hardness. However, there appear to be wide differences in individual
sensitivities and also these tactile sensations change dramatically with moisture uptake of thefabrics in contact with the skin.
TABLE II
Characterization of Tactile ("Hand") Properties of FabricJapanese Expressions:
Winter/Summer
or Both1.

KOSHI

Stiffness (to bending)

B

2.

NUMERI

Smoothness

W

3.

FUKURAMI

Fullness and Softness

B

4.

SHARI

Crispness

S

5.

HARI

Anti-drape StiffnessS

6.

KISHIMI

Silky

S

7.

SHINAY AKASA

Flexibility and Softness

S (- thin)8.

SOFUTOSASoftW(- medium thick)

Fabric Thickness (0.5 g/cm2 pressure): thin .131 to 1.460 mm ( x = 0.445 mm);medium 0.323 to 2.490 mm ( x = 0.974 mm)
4.

MOISTURE HANDLINGThe sweat handling properties of underwear are probably far more important for comfort
than their contact sensations. Individuals can characterize the actual water content of a fabricin contact with the skin with good repeatability, using a subjective scale of fabric wetness
where a value of "1" is considered dry, "2" slightly damp, "3" moderately damp, and "4" isperceived as wet (5). Hollies reported that the actual water content for cotton, expressed aspercent of dry weight added as water, increased by 1 subject unit for every 25% of additional
weight of fabric added as water. In another study (Goldman, unpublished), it was necessary
to use a five point scale for subjective discrimination of fabric wetness.
CHAPTER 10 - 5

As water content increased from 8% to 40%, subjective comfort fell exponentially for avariety of cotton-and-polyester blend materials with little regard for the relative percentage
composition of cotton to polyester. Obviously, the openness of the weave, which affects theamount of material in contact with the skin, is another significant factor; it may account for thehigh acceptability reported for the open, fisherman's net underwear known as a "brynje stringvest" (2,8).
Regardless of the absolute level of water content reached, non-wicking fibers or fabrics
are probably undesirable for underwear whenever heavy activity is involved since any liquidsweat would tend to remain in direct contact with the skin. A desirable aspect of comfort is
keeping the skin wettedness as low as possible. Less than 20% skin wettedness, or
equivalently < 20% skin relative humidity, is generally perceived as comfortable while 60%
skin wettedness (or 60% relative humidity of the skin) is generally the upper limit compatible
with continued exposure in a civilian workforce.
a)Wicking

There are three ways to characterize wicking: 1) with the material in a "vertical" position
so that wicking is against the pressure of gravity; 2) with the material in a "horizontal" position
so that wicking is a matter of capillary attraction and surface wetting, with no gravitational
limit; and 3) with the material placed "flat" on the surface of a pool of water or with a drop ofwater placed on the material. Representative wicking curves are shown in Figure 1.

Fig. 1: Wetted length vs. time from vertical wicking trial
A faster initial wicking is associated with more rapid removal of water from the skin and this
implies greater comfort during wear while sweating.
CHAPTER 10 - 6

b)Water uptake

The amount of water that can be absorbed by the material is obviously anotherimportant characteristic; this is expressed as a percent of dry weight of material and is given(in Table I) at the end of 1 minute, 5 minutes and 20 minutes of immersion, and after 1
minute during which the material is repeatedly squeezed during immersion. The water
absorption characteristics, as shown in Table I, generally appear to parallel the wicking
characteristics, with non-wicking materials generally picking up less than 30% of their weight
as water after 1 minute of immersion, compared to 613% for the double-layer, 85% Vinylidene
Chloride/15% acrylic fiber underwear and to 400% for most of the other wicking materials,
unless squeezed during the 1-minute immersion to force water into the material. The ability topick up and hold more sweat, thus helping blot the skin dry, should enhance the comfort ofan underwear system; however, if the material loses its thickness (i.e., "slumps"), or takes
longer to dry out, this water absorption capability may actually detract from comfort. Thereappears to be a reasonable relationship between the amount of water picked up in the firstminute and the wicking characteristics of the materials, and also between the amount ofwater picked up within 5 minutes and the flat wicking measurement. While the water pickedup as a result of squeezing the material during immersion would appear to be relevant to thewetting of underwear, there seems to be little relationship between wicking characteristics
and the water taken up as a result of squeezing the material during a 1-minute immersion.
c)DryingDrying time, again expressed as percent of the dry material weight of water lost perhour, ranged from a slow 82% of wet weight per hour, to a little more than twice that, 176% of
wet weight per hour; a sample drying curve is shown in Figure 2.
In theory, the faster a material dries, the more comfortable it should be. This will be
particularly the case in avoiding the "post-exercise" chill which occurs when the sweat
accumulated in the underwear during exercise, continues to evaporate and provide coolingafter the body's level of heat production has returned to resting levels. It would appear far
better for comfort if the post-exercise evaporation is as rapid as possible, preferably while thebody still has some surplus heat storage as a result of its exercise.
5.

IDEAL CHARACTERISTICS:

These projections as to the interaction between the water handling characteristics ofunderwear fabrics, as measured by a variety of wicking, water absorption and drying tests, allrequire further confirmation against human perceptions. Nevertheless, it appears that theideal underwear would be "soft", have extremely high wicking characteristics, should be able
to absorb sweat in an amount of 400% of its dry weight or more in a minute or less, andshould dry extremely rapidly despite being as thick, non-compressible and lightweight as
possibly. Melting and flammability properties should also be considered and these aspects
are discussed in Chapter 12.

CHAPTER 10 - 7

Fig 2: Moisture content as a function of drying rate

CHAPTER 10 - 8

REFERENCES
1.

Cassie, A.B.D., Underwear fabric characteristics for warmth. J. Textile Inst. 40: 444-453, 1949.

2.

Darling, R.C. and G.E. Folk. Physiological effects of two types of brynje vests as an additional
garment in the cold. Underwear Net (Brynje Vest) Project 268-43 Test HEL 101. OQMG
Report No. 32, Fatigue Laboratory, Harvard University, September 30, 1944.

3.

Fonseca, G.F. Heat-transfer properties of ten underwear-outerwear ensembles. Textile Res. J.
40: 553-558, 1970.

4.

Hoge, H.J. and G.F. Fonseca. The thermal conductivity of a multilayer sample of underwear
material under a variety of experimental conditions. Textile Res. J. 34:401-410, 1964.

5.

Hollies, N.R.S. The comfort characteristics of next-to-skin garments, including shirts. In: Proc.
Intl. Seminar on Textiles for Comfort, Shirley Inst., Manchester (England) 1971.

6.

Kawabata, S. The Standardization and Analysis of Hand Evaluation (2nd Edition). The Textile
Machinery Society, Japan, OSAKA, July 1980, pp. 97.

7.

Rodahl, K., F.A. Giere, H. Staff, and A.B. Wedin. A physiological comparison of the protective
value of nylon and wool in a cold environment. The Institute of Work Physiology, Oslo,
Norway.

8.

Wedin, B. Heat Insulating and Ventilating Garment. U.S. Patent No. 3,122,754 awarded March
3, 1964.

CHAPTER 10 - 9

CHAPTER 11

BIOMEDICAL ASPECTS OF NBC MASKS
AND THEIR RELATION TO MILITARY PERFORMANCE
S.R. Muza
CONTENTSSUMMARY
INTRODUCTION
1.

ADDED RESISTANCE TO BREATHING
Resistance Standards for NBC Masks
Respiratory Responses to Loaded Breathing
Cardiovascular Responses to Loaded Breathing Exercise
Performance Limitations

2.

EXTERNAL DEAD SPACE

3.

THERMAL STRESS OF THE NBC MASK AND HOOD
Physical Effects
Physiological Effects
Psychological Effects

4.

VISUAL LIMITATIONSVisual Field Restrictions
Dynamic Visual Acuity
Dark Adaptation
Altered Space Perception

5.

SPEECH TRANSMISSION AND RECEPTION
Speech Transmission
Sound Reception Ambient
Ambient Noise6.

NBC MASK FORCES ON THE HEAD

7.

PSYCHOLOGICAL PROBLEMS CONCLUSIONS

8COMPLICATIONS OF LONG-TERM WEAR

REFERENCES

CHAPTER 11 - 1

SUMMARY
The function of a nuclear, biological and chemical protective mask (NBC mask) is toprotect the respiratory system from nuclear, biological and chemical warfare agents and, inconcert with a hood, protect the face, eyes and head from percutaneous agents and skincontamination. While accomplishing these functions, the NBC mask and hood frequently
impose a variety of physiological as well as psychological burdens on its user. Foremost ofthese burdens is the added resistance to breathing. Although modern NBC masks haverelatively low levels of air flow resistance, several studies have shown that mask wear will
reduce exercise endurance and intensity. This reduction in exercise performance may be
manifested by both physiological as well as psychological responses. NBC mask wear
increases the work load on the respiratory muscles and consequently the potential fordevelopment of muscle fatigue. The perception of effort during exercise while wearing a NBC
mask is increased and unpleasant respiratory sensations, such as breathlessness, may
develop which can cause a soldier to stop performing work. Wear of the NBC mask and hood
may also increase the heat stress imposed on the soldier which can degrade performance ofmilitary tasks by increasing their physiological and psychological strain.
The face and head contain the principal sensory (eyes, ears, nose) and communication(mouth) structures of the body. Since the NBC mask and hood encapsulates these structuresin order to protect them from contamination, impairment of sensory reception and vocal
communication may occur. The degree of degradation observed is dependent upon thespecific task and the conditions under which it is accomplished. For example, tasks requiringa large visual field are degraded by mask wear whereas tasks utilizing a small visual fieldmight not be affected. Also, due to the rich sensory ennervation of the face and head, almost
everyone who wears a NBC mask experiences some discomfort. Long-term wear of the NBC
mask and hood can accentuate the distress experienced by a soldier by interfering with basic
facial hygiene, eating and sleeping. The result could be lower morale, increased physiologicaland psychological strain and loss of military effectiveness.

Key Words:

NBC masks, breathing resistance, muscle fatigue, exercise, heat stress

CHAPTER 11 - 2

INTRODUCTION
Soldiers are provided with individual protective garments to guard them from nuclear,biological and chemical (NBC) contamination. A key item of these protective garments is theNBC protective mask (NBC mask). NBC masks can provide respiratory protection against
radioactive particles and field concentrations of all known chemical and biological agents inboth vapor and aerosol form.
The first employment of NBC masks in warfare was during World War I (17). Initially,
German soldiers were equipped with the "face mask of the Ghent zone." This mask consistedof a cotton dressing sewn to a cloth the size of a handkerchief; the cotton dressing was
soaked in alkaline sodium thiosulfate prior to use and the mask had to be kept moist duringuse. After the first major attack with Chlorine gas at Ypres (Ieper), Belgium in April 1915, theGerman Army issued the forerunner of the modern gas mask. It consisted of an oiled leather,bag-shaped mask with a filter which screwed to the body of the mask. Straps held the mask
against the face. The British developed and issued their Small Box Respirator, which
consisted of a rubber face-piece holding two glass eyepieces and a breathing tube which wasconnected to a filter-box. The French developed their own filter-box respirator called the
Tissot. The U.S. Army was mainly equipped with the British Small Box Respirator but, owing
to its high resistance to breathing, the U.S. modified the French mask, and late in the war
issued the lower resistance American Tissot mask.
Concurrent with the employment of the NBC mask, the physiological and psychologicalburdens of NBC mask wear began to emerge. The most important parameters affecting
military work performance with a NBC mask include: 1) the additional inspiratory and/or
expiratory breathing resistance; 2) increased external dead space; 3) thermal stress of themask and hood; 4) restriction of functional vision; 5) hindrance of speech transmission andreception; 6) weight, bulk and pressure on the face and head of the respirator and its straps;7) claustrophobic reactions and 8) sleep loss and lack of water and nutrient intake associatedwith long-term wear.
The chapter's objective is to present a review of these factors, and how they candegrade the soldier's ability to perform military tasks. Although focused on research,development, test and evaluation efforts conducted by the United States, the findings appear
to be applicable across the spectrum of NATO NBC masks.
1.

ADDED RESISTANCE TO BREATHING

Resistance Standards for CB Masks. The healthy adult has an average airway
resistance of 0.8 cmH2O·liter-1·s-1. By contrast, the typical modern NBC mask produces about
a four-fold increase in the resistance to breathing. Although an early recognized limitation of
the NBC mask was its inspiratory and expiratory resistance, the development of standards for
acceptable levels of breathing resistance of NBC masks did not occur until World War II.
Several studies by Silverman et al. (57,58) investigated the effects of breathing against
added resistance while working at various rates on a cycle ergometer. Healthy male subjects
exercised for 15 minute periods at work rates ranging from 68 to 180 watt (W) with added
inspiratory resistances ranging from 0.4 to 7.5 cmH2O·l-1·s-1. (NBC mask airflow resistance istypically measured at an airflow of 85 l·min-1. However, many of the resistances reported in
CHAPTER 11 - 3this text were measured between 30 to 100 l·min-1 airflows). Increases in the resistance tobreathing resulted in decreased submaximal oxygen uptake and minute ventilation at work
rates above 135 W. Most subjects were able to tolerate the increased resistance provided thetotal respiratory work required to breathe through a mask (usually calculated by integration of
the instantaneous product of pressure and flow) did not exceed 0.41 W at the low workloads
and 2.2 W at the high workloads. These data have provided the basis for most modern
military NBC mask design criteria and certification tests.
In 1960, Cooper (10) suggested standards of resistance which he expressed as the rateof respiratory work done on a breathing apparatus per minute ventilation. The maximum
respiratory work rate done on a mask expressed in kgm·min-1 was arbitrarily set at one-fourthof the minute ventilation expressed in l·min-1 (e.g., if the minute ventilation is 40 l·min-1, thenthe maximum rate of respiratory work done on a mask should not exceed 10 kgm·min-1(1.6 W)). Since Silverman et al. (57) had suggested lower levels of respiratory work, Cooper
acknowledged that this standard may represent an excessive resistance and that the ideal
mask may have a resistance one-half of this standard. However, Cooper believed that withtraining in breathing against resistance and improved physical condition, subjects could
tolerate this level of respiratory work. Thirteen years later, Bentley et al. (6) re-evaluatedtolerance to added resistance to breathing in 158 mine rescue workers during exercise. The
exercise consisted of a 30-minute walk on a treadmill with the work rate altered between
subjects to obtain a wide range of minute ventlilations. The added inspiratory resistance
ranged from 2.4 to 21.0 cmH2O·l-1·s-1. After completion of the exercise, each subject selected
one of four statements which most closely described his sensation of the effect of theresistance on his breathing. The results indicated that both the peak inspiratory pressure andthe inspiratory work rate per liter of inspired air were closely correlated with the sensation ofdyspnea (shortness of breath). From these data, Bentley et al. (6) formulated a standard for
acceptable resistance such that 90% of the population tested would not experience dyspnea.
They determined that the level of external respiratory work done on a mask should notexceed 1.7 J·l-1 of inspired air. Regardless of flow patterns, under steady flow conditions, thepressure drop across the inspiratory valve and filter should not exceed 17.0 cmH2O. Thislevel of tolerable external respiratory work is below those suggested by Cooper (10), but
above those derived by Silverman et al. (57).
Given the pressure-flow characteristics of several different NBC masks (U.S. M17A1,
M25, XM40; British S6 and Netherlands C-3) and applying Bentley et al. (6) results one canpredict that discomfort in breathing would be experienced by 10% of the wearers at minuteventilations ranging from 55 to 89 l·min-1. These minute ventilation levels are commonly
attained during moderate to heavy intensity exercise and may represent the threshold above
which the widespread development of dyspnea may impair soldier work performance.
Respiratory Responses to Loaded Breathing. The physiological mechanism(s) by which
added resistance to breathing impairs work performance is potentially complex. Several
studies (9,18,28) have investigated the effects of added resistance applied to inspiration
and/or expiration during exercise at various intensities. With increasing added resistance tobreathing, minute ventilation and endurance time decreased at each level of exercise. The
reduction in ventilation was directly proportional to the increase in resistance. Hermansen etal. (28) noted that ventilatory rates were lower with the NBC mask on and rose to only 30
breaths·min-1 during exercise. Maximal oxygen uptake ( V& O2 max ) was reduced, but theCHAPTER 11 - 4

relationship between oxygen uptake and sub-maximal workload (>75 percent of V& O2 max ) was
not altered. However, there was no clear evidence that an additional shift to anaerobic
metabolism occurred. When breathing through added resistance, the relative hypoventilation
resulted in an increase of alveolar carbon dioxide, which may impair the capacity for work (viaa mixed metabolic and respiratory acidosis). Cerretelli et al. (9) also observed that at thehighest levels of exercise the work could no longer be tolerated when the intra-thoracic
pressure difference between inspiration and expiration exceeded 100 cmH2O. They
speculated that when intra-thoracic pressure swings approach this level, some protective
mechanism intervenes to limit the respiratory work.
Demedts and Anthonisen (18) observed that at each level of added resistance,
maximum exercise ventilation was about 70 percent of the 15 sec maximum voluntary
ventilation measured with that resistance. Second, in four of the five subjects they examined,
an important relationship was observed between these individuals' ventilatory response to
CO2 and the degree of their respiratory effort while breathing against added loads. Whenbreathing was opposed by added resistance, subjects with low CO2 sensitivity minimized
their ventilatory effort and let their alveolar CO2 rise; in contrast, those subjects who weremost sensitive to CO2 increased their respiratory work and maintained alveolar CO2 nearnormal. Consequently, by increasing their minute ventilation, the latter subjects' exercise
intensity and duration were more limited by the added resistance. The authors concluded thatthe exercise limitation imposed by added resistance to breathing depends both on theventilatory limitations produced by the resistance and on the CO2 responsiveness of theindividual.
Several investigators (14,30) have shown that this limitation of ventilation during
exercise results from attempts to minimize the total respiratory work by reducing the
expiratory time duration (TE) in order to prolong the inspiratory duration (TI) of each breath.
Since the NBC mask produces its greatest resistance to breathing during inspiration, thisstrategy reduces inspiratory work while letting expiratory work increase slightly. Johnson andBerlin (30) demonstrated in 10 subjects that a minimum TE of 0.66 s corresponded to thevoluntary termination of exercise. However, Stemler and Craig (62) observed a variable TE at
the termination of exercise. They suggested that the minimal TE attained is more a function of
expiratory resistance than a general limitation on expiratory performance. Expiratory
resistance of NBC masks can be increased by hood designs which increase protection
against agent penetration by incorporating a "neck dam". Still, when wearing a NBC mask,
minute ventilation can increase in response to the metabolic demands of the exercise until aminimum TE is reached. Thereafter, minute ventilation falls below the metabolic needs of theindividual and impairs continued exercise performance.
When breathing is opposed by resistance loads, the ventilatory responses are regulatedby the combined actions of mechanical load compensation intrinsic to the respiratory muscles
and neural load compensation which are extrinsic to the muscles (3). In conscious humans,
the ventilatory response to resistive loading is also modulated by neural responses mediatedby conscious perception of the added load (3,65). The NBC mask opposes breathing byapplying a non-linear, phasic, flow-resistive load. It is further defined as a passive load since
the respiratory muscles must develop forces to overcome the load. Axen et al. (3) analyzed
ventilatory responses to 10 consecutively loaded (range 10-45 cmH2O·l-1·s-1) inspirations.
The first breath response to the added resistance was an increased duty cycle (TI/TT) due to
CHAPTER 11 - 5

a lengthened TI, and a decreased mean inspiratory flow (VT/TI) caused by the reduction of VT.
Consequently, minute ventilation was reduced. During subsequent breaths, minute ventilation
progressively increased toward control levels due principally to augmentation of mean
inspiratory flow (increased VT), suggesting an increase in neural drive to the respiratory
muscles. These ventilatory adjustments to added resistance probably represent the
combined action of intrinsic muscle properties, extrinsic neural load compensation, andconsciously mediated responses as well as the chemical drive for ventilation.
Minute ventilation is dependent upon the transformation of central respiratory drive into
muscle force which acts upon the chest wall. The chest wall is divided into two parts, the rib
cage and abdomen. Three principal muscle groups act upon the rib cage and abdomen todisplace them: the inter-costal muscles, the diaphragm and the abdominal muscles. A recent
study (40) reported that the rib cage contribution to tidal volume increased significantly, from
68% during quiet breathing to 78% when inspiring through added resistance. The authors
suggested that there was a greater recruitment of the rib cage inspiratory muscles than thediaphragm during resistive loading, although intrinsic properties of the chest wall musculature
may also have contributed.
A potential consequence of prolonged work while wearing a NBC mask is respiratory
muscle fatigue. During exercise with no opposition to breathing, ventilatory muscle endurance
does not appear to constitute a limitation to exercise performance (7). However, the work ofbreathing increases as the resistance increases. The greater the fraction of the maximum
inspiratory muscle force developed to breathe across a resistance, the greater the energy
demands of the muscle. Several studies have found that development of diaphragm fatigue
was dependent upon both the relative tension developed (53) and the duration of thecontraction (5). More recently, McCool et al. (38) determined that the velocity of muscle
shortening, as characterized by inspiratory flow, also influences the endurance of theinspiratory muscles. Although it has been speculated that respiratory muscle fatigue is alimiting factor of work performance when wearing NBC masks, this relationship has not been
demonstrated.
As stated earlier, in conscious humans the ventilatory response to mechanical loadingis also modulated by neural responses mediated through conscious perception of the added
load (3). Using the psychophysical technique of scaling, it is possible to assess subjects'
performance in judging the magnitude of respiratory sensations (47). Results of several
studies suggest that signals related to respiratory muscle force generation (2) and motor
command (8) contribute to the sensation of respiratory loads.
Perceptual performance during a scaling task is very reproducible within a given
subject, but varies greatly between different subjects (33). Little is known concerning theimportant question of whether or not an individual's sensitivity to respiratory sensations
influences how he regulates ventilation when breathing is opposed. Two studies (23,46) havedemonstrated a relationship between subjects' sensitivity to respiratory sensations andventilatory load compensation. Their results suggest that subjects who have a greater
sensitivity in scaling added inspiratory loads are better able to preserve their ventilation whenunexpectedly confronted with an added load. The wide range of perceptual performanceobserved in the healthy adult population may account for the reported variability between

CHAPTER 11 - 6

subjects in the degree of discomfort felt and the tolerance to exercise under similar conditionsof physical stress while breathing through a NBC mask.
Cardiovascular Responses. Several studies have evaluated the cardiovascularresponses to loaded breathing. Hermansen et al. (28) reported that average heart rates
during submaximal exercise were higher when wearing the U.S. NBC mask, but were similar
at maximum exercise intensity to those obtained without added resistance to breathing.
Conversely, Van Huss et al. (63) reported reduced exercise heart rates with NBC mask wear.
Furthermore, the exercise heart rates were inversely related to the magnitude of the added
resistance to breathing. Lerman et al. (36) observed similar heart rate responses during shortduration, high intensity exhausting exercise. As the magnitude of the inspiratory resistanceincreased from 0.3 to 4.6 cmH2O·l-1·s-1, the heart rates at the end of each run decreased from190 ± 2 to 185 ± 2 beats·min-1. Other studies (45,51) have reported no differences in exercise
heart rates associated with NBC mask wear. The physiological mechanism(s) responsible forthe heart rate alterations is not clear. Possibly, the larger intrathoracic pressures occurringwith NBC mask wear enhance venous return and therefore stroke volume resulting in lower
heart rate via the baroreflex.
Blood pressure responses during exercise appear to be unaltered by NBC usage. Twostudies (36,51) reported no significant differences in systolic blood pressure measurements
during short-term fatiguing exercise. However, in a third study (61) a 24 percent increase inrecovery systolic blood pressure was reported when wearing NBC mask during a Harvard
Step Test. This result suggests increased cardiovascular stress during exercise with NBC
mask usage.
Exercise Performance Limitations. Many studies have investigated the exercise
performance decrement that can be attributed to NBC mask wear. With tasks that demand ahigh percent of maximal aerobic power, performance seems to be dependent on breathing
resistance (31). Cummings et al. (15) reported that wearing a NBC mask increased the timeto accomplish a one-half mile run by 11%. Lotens (37) found a 16% performance decrement
during 400 m and 3 km runs while wearing the C-3 respirator and he notes that similar results
were obtained during British studies of their S-6 respirator. Several studies (12,20,36) havedemonstrated that any amount of added resistance to breathing causes a decrease in
exercise endurance and performance. Most studies have tested work performance of men
wearing masks using both fixed task-variable rate and fixed rate-variable time end points. A
different approach to evaluating work performance is the use of perceived exertion or senseof effort to set and adjust exercise intensity.
Pandolf and Cain (49) demonstrated that when subjects maintain exercise at a constantsense of effort, they decrease the intensity of the exercise over time. The relationshipbetween exercise intensity and exercise duration is known as a constant effort function.
Recently, we studied constant effort dynamic cycle exercise (for 20 minutes) in order to learn
whether the constant-effort functions were affected by added inspiratory resistance(5.8 cmH2O·l-1·s-1). Preliminary results demonstrate that with minimal inspiratory resistance(1.0 cmH2O·l-1·s-1) the constant-effort functions declined approximately 20% during the initialeight minutes of exercise and then remained relatively constant. With the added inspiratory
resistance, the constant-effort functions followed a similar pattern for the initial eight minutes
but then continued to decline throughout the exercise period reaching a power output that
CHAPTER 11 - 7

was approximately 30% below the starting level. The subjects also performed maximal
exercise tests with the same minimal and increased inspiratory resistances levels. Although
increased inspiratory resistance caused a significant reduction of peak minute ventilation, themaximal oxygen uptakes and peak power output levels were not altered. These data suggestthat while this level of inspiratory resistance may not diminish achievement of maximal power
output and aerobic capabilities for short durations (>10 minutes), it does enhance thesubjects' perceived sense of effort during prolonged exercise. Consequently, while wearing
NBC masks, individuals engaged in military tasks requiring high levels of physical exertion forsustained durations are subject to performance degradation. This is consistent with theobservations of Lotens (37), who observed that performance is dependent on the magnitudeof the breathing resistance as well as the duration of the task.
2.

EXTERNAL DEAD SPACE

Effective gas exchange in the lungs requires an adequate amount of fresh air entering
the alveoli with each breath. Consequently, each tidal volume is composed of an anatomical
dead space volume (the air in the airways at the end of expiration) and an alveolar volume. Ina normal adult male the anatomical dead space has an internal volume of about 150 ml. The
alveolar volume is increased or decreased depending on the metabolic needs of the subject.
The external dead space is an extension of a subject's anatomic dead space. It is the volume
of expired air contained within the mask which during the next inspiration must be moved into
the alveoli before any fresh, filtered environmental gas can enter. When a soldier dons a
NBC mask, he artificially increases his dead space volume. If the soldier does not increase
his tidal volume, then the volume of fresh air entering the alveoli will decrease for a given
breath. Bartlett et al. (4) found that minute ventilation increased when the external deadspace exceeded 50 ml. They also observed a nearly linear relationship between external
dead space volume and ventilation during submaximal exercise. When the external deadspace is increased (e.g., by wearing a NBC mask) the soldier initially inspires a larger fractionof carbon dioxide enriched gas. As the alveolar CO2 increases, so does the arterial partialpressure of CO2 (PaCO2). The stimulus to increase minute ventilation in response to added
external dead space is this elevation in arterial CO2 termed "hypercapnic drive". The
increased PaCO2 stimulates the peripheral and central chemoreceptors, which increase
ventilatory drive via the respiratory control centers in the brainstem. Since the ventilatory
sensitivity to CO2 varies greatly between individuals, a given volume of external dead spacecan produce a wide range of ventilatory responses.
Modern NBC masks are designed to minimize the size of the external dead space.
However, dead spaces between 300-500 ml are common to NBC masks. Furthermore, apoor seal of the mask's nose cup or internal partitions with the wearer's face can result ininternal mask leaks, which may increase the volume of the external dead space. Craig et al.
(13) have shown that an increase in inhaled CO2 is not well tolerated when combined withincreased resistance. Since the effect of increased dead space is increased minuteventilation, tasks requiring aerobic performance can be degraded by the sustained increaseof ventilation and the additional work of breathing. Furthermore, specialized tasks which
require precise control over breathing motions (i.e., sharpshooting, etc.) can be hindered by
the responses to external dead space.
CHAPTER 11 - 8

3.

THERMAL STRESS OF THE CB MASK AND HOOD

The NBC mask will have to be worn in a variety of environmental extremes. In warm
environments, the addition of a NBC mask and its associated hood to the NBC protective
overgarment will increase the heat stress level imposed on the soldier. This increased heatstress can limit the soldier's performance of military tasks by increasing physiological andpsychological strain.
Physical Effects. The transfer of heat from the body via the head is simply a function of
the surface area available. Since the head constitutes less than 10% of the body surface
area, the proportion of the total body heat loss by the head is generally relatively small.
However, when any clothing, and in particular chemical protective overgarments, are worn
the relative contribution of the head to total body heat loss increases as the other areas of the
body are covered. Consequently, wearing a NBC mask and hood over the head can seriously
reduce the already limited heat loss capability of the body. In a study done by the U.S. Army(19) with an air motion of 0.3 m·s-1, the insulating air layer around a bare head was reported
as 0.64 clo units. The evaporative moisture permeability (im) was 0.62 yielding a permeability
index ratio (im/clo) value of 0.97; i.e., sweat evaporation cooling from the bare head is only 3
percent less than the maximum evaporative cooling capacity of the environment. When thestandard U.S. M-1 helmet was worn, the im/clo value dropped to 0.43 indicating greater thana fifty percent reduction in heat transfer from the head.
Subsequently an evaluation of the U.S. M17 mask, alone and with the M6 protective
hood, was conducted (23) to discriminate the heat stress effects of a protective hood from theheat stress effects of the NBC mask. In still air, the standard U.S. helmet and M17 NBC mask
on a sweating sectional manikin head yielded an im/clo value of 0.13; with the addition of theimpermeable M6 hood, the permeability index ratio decreased to 0.02 im/clo. Assuming that asoldier is wearing a helmet, donning a NBC mask without a hood can reduce heat transferfrom the head by approximately 70 percent and adding the hood can make the total decreasein heat transfer greater than 90 percent. Furthermore, the M6 hood also covers the shoulders
and seals the opening at the jacket's collar, thus reducing evaporative heat transfer from thetorso area by about 25%. lf the body is already having difficulty in meeting its requirements
for heat loss (i.e., if protective garments are being worn) this loss of heat transfer from thehead and torso could result in significantly increased core temperature and decreased work
performance as a result of the increased body heat storage.
A soldier wearing a NBC mask in direct sunlight may gain heat in the area of his face by
the mask's "green house effect". Belard (personal communication) has shown that radiantenergy entering through the mask's lenses can cause the temperature within the mask to riseseveral degrees. NBC masks with large lenses or transparent facepieces collect more radiantenergy. However, the ventilatory induced air motion within the mask attenuates this green
house effect. Heat gain via this pathway maybe a problem, or at least a nuisance, during
tasks requiring minimal movement and subsequently low ventilatory rate (e.g., manning anobservation post, etc).
Physiological Effects. Several studies have attempted to evaluate the effect of NBC
mask wear on the physiological responses during exercise in the heat. Robinson and Gerking(52) studied, in two heat acclimated subjects, the effects of NBC masks on sweat rate, heart
rate and body temperature in both hot/wet (Ta = 30.5 °C, Tdp = 27.7 °C) and hot/dry (Ta = 45
CHAPTER 11 - 9

°C, Tdp = 26 °C) environments. In both environments the subjects wore jungle fatigues, andexercised for two hours (~350 W). Wearing a NBC mask and impermeable hood elevatedsweat rate by about 28% above the no mask and hood controls in the hot/wet and by about
16% in the hot/dry environment. Mean skin temperature was increased, but core temperature
was not further elevated when the mask and hood were worn. Finally, heart rate tended to behigher with the mask on.
Similar results were obtained in a British study (39) in which the heat stress of an S6
respirator was evaluated in four heat acclimated subjects in a test environment of Ta = 34.0
°C and Tdp = 25.5 °C. The exercise consisted of 120 minutes of bench stepping, whichyielded a work rate of ~230-350 watt. The subjects were tested with and without the S6 NBC
mask wearing an Army tropical khaki uniform or the same uniform with the UK No. l, Mk 1,
NBC protective overgarment and neoprene gloves. Final exercise sweating rates and heart
rates were significantly elevated when wearing the NBC mask compared to the no mask
condition. However, the NBC mask had a significant effect on final exercise rectal
temperature only when the NBC protective overgarment was worn; with both uniforms,
wearing the mask elevated skin temperature. The authors also demonstrated that as the total
sweat loss increased, that portion attributed to wearing the mask decreased. However, as
rectal temperature increased, the effect on rectal temperature attributed to the masksignificantly increased. Finally, the authors concluded that the elevated heart rate measured
during mask wear was due to the mask and could not be attributed to an elevation in coretemperature.
James et al. (29) recently evaluated the effects of two industrial respirators on
physiological responses to work in the heat. Five unacclimatized subjects wearing trousers
and long-sleeved shirts performed one hour treadmill exercise tests at two work rates (58 and
116 W) and in two environmental conditions (Ta = 25 °C, Tdp = 14 °C and Ta = 43.3 °C and
Tdp = 14 °C). These four tests were conducted with the subjects wearing either a half face orfull face air-purifying respirator or a Collins large mouthpiece and nose clip ("no mask"
condition). No hood was worn with any of the masks. When compared to the "no mask"
condition, both masks significantly elevated heart rate, by about 9 percent. Core (oral)
temperature was significantly elevated (0.330C) during the 116 watt exercise while wearing
the full facepiece respirator compared to the no mask condition. Likewise, the full facepiece
respirator increased minute ventilation about 18 percent compared to the no mask control.
The authors attributed this minute ventilation elevation to the large dead space of the full
facepiece mask. Neither mask had any effect on whole body sweat rate or metabolic rate ineither the comfortable or the hot dry environment which should not be surprising in view of
the clothing worn and the low ventilatory demand of the work. However, the authors
concluded that the greater dead space volume and surface area covered by the full facepiecemask is associated with a greater physiological strain than when the half-mask type of
respirator is used. Belard (personal communication) has observed that sweating under the
NBC mask and hood causes an uncomfortable accumulation of liquid which soaks the chin.
Also, it has been reported that sweat may penetrate the filter elements in NBC masks whichcontain the filters within the mask facepiece (e.g., U.S. M17). This can cause meaningfullyincreased inspiratory resistance and degrade the filter’s protective function.
Psychological Effects. Aside from the actual physiological strain imposed by wearing
NBC masks in warm environments, there exists the psychological acceptability of a NBC
CHAPTER 11 - 10

mask in these environments. Factors such as the dry bulb temperature and dew point of the
air inside the NBC mask, and facial skin wettedness, affect the temperature and comfort
sensations for the whole body. In a recent study by Gwosdow et al. (25), six subjects wearing
ventilated masks during rest and exercise in a wide range of environmental conditions wereasked to rate their whole body thermal sensation and perception of breathing effort.
Increasing the dry bulb or dew point temperatures in the mask decreased whole body thermal
acceptability. The whole body thermal sensations were directly correlated with upper lip skintemperature. Moreover, the subjects perceived breathing to be more difficult with increasing
intra-mask temperature and humidity. NBC mask acceptability and the capacity to performessential military tasks may be severely degraded by the interaction of soldiers' psychologicalacceptability of the NBC mask and the increased physiological strain due to NBC mask wear.
In military vehicles containing microclimate cooling systems, consideration should be given to
the temperature and humidity control of the cooling air ventilating the facepiece.
4.

VISUAL LIMITATIONSThe successful employment of surveillance and weapon systems on a modern
battlefield, requires minimal interference with a soldier's functional vision. Wearing a NBC
mask can significantly degrade a soldier's vision, resulting in substandard performance ofmilitary tasks (11,41). Degradation of functional vision can be the result of several factors,
including: 1) visual field restrictions; 2) reduced dynamic visual acuity; 3) dark adaptation;and 4) altered space perception. Also, it should be noted that, under certain circumstances,
NBC mask wear can contribute to the development of conjunctivitis; masks which are
ventilated by a blower can produce a flow of dry air across the eye which could cause
irritation of the surface of the eyeball.
Visual Field Restrictions. Standard clinical procedures employing Projection Perimeter
apparatus have been used to obtain visual field measurements. Usually, the visual fieldmeasurements made when wearing a NBC mask are compared to the "no mask"(unrestricted) measurements. A NBC mask reduces the wearer's visual field; the magnitudeof the reduction is dependent upon the design of the facepiece and its fit on the subject's
face. Three basic lens designs are usually used in NBC masks. These include: 1) two
separate binocular lenses; 2) a single piece windshield lens; and 3) a single full facepiece(panoramic) lens. Masks using the two binocular lenses (U.S. M-17, British S6) generally
demonstrate the greatest decrement in visual field. This style of lens particularly restricts theinferior medial and inferior oblique portions of the visual field (22,64). All styles of lenses tend
to restrict the inferior visual field. This common observation can probably be attributed to
NBC masks incorporating a voicemitter assembly and/or exhalation valve on the exterior of
the oral-nasal portion of the facepiece; this exterior assembly blocks the wearer's inferior
visual field.
A second factor which can affect the wearer's visual field is proper fit of the mask on theuser. For example, if the surface of the lens is positioned far ahead of the eyes, then thevisual field is further restricted. An additional factor which may affect the wearer's visual fieldis the wear of corrective lens. Most NBC masks provide for the use of spectacle inserts which
provide eyeglass wearers with the necessary refractive power to maintain normal vision when
wearing a NBC mask. The potential exists for users of spectacle inserts to experience further
CHAPTER 11 - 11

degradation of their visual field due to the interference with peripheral vision normally
attributed to corrective lens wear. Finally, the visual field can be further reduced by fogging of
the respirator's lenses or accumulation of opaque material (dirt, frost) on the lenses.
Alignment of the eye with weapon and surveillance systems optical sights can behindered by the size and shape of a NBC mask. This could decrease the effectiveness ofthese systems. However, performance of certain tasks may be enhanced by NBC mask
wear. The narrower field of view may eliminate distractions and help the soldier concentrateon his task. Hand-eye coordination tasks may be degraded by respirator wear. However, a
recent study by Johnson et al. (31) showed that wearing a gas mask and hood (M17A1) did
not impair the manual dexterity of soldiers performing the O'Connor Five Finger Dexterity
Test or the Purdue Pegboard Assembly Test. Since both of these tests only require a small
field of vision, they are probably not good measures of manual dexterity tasks which occur
over a large visual field.
Dynamic Visual Acuity. NBC mask wear has been shown to reduce the dynamic visualacuity of the wearer (64). The typical test of dynamic visual acuity requires the subject totrack a target at a constant rate across the visual field, while the target angular size anddirection of travel are randomly varied. In a study done by the U.S. Army (64), when wearing
a NBC mask the target angular size had to be increased by 7-38% over "the no mask"
condition to achieve a 95% detection criterion. These results indicate that NBC mask wear
interferes with the wearer's ability to detect and then track a rapidly moving target. This lossof performance may be attributed to the scattering of light by the mask lens. This degradationof dynamic visual acuity can hinder a soldier's ability to detect moving targets, or the ability ofan operator of a moving combat vehicle (air or ground) to avoid obstacles.
Many military tasks require the detection of visual events or signals occurring anywherein the visual field. Kobrick and Sutton (35) developed a laboratory device for measuring thevoluntary response time to such visual stimuli. The task required the subject to monitor
stimulus lights distributed about the visual field and to depress a handheld push-button switch
whenever the onset of a signal light was detected. Average response time was tabulated as afunction of the stimuli location within the visual field. In a subsequent study, Kobrick andSleeper (34) compared the effects of wearing NBC protective clothing (U.S. Army MOPP IV)
on the ability to detect visual signals throughout the visual field. Tests were conducted while
the subjects wore the U.S. Army battledress uniform or the NBC protective ensemble
including the M17A1 mask for a continuous 8-hour period.
With no NBC mask on, significant increases in response times for visual signal
detection occurred with peripheral displacement of the target. These impairments became
substantially greater when the subjects were wearing the NBC mask while encapsulated in
NBC protective garments. With no mask, the mean response times also increased with visual
stimulus locations in the superior and inferior visual field areas, and were shortest withtargets along the horizontal axis of view; again, wearing the NBC mask and protective
overgarment significantly increased these response times. There was no progressive
cumulative effect of wearing the protective overgarment and NBC mask over the daily 8-hour
testing session. These results indicate that wearing a NBC mask and protective overgarment
seriously limits functional vision. Furthermore, this limitation occurs with the donning of theprotective ensemble and remains undiminished for at least eight hours.
CHAPTER 11 - 12

Dark Adaptation. The transmission of light through the lenses of NBC masks is reducedby the material comprising those lenses. This may interfere with the soldier's ability to detecttargets which have low Illumination at night. In a test (64) of the effect of NBC mask wear on
visual sensitivity following 40 minutes of dark adaptation, mask wear degraded visual
sensitivity approximately 1 log unit. Hence, the apparent brightness and information content
of images transmitted through the NBC mask is reduced. The reduced transmission of lightthrough the lens of NBC masks could also reduce the definition of images by shifting theoperation of the visual system from the area of central vision (fovea centralis) to the peripheryof the retina. The fovea centralis consists only of specialized nerve endings called cones. The
cones are responsible for the high optical efficiency of the fovea centralis. Although the cones
do adapt to the dark, their threshold shift is not nearly as extensive as that of the rods (21).
Consequently, when wearing a NBC mask at night, vision may become totally dependent on
the activity of rods, and thus will be degraded.
Altered Space Perception. The proper perception of space and distance is a basic
requirement for the successful performance of tasks requiring good depth discrimination.
Proper space perception when wearing a NBC mask depends upon minimizing the prismatic
power of the lens material. Prismatic power alters the normal convergence of the incident
light thereby changing the convergence demand of the oculomotor system (64). Excessive
prismatic power could upset the balance of the accomodative and convergence componentsof the eye, resulting in degradation of functional vision and development of ocular distress(eye strain). The utilization of spectacle inserts by soldiers requiring corrective lenses canalso alter space perception. In many NBC masks, spectacle inserts can become loose, thus
displacing the alignment of the lenses with the eyes. This may cause altered spaceperception, eye strain and optical distortions which could further reduce the visual field andvisual acuity. Consequently, the ability to perform military tasks can be greatly degraded,even if not made impossible to accomplish.
5.

SPEECH TRANSMISSION AND RECEPTION

A key element in the successful accomplishment of military tasks is clear verbal
communications. The physical transmission and reception of audio signals are significantly
degraded by wear of a NBC mask and hood. This hindrance of audible signals by the NBC
mask and hood is primarily the result of three factors: 1) degradation of speech transmission;2) attenuation of sound reception; and 3) increased ambient noise.
Speech Transmission. Most NBC masks are equipped with a voicemitter assembly
which permits the transmission of speech by the wearer of the mask. Typically, thevoicemitter is located in the masks nose cup area in front of the soldier's mouth. In some
NBC masks, a smaller auxiliary voicemitter is located on a side of the mask beside the nosecup. This additional voicemitter permits the normal use of telephone style communications
handsets. As sound passes through the voicemitter, the transmission quality is degraded andthe signal volume is reduced. In a 1967 study of speech amplifier systems for protective NBC
masks, Abbagnaro et al. (1) found that the M17 mask alters normal speech response by
producing a roll-off of the speech energy above 1000 Hz. This roll-off at high frequencies
gives the speaker's voice a bassy, muffled quality and reduces the speech intelligibility byhindering transmission of consonant sounds.
CHAPTER 11 - 13

Sound Reception. Sound reception is not impeded by the wear of a NBC mask which
does not cover the ears. However, the hood which is normally worn in conjunction with a
NBC mask can hinder sound reception. The degree to which sound reception is degraded isprobably dependent upon the hood material, the fit of the hood over the head, and thetightness of the hood's seal to the other garments. The U.S. M6 impermeable hood, which iscoated with butyl rubber, muffles sound. On the other hand, the British NBC smock andattached hood are made of permeable materials. This style of hood has been shown to
produce negligible attenuation of sound below 2 kHz (54).
Numerous tests of NBC mask wear on the performance of individual combat skills havedemonstrated large degradation of verbal communication task performance (11,16,41). In a
stressful combat environment with both the speakers and listeners wearing NBC masks, it isvery likely that voice commands will be severely hindered or completely impossible. The useof hand signals will be essential. However, previously discussed restrictions on functional
vision may also degrade this form of communication.
Ambient Noise. Although wearing a NBC mask and hood muffles sound reception, it
simultaneously increases the level of background sound or noise heard. The primary sourceof increased noise is the soldier and his garments and equipment. When wearing a NBC
mask and hood, the soldier is more likely to hear sounds associated with his breathing andwith movement of his clothing. This increased level of ambient noise can reduce the soldier's
ability to detect external sounds and their source. Consequently, performance of surveillancetype tasks which depend upon auditory clues may be degraded.
Operators of air and ground combat vehicles wear noise attenuating communications
headsets. The headset provides the soldier communications and hearing protection from theoperational environment. A British study (54) evaluated the effect of wearing the NBC hoodunder an AFV Crewman's Helmet on noise attenuation. The results indicated that wearing thehood under the helmet increased the level of noise reaching the soldier's ear. Thus, thehearing protection afforded by the helmet was decreased when wearing the NBC hood.
Similarly, recent U.S. Army studies (44,48) found that the wear of several models of NBC
masks under the SPH-4 aviator helmet significantly reduced the noise attenuation function of
the helmet at all frequencies evaluated. It was determined that the mask’s straps passing
near the ears created a leakage path for the noise. This loss of protection can aggravatehearing loss among crew members and adversely affect communications. Future NBC mask
and hood designs should be integrated with the combat crewman's helmet and headset tomaintain adequate hearing protection and communications.

CHAPTER 11 - 14

6.

NBC MASK FORCES ON THE HEAD

Wearing a NBC mask requires it to be supported by the head. Furthermore, theefficiency of the NBC mask in preventing agent penetration of the respiratory tract isdependent upon establishing an adequate facial seal. Force is transmitted to the face andscalp in the process of attaining a reliable seal. The combination of forces applied to thehead, face and scalp by a respirator certainly affects the soldier's personal comfort and themasks acceptability. Moreover, these forces may have numerous physiological effects
including fatigue of head and neck muscles and restriction of cutaneous and facial muscle
blood flow.
Generally, NBC masks weigh less than 1 kg. However, due to their displacement far
anterior of the Occipito-Atlantal articulation, the weight of a NBC mask could produce forces
causing flexion of the head. In order to maintain a heads-up posture, a soldier has toovercome the force of the mask by increasing the activity of muscles that produce extensionof the head (i.e., the Rectus capitis posticus major and minor, the Superior oblique, theComplexus, Splenius and the upper fibers of the Trapezius). Consequently, the potential
exists for accelerated development of fatigue in these muscles. Even in the absence ofmuscle fatigue, the constant load on this muscle group could result in the development ofpain, tenderness, a stiff neck, backache or headache. These symptoms have been reported
by soldiers during wear of NBC masks (16,26).
When a NBC mask is properly worn, pressure is applied against the skin of the face andscalp by the peripheral edge of the mask and by the straps and buckles which secure it to thehead. Under these pressure points, irritation and abrasion of the skin has been reported(16,26,59). Belard (personal communication) reported that contact pain appeared within 2-5hours under the forehead and temples. The extent of damage done to the skin is related tothe magnitude of the force applied, the hardness (durometer) of the mask's periphery and thesurface area covered by the seal or straps. Damage to the skin can be minimized by
reducing the force against the skin (60), constructing the mask's periphery of lower durometermaterial and increasing the seal's surface area to better distribute the forces (22). The
restriction of cutaneous and muscle blood flow and drainage of the lymphatic vessels isaffected by the same mechanical factors listed above. Restriction of lymph drainage from thescalp results in the formation of edema, which has been observed during wear of NBC masks(16). Development of skin abrasions and edema could result in the soldier experiencing
discomfort and irritability of sufficient magnitude to degrade the successful accomplishmentof military tasks. Stemler and Craig (62) found that wearing a US M9 NBC mask with thelenses, voicemitter, valves and filter, removed still resulted in a significant reduction of
exercise duration. These results indicate that the forces applied to the head by the NBC mask
can degrade the performance of military tasks requiring aerobic activity.

7.

PSYCHOLOGICAL PROBLEMS

In a recent article (42) Morgan reviewed several of the psychological problems
associated with the wearing of protective respirators. Among these problems are NBC mask
discomfort, claustrophobia and development of anxiety and hyperventilation.

CHAPTER 11 - 15

Mask discomfort depends on a variety of factors. A number of these have already beenreviewed (pressure points of the head and face, sensations of breathing difficulty,
temperature and humidity inside the mask, limits on vision, speech and hearing). Additionally,
there is the individual's perception of the degree of stress each of these factors imparts.
Recently, Morgan and Raven (43) tested the hypothesis that an individual's likelihood ofexperiencing distress when exercising while wearing a mask, could be predicted from theirlevel of trait anxiety. They tested 45 male subjects by first administering Spielberger's trait
anxiety scale and then giving three submaximal exercise tests while the subjects wore a selfcontained breathing apparatus with an inspiratory resistance of 6.07 cmH2O·l-1·s-1.
Spielberger's model of trait anxiety predicts that high scoring individuals would be more likely
to experience anxiety attacks when performing physically hard work while breathing througha mask. Morgan and Raven (43) predicted that subjects with trait anxiety scores one
standard deviation or greater above the group mean would experience respiratory distressduring the exercise while wearing the breathing apparatus. The results confirmed their
hypothesis. Based on the trait anxiety scores, the "hit" rate for predicting distress was 83
percent and their accuracy for predicting no respiratory distress was 97 percent. These
results demonstrated that trait anxiety was effective in predicting the development of
respiratory distress during exercise while wearing a breathing apparatus.
A recent series of studies (50) by the U.S. Army, assessed the capability of soldiers to
conduct sustained military field operations while wearing full chemical clothing ensemble. The
81 soldiers were administered a battery of psychological tests (including subjective
symptoms and a coping strategy inventory) prior to and after the field operations. Soldiers
who failed to complete the 72-hour operation were classified as casualties. The single
symptom which maximized the difference between the survivors and casualties was that thelatter quit because it "hurts to breathe". Consequently, the perception of respiratory
discomfort could compromise the performance of military operations.
The manifestations of an anxiety attack while wearing a NBC mask include thepsychophysiological consequences of hyperventilation, which can lead to decrements inmilitary task performance (42). Hyperventilation can produce symptoms including dyspnea,
tachycardia, dizziness, blurred vision, paresthesia, trembling and tetany; full-blown attacks
can result in convulsions and disturbances of consciousness. Psychomotor performance isimpaired by hyperventilation; the degree of psychomotor deterioration appears to be
inversely related to the alveolar PCO2 In most individuals, hyperventilation does not manifest
all these symptoms. However, some individuals are apparently more sensitive to the effectsof hyperventilation. Individuals possessing this sensitivity are characterized as susceptible tothe hyperventilation syndrome (42); such individuals may be more prone to experience
respiratory distress while wearing a NBC mask and performing physically demanding militarytasks.
8.

COMPLICATIONS OF LONG-TERM WEAR

The potential exists for the employment of chemical warfare agents on the modern
battlefield for prolonged periods of time. Accordingly, soldiers may have to remain in theirindividual protective equipment for extended periods. This requirement places on the soldier's
protective equipment the need to accommodate such normally routine, physiological
CHAPTER 11 - 16

functions as eating, drinking, elimination of body waste and sleep. Of these functions, theNBC mask interferes with the soldier's ability to drink fluids, eat food and sleep.
The latest NBC masks (U.S. M17A1, British S10) incorporate a drinking system which
permits the consumption of beverages from the soldier's canteen with little difficulty. The
principal problem associated with their use is the manipulation of the system while wearing
the bulky protective gloves. Under the stressful conditions of combat, the soldier may forgo
drinking because of the perceived increased effort to accomplish the task. Consequently, thesoldier may become hypohydrated. Hypohydration will reduce physiological work
performance in soldiers in comfortable environments. Since the soldier may be under athermal stress imposed by the wear of an NBC overgarment, hypohydration would
substantially increase his physiological strain and reduce military work performance (56).
Current NBC masks do not permit the soldier to take in nutrients other than what may becontained in beverages, and difficulties with cleaning the drinking attachment suggest it
should be limited to ingestion of water. During extended periods of encapsulation, lack ofnourishment could realistically cause a degradation in performance. Henschel et al. (27)evaluated the effect of starvation on exercise performance in 12 men. They observed asignificant decrease (~32%) in the endurance of the men to perform high intensity work after
the second day of starvation. The combination of starvation and NBC mask and protective
garment wear may degrade the ability of soldiers to perform such high intensity tasks as
combat vehicle rearming, rapid runway repair and sustained artillery fire. Providing the soldierwith the capability to eat while wearing a NBC mask may help maintain his physical strength
and will certainly improve morale. The result could be more effective execution of militarytasks.
Soldiers encapsulated in protective garments for extended periods would, when sleep
was possible, have to do so in their protective equipment. The wear of the NBC mask caninterfere with the soldier's ability to sleep (16). There are primarily four factors, previously
discussed, which affect the soldier's ability to sleep while wearing a NBC mask: resistance tobreathing, external dead space, forces on the head and psychological stress. Soldiers
sleeping while wearing NBC masks have reported waking and feeling short of breath. In somecases, the soldier may partially or completely occlude the inlet valve of the mask by rolling
onto the NBC mask during sleep. It is also possible that, with the lower minute ventilation
during sleep, the ratio of total dead space to tidal volume may increase. This would cause alower alveolar ventilation rate and a subsequent increase in arterial carbon dioxide; this
hypercapnia could wake the soldier. The pressure of the NBC mask on the face anddevelopment of pressure points as the soldier's head changes position during sleep, could
produce irritation and pain sufficient to wake the wearer. Finally, some soldiers may be fearfulof sleeping in a contaminated environment because they believe that the masks seal may
leak as they move during sleep. No matter what the specific cause of the sleep loss,
sustained sleep deprivation can seriously degrade effective performance of military tasks(26). Sleep loss can also impair a soldier's ability to thermoregulate (55). Since soldiers
wearing NBC masks would likely be wearing NBC protective garments, the combination of
sleep loss and increased heat stress will likely result in elevated physiological strain andreduced exercise performance. Sleep loss can be expected while wearing NBC masks, andthis factor should be considered during the planning of military operations.

CHAPTER 11 - 17

REFERENCES
1.

Abbagnaro, L.A., A.J. Rosenheck and A.L. DiMattia. Development of a speech amplifiersystem for protective masks. Tech. rpt. 1089-CLD-1776, U.S. Army Edgewood Arsenal,
Maryland, Dec. 1967.

2.

Altose, M., A. Dimarco, S. Gottfried and K. Strohl. The Sensation of respiratory muscle force.
Am. Rev. Respir. Dis. 126:807-811, 1982.

3.

Axen, K., S. Haas, F. Haas, D. Gaudino and A. Haas. Ventilatory adjustments during sustained
mechanical loading in conscious humans. J. Appl. Physiol. 55:1211-1218, 1983.

4.

Barlett, H.L., J.L. Hodgson and J. Kollias. Effect of respiratory valve dead space on pulmonary
ventilation at rest and during exercise. Med. Sci. Sports 4: 132-137, 1972.

5.

Bellemare, F. and A. Grassino. Evaluation of human diaphragm fatigue. J. Appl. Physiol.
53:1196-1206, 1982.

6.

Bentley, R.A., O.G. Griffen, R.G. Love, D.C.F. Muir and K.F. Sweetland. Acceptable levels forbreathing resistance of respiratory apparatus. Arch. Environ. Health 27:273-280, 1973.

7.

Bye, P.T.P., G.A. Farkas and C.H. Roussos. Respiratory factors limiting exercise. Ann. Rev.
Physiol. 45:439-451, 1983.

8.

Campbell, E.J.M., S.C. Gandivia, K.J. Killian, C.K. Mahutte and J.R.A. Rigg. Changes in theperception of inspiratory resistive loads during partial curarization. J. Physiol. (London)
309:93-100, 1980.

9.

Cerretelli, P., S. Rajinder and L. Farhi. Effect of increased airway resistance on ventilation andgas exchange during exercise. J. Appl. Physiol. 27:597-600, 1969.

10.

Cooper, E.A. Suggested methods of testing and standards of resistance for respiratory
protective devices. J. Appl. Physiol. 15:1053-1061, 1960.

11.

Cox, T.J. and A.R. Jeffers. Ground crew chemical defense equipment performance task-timedegradation test. Tech. Rpt. 81-5003, U.S. Air Force Aeronautical Systems Division, Dayton,
Ohio, May 1981.

12.

Craig, F.N., H.L. Froehlich and W.V. Blevins. Inspiratory resistance as a limiting factor in
exhausting work. Tech. Rpt. 4230, U.S. Army Edgewood Arsenal, Maryland, Oct. 1968.

13.

Craig, F.N., W.V. Blevins and E.G. Cummings. Exhausting work limited by external resistanceand inhalation of carbon dioxide. J. Appl. Physiol. 29:847-851, 1970.

14.

Craig, F.N., W.V. Blevin and H.L. Froehlich. Training to improve endurance in exhausting workof men wearing protective masks: A review of some preliminary experiments. Tech. Rpt. 4535,
U.S. Army Edgewood Arsenal, Maryland, July 1971.

CHAPTER 11 - 18

15.

Cummings, E.G., W.V. Blevins, C.M. Greenland and F.N. Craig. Effects of protective masks on
soldier's ability to run a half mile. Tech. Rpt. 2254, U.S. Army Edgewood Arsenal, Maryland,
1958.

16.

Cummings, E.G., J. Marrero and E. Bird. Seventy-two hour outdoor wearing trial of individual
CBR protective clothing with M17 mask and E33 hood under simulated combat conditions.
Tech. Rpt. 3097, U.S. Army Chemical Research and Development Laboratories, Maryland,
Sep. 1967.

17.

Davis, R.H. Breathing in Irrespirable Atmospheres. The Saint Catherine Press LTD., London,
1947.

18.

Demedts M. and N.R. Anthonisen. Effects of increased external airway resistance during
steady-state exercise. J. Appl. Physiol. 35:361-366, 1973.

19.

Fonseca, G.F. Heat transfer properties of military protective head gear. Tech. Rpt. 74-29, U.S.
Army Research Institute of Environmental Medicine, Natick, MA, Jan. 1974.

20.

Gamberale, F., I. Holmer, A.S. Kindblom and A. Nordstrom. Magnitude perception of added
inspiratory resistance during steady-state exercise. Ergonomics 21:531-538, 1978.

21.

Geldard, F.A. The Human Senses, 2nd Edition. John Wiley and Sons, Inc., New York, pp 2832, 48-51, 1972.

22.

Goldberg, M.N., D.H. Mangelsdorf, R.E. Jones, T.P. Crooks and F.W. Mazy. Individual
respiratory protection against chemical and biological agents. Contract DA 18-035-AMC286(A), U.S. Army Edgewood Arsenal, Maryland, Oct. 1966.

23.

Goldman, R.F. Biophysical evaluation of relative heat stress of four chemical protectivemask/hood systems. Rpt. C-028/MT21-84, Multi-Tech Corp., Natick, MA, Dec. 1984.

24.

Gottfried, S.B., M.D. Altose, S.G. Kelsen and N.S. Cherniack. Perception of changes in airflow
resistance in obstructive pulmonary disorders. Am. Rev. Respir. Dis. 124:566-570, 1981.

25.

Gwosdow, A.R., R. Nielsen, L.E. Berglund and A.B. Dubois. Effect of thermal conditions on theacceptability of respiratory protective devices on humans at rest. Am Ind Hyg Assoc J.;50:188195; 1989.

26.

Haslam, D.R. Sustained operations with special reference to operational clothing and combat
equipment. 13th Commonwealth Defense Conference on Operation Clothing and Combat
Equipment, Malaysia, 1981.

27.

Henschel, A., H.L. Taylor and A. Keys. Performance capacity in acute starvation with hard
work. J. Appl. Physiol. 6:624-633, 1954.

28.

Hermansen L., Z. Vokac and P. Lereim. Respiratory and circulatory response to added air flow
resistance during exercise. Ergonomics 15:15-24, 1972.

CHAPTER 11 - 19

29.

James, R., F. Dukes-Dobos and R. Smith. Effects of respirators under heat/work conditions.
Am. Ind. Hyg. Assoc. J. 45:399-404, 1984.

30.

Johnson, A.T. and E.G. Cummings. Mask design considerations. Am. Ind. Hyg. Assoc. J.
36:220-228, 1975.

31.

Johnson, A.T. and H.M. Berlin. Exhalation time characterizing exhaustion while wearing
respiratory protective masks. Am. Ind. Hy. Assoc. J. 35:463-467, 1974.

32.

Johnson, R.F. and L.A. Sleeper. Effects of chemical protective handwear and headgear on
manual dexterity. Human Factors (In Press).

33.

Killian, K.J., C.K. Mahutte and E.J.M. Campbell. Magnitude scaling of externally added loads tobreathing. Am. Rev. Respir. Dis. 123:12-15, 1981.

34.

Kobrick, J.L. and L.A. Sleeper. Effect of wearing chemical protective clothing in the heat on
signal detection over the visual field. Aviat. Space Environ. Med. 57:144-148, 1986.

35.

Kobrick, J.L. and W.R. Sutton. Device for measuring voluntary response time to peripherally
placed stimuli. Percep. Mot. Skills 30:255-258, 1970.

36.

Lerman, Y., A. Shefer, Y. Epstein and G. Keren. External inspiratory resistance of protective
respiratory devices: effects of physical performance and respiratory function. J. Am. Ind. Med.
4:733-740, 1983.

37.

Lotens, W.A. Physiological Strain: Clothing, physical load and military performance. In: Aspects
medicaus et biophysiques des vetements de protection. Centre de Recherches du Service deSante des Armees, Lyon, pp 268-279, 1983.

38.

McCool, F.D., D.R. McCann, D.E. Leith and F.G. Hoppin, Jr. Pressure-flow effects onendurance of inspiratory muscles. J. Appl. Physiol. 60:299-304, 1986.

39.

Martin, H. deV. and S. Callaway. An evaluation of the heat stress of a protective face mask.
Ergonomics 17:221-231, 1974.

40.

Mengeot, P.M., J.H.T. Bates and J.G. Martin. Effect of mechanical loading on displacements ofchest wall during breathing in humans. J. Appl. Physiol. 58:477-484, 1985.

41.

Montague, W.E., R.D. Bakner and A.H. McClure. The effects of wearing the CBR protective
mask upon the performance of selected individual combat skills. Tech. Rpt. 57, The George
Washington University Human Resources Research Office, Washington, D.C., 1959.

42.

Morgan, W.P. Psychological problems associated with the wearing of industrial respirators: A
review. Am. Ind. Hyg. Assoc. J. 44:671-676, 1983.

43.

Morgan, W.P. and P.B. Raven. Prediction of distress for individuals wearing industrial
respirators. Am. Ind. Hyg. Assoc. J. 46:363-368, 1985.

CHAPTER 11 - 20

44.

Mozo, B.T. and L.J. Peters. Effects of chemical protective and oxygen masks on attenuationand intelligibility when worn with the SPH-4 helmet. Tech. Rpt. 84-5, U.S. Army Aeromedical
Research Laboratory, Ft. Rucker, AL, Mar. 1984.

45.

Muller, K. The effects of the CBR protective mask on the magnitude of ventilatory or gasmetabolic function while at rest and under working stress. Technical Translation FSTC-HT-23952-70, U.S. Army Foreign Science and Technology Center, Alexandria, VA, Dec. 1970.

46.

Muza, S.R., S. McDonald and F.W. Zechman. Relationship between perceptual performanceand load compensation responses to added inspiratory resistance. Fed. Proc. 42: 331, 1983.

47.

Muza, S.R. and F.W. Zechman. Scaling of added loads to breathing: Magnitude estimation vs.
handgrip matching. J. Appl. Physiol. 57:888-891, 1984.

48.

Nelson, W.R. and B.T. Mozo. Effects of XM-40 chemical protective mask on real-ear
attenuation and speech intelligibility characteristics of the SPH-4 aviator helmet. Tech. Rpt.
85-2, U.S. Army Aeromedical Research Laboratory, Ft. Rucker, AL, Feb. 1985.

49.

Pandolf, K.B. and W.S. Cain. Constant effort during static and dynamic muscular exercise.
J. Motor Behavior 6:101-110, 1974.

50.

Rauch, T.M., I. Munro, W. Tharion and L.E. Banderet. Subjective symptoms, humanendurance and cognitive interventions. Psychology in DOD Symposium. U.S. Air Force
Academy, Colorado Springs, Apr. 1986.

51.

Raven, P.B., A.T. Dodson and T.O. Davis. The physiological consequences of wearing
industrial respirators. A review. Am. Ind. Hyg. Assoc. J. 40:517-534, 1979.

52.

Robinson, S. and S.D. Gerking. Heat stress imposed by gas masks. (Report #26). Office of
Scientific Research and Development, U.S. War Research Agency, Washington, D.C., 1945.

53.

Roussos, C. and P.T. Macklem. The respiratory muscles. New Eng. J. Med. 307:786-796,
1982.

54.

Savill, M.W. and M.R. Forrest. The effect of NBC clothing on the noise attenuation of the AFV
crewman's helmet. Rpt. No. 11/76, Army Personnel Research Establishment, Farnborough,England, Jun. 1976.

55.

Sawka, M.N., R.R. Gonzalez and K.B. Pandolf. Effects of sleep deprivation on
thermoregulation during exercise. Am. J. Physiol. 246:R72-R77, 1984.

56.

Sawka, M.N., A.J. Young, R.P. Francesconi, S.R. Muza and K.B. Pandolf. Thermoregulatory
and blood responses during exercise at graded hypohydration levels. J. Appl. Physiol.
59:1394-1401, 1985.

57.

Silverman, L.G., A.R. Yancey, L. Amory, L.J. Barney and R.C. Lee. Fundamental factors in thedesign of protective respiratory equipment: A study and an evaluation of inspiratory andexpiratory resistances for protective respiratory equipment. (Report #5339). Office of Scientific
Research and Development, U. S. War Research Agency, Washington, D.C., 1945.

CHAPTER 11 - 21

58.

Silverman, L., G. Lee, T. Plotkin, L.A. Sawyers and A.R. Yancey. Air flow measurements onhuman subjects with and without respiratory resistance at several work rates. Ind. Hyg. Occup.
Med. 3:461-478, 1951.

59.

Singler, R.T. Early environmental test phase, (Cold Regions Phase) E2G prototype of the
XM30 new protective mask, protective hood, and combat spectacles. U.S. Army Cold Regions
Test Center Interim Letter Report, May 1981.

60.

Snook, S.H., W.C. Hinds and W.A. Burgess. Respirator comfort: subjective response to force
applied to the face. Am. Ind. Hyg. Assoc. J. 27:93-97, 1966.

61.

Spioch, F.M., R. Kobza and S. Rump. Effects of respirators on some physiological reactions tophysical effort. Acta Physiol. Polonica 13:542; 637-649, 1962.

62.

Stemler, F.W. and F.N. Craig. Effects of respiratory equipment on endurance in hard work.
J. Appl. Physiol. 42:28-32, 1977.

63.

Van Huss, W.D., F. Hartman, F.N. Craig and A.H. Steinhaus. Respiratory burden of the field
protective mask under exercise load. Fed. Proc. 26:721 1967.

64.

Wiley, R.W., I. Behar, W.C. Chiow and F.F. Holly. Visual and optical analyses of XM-29 and M24 protective masks. Tech. Rpt. 77-14, U.S. Army Aeromedical Research Laboratory, Ft.
Rucker, AL, Jun. 1977.

65.

Zechman, F.W. and R.L. Willey. Afferent inputs to breathing: Respiratory sensations.
Handbook of Physiology Section 3, The Respiratory System, Vol II Control of Breathing. Ed. N.
S. Cherniack and J.G. Widdicombe, Am. Physiol. Soc., 1986.

CHAPTER 11 - 22

CHAPTER 12

PROTECTION AGAINST FLAMES AND RADIANT HEAT
F.W. Behmann
CONTENTSSUMMARYI.

CONVENTIONAL AND COMBAT CLOTHING
SOURCES OF DANGERHEAT TRANSFER TO MAN
TISSUE DAMAGE
PROTECTION BY CLOTHING
INFLUENCE OF CLOTHING CONSTRUCTION
A)
Fiber Selection
B)
Yarn and Fabric Structure
C)
FinishD)
Shape and Layers of ClothingE)
Other Factors
TEST OF BURNING PROPERTIESA)GeneralB)
Thermal-Manikin
ESTIMATION OF CASUALTIESII.

SPECIAL FIRE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING
OCCUPATIONAL AND FIREFIGHTING DANGER
CLASSIFICATION OF FIRE PROTECTIVE CLOTHINGCONSTRUCTION OF FIRE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING
A)
Materials
B)
General Work Clothing
C)
Safety Equipment
D)
Local Heat Protection
E)
Light Protective Ensembles (Approach Suits)F)
Heavy Protective Ensembles (Proximity Suits)G)
Respirators
TEST AND EVALUATION METHODSA)
Physical Methods
B)
Physiological Methods
COMPARISON OF COMMERCIAL PROTECTIVE ENSEMBLES
LIMITS OF FIRE PROTECTIONREFERENCES
CHAPTER 12 - 1

SUMMARY
Flames and radiant heat may occur sporadically, e.g. by accident or in war, andthey are characteristic properties of some work places, e.g. in industry or while
firefighting. Part I describes the different elements of textile construction to realize an
optimal protection against sporadic heat. Further, a method is reported to estimate
the relative number of casualties. Part II describes the construction principles for heatprotective clothing used in industry or firefighting. Further, a comparison ofcommercial protective clothing is given which demonstrates that, in the case of heavy
protective suits, remarkable improvements are possible.

Key Words:

Fire protective clothing, burn casualties, burn tissue damage, clothing flammability
factors, textile burning properties

CHAPTER 12 - 2

Part I: CONVENTIONAL AND COMBAT CLOTHING
SOURCES OF DANGERIn protection against flames and heat radiation, two cases have to be distinguished:
first, flames and heat may occur sporadically and unexpectedly, e.g. in accidents or in war;
second, they are characteristic of many work places, e.g. in smelting-works or rolling mills,
during fire-fighting or rescue operations. As a start, the danger of fire from accidents or on thebattle field will be considered.
The probability of risk of being burned can be only estimated. Considering the civilian
sector, the number of burn injuries (USA) are about 1.1% of population per annum; 40 % of
these happen in industry and 35 % in a domestic situation. In industry, burn-injuries mostly
occur in factories working with molten materials; burn-injuries in the domestic setting mainly
involve children and older people (2,12).
In war the number of casualties due to burns is much higher; for conventional warfare itis estimated to be 0.1 to 0.4% of the effective strength per day (9,26). The risk of burns isgreater for air crews than for tank crews, and the risk for the latter is greater than for
infantrymen. The kind of weapons is also important; for example, it is estimated (10) that in
the case of a nuclear explosion (20 kiloton, open terrain, 100 men/km2) of all casualties about
25% will be killed, 35% will be severely injured by radiant heat, and the rest will have minor
injuries. In the case of a napalm attack, according to a Russian source (22) 35% of thesoldiers would be killed and 60% burned seriously.
HEAT TRANSFER TO MAN
Heat transfer in the case of burns mostly happens by touching hot surfaces, by radiation
or by direct contact with the flames. Given the temperature of the heat source, T (°C) (Table1), and the time of exposure, t (sec), one can estimate the amount of heat transferred, Q(cal/cm 2 ), by the following equations (constant properties combined to a numericalfactor):CHAPTER 12 - 3

TABLE I
Characteristic Values of Dangerous Heat Sources.
K = matter constant (non-dimensional), v = buoyant velocity (m/sec). Exploding gas values
are for fumes of aliphatic hydrocarbons (calculated). Napalm bomb values are for burning
phase (16).

Heat Source

Temperature
T (°C)

Emission
e (%)

Other
parameters

Hot brickwork
Molten aluminum
Molten iron
Molten glass

50...1000
700.....750
1200...1500
1200...1400

76...88
4.....7
74...86
72...86

k = 0.39
0.94
0.88
0.44

Burning buildings
Burning fuelExploding gases
Napalm bomb

700... 900
900...1100
60.....120
600.....800

4...12
10...12
10...12
10...12

v=

A)

9.4
10.4
3.1
8.7

Contact heat transfer: The contact heat transfer (Qcont) can be estimated (13) as:
Qcont = 0.278 kT · twhere k is a non-dimensional factor resulting from the thermal properties of skin and thematerial (Table 1).
B)
Radiation heat transfer: The radiant heat transferred from surfaces and flames can be
estimated (13) as:
Qrad =

1.37 e1 + (s/D)2⋅(273 + T) 4
t1000

where e is the emission (Table 1), s (m) is the distance and D (m) is the diameter of theradiation source, which is assumed to be semicircular.
C)
Heat transfer by continuous contact with flames: Flame contact heat transfer can be
estimated (13) as:
Qflame = (1.37 e ⋅(273 + T) 4
t ⋅ 2.05 ⋅ 10 - 4 T ⋅ v/d) t
1000

where v (m/sec) is the flame velocity (Table I) and d (m) is the diameter of the exposed partsof body.

CHAPTER 12 - 4

D)Heat from nuclear weapons: The heat delivered to a surface by the flash of nuclear
weapons can be estimated (11) as:
Qflash = 2.65 · 106 · W/s2
where W (kiloton TNT) is the explosive energy, s (m) is the distance and absorption by theatmosphere is neglected.
E)
Heat from non-nuclear explosions: With explosion flames the time of exposure is so
short (< 20 msec), that normally no burns are caused by the explosion itself. However, if
burnable materials are ignited (e.g. napalm-bomb fuel), or the remaining hot fumes persist fora while (e.g., after a mine gas explosion), an estimation of the heat transfer can be madeusing the equation for continuous flames.
TISSUE DAMAGE
The mechanism of biological damage is the same in all cases. The amount of heat delivered
causes an increase of skin temperature. Above 44 °C the cells become damaged bydegradation of tissue proteins; the rate and depth of this damage increase with temperature(24).
Burns can be classified into three categories according to depth of damage:
1st degree:

Erythema, dilatation of capillaries; a normal reaction, with no damage.

2nd degree:

Separation of epidermis, formation of edematous blisters; painful but
reversible.

3rd degree:

Necrosis of skin and deeper tissues, largely pain free; scar formation
unavoidable.

First-degree burns can be ignored but second- and third-degree burns cause further
severe injury to the entire organism; the traumatic irritation of all cutaneous nerves frequently
produces a circulatory collapse. The loss of the water barrier function of the skin allows large
losses of water by evaporation, so that further circulatory complications follow. The toxic
products of protein degradation load the kidneys. A large number of pathological microorganisms colonize on the unprotected tissues.
The severity of these secondary burn symptoms is determined mainly by the extent of
the destroyed skin surface, so that lethality increases progressively (Fig. 1); for burns of morethan 50 % of the body surface the chance to survive is low. However, even non-lethal burns
require long and intensive treatment (about 60 days). Frequently, secondary surgery isnecessary and often deforming scars remain, burdening the injured person psychologically.
Therefore burns are among the most severe injuries known, and everything must be done to
reduce them to a minimum.

CHAPTER 12 - 5

Fig. 1: Lethality as a function of the burned body surface. Dots: 359 patients(20); Circles: 4 coal mine ignitions with 66 persons in total (25).
PROTECTION BY CLOTHING
Clothing influences the occurrence of burns in two ways. All clothing has a certain heatinsulation; this delays the heat transfer to the skin so that, for the same exposure time, thedepth of skin damage is lower. On the other hand, the clothing itself may be set on fire by arelatively small heat source (e.g., an adhering napalm-splash) so that the burned area of theskin may be larger than it would be without clothing.
However, insulation generally cannot be utilized to increase the protective effect;
conventional or combat clothing is worn permanently and the desired extent of their insulation
is determined by the climate and work conditions (see Chap. 2). Therefore the only practicalpossibility is to reduce the inflammability of the clothing, thus reducing the additional inherent
danger.
The inflammability of clothing depends on numerous factors. If textiles come in contact
with a flame, one has to distinguish three cases: the fabric catches fire and continues to burn;the flame dies after removal of the heat source; or the fabric does not inflame at all. But evena non-inflammable fabric may melt, drip hot molten material, shrink or lose its mechanicalstrength, so that different properties have to be considered.

CHAPTER 12 - 6

TABLE II
Burning Properties of Some Textile Fibers (8,19,21).
Values are variable depending on fabrication and preconditioning.
Fiberdamage
°C

Flash
point
°C

Burningpoint°C

Burningheatkcal/gOther
characteristics

Cotton
Wool

215
195

225
285

255
570

3.89
4.90

Crumble ashes
Foamy carbonization

Polyamide 6.6
Polyester

220
210

350
370

425
485

7.91
5.71

250 °C melting drops
260 °C melting drops

Polyacrylonitrile
Nomex

230
310

245
500

465
600

7.59
?

240 °C decomposition
370 °C decomposition

INFLUENCE OF TEXTILE CONSTRUCTION ON INFLAMMABILITYA)

Fiber Selection

All organic fibers are more or less combustible; Table 2 shows the characteristic valuesof some frequently used textile fibers. As the temperature is raised, the molecular structure
decomposes, combustible gases are emitted and fiber damage results. When thetemperature reaches the flash point, the emitted gases are inflamed, but the flames go out if
the ignition source is removed, because the amount of gas released is not sufficient. Only atthe burning point is enough heat produced to release more gas than is necessary for heating
up more fiber to the flash point, so that burning now maintains itself.
Another property must be mentioned for synthetic fibers. As shown in Table II, they will
melt or decompose before the temperature reaches the flash point. By dripping off, or
shrinking of the material, they withdraw from the range of contact with the ignition flame, sothat a non-inflammability may be supposed. If, however, the molten material touches the skin,burns may be produced by contact heat transfer.
B)

Yarn and Fabric Structure

The combustibility of textiles, however, is not determined only by the material. If thedensity of yarn and fabric is increased, the heat storage capacity also is raised, so that evenwith the same heat flow it takes a longer time to reach the burning point. Also, after ignition alonger time is required until the material near the flame is heated to the burning point, so thatthe rate of burning is lowered also.
By raising the weight of the textile material, the process of ignition and burning isretarded, so that the textiles become "more difficult to ignite" and can resist a smaller heatsource for a limited time. The areal weight of normal clothing, however, cannot be raised

CHAPTER 12 - 7

above 300 to 350 g/m2 in practice because the textiles get too heavy and too stiff, so that theutilization of increased weight of material to reduce burns is limited as well.
C)

FinishInflammability also can be reduced by applying chemical finishes. Numerous processes
have been developed. For clothing, however, the only suitable finishes are those which are
sufficiently washproof and which do not adversely affect such essential textile properties as
weight, strength, vapor permeability, etc. Only a few finishes of this kind are known and they
are mainly applicable only to cotton and cellulose fibers.
As examples, the PROBAN-finish (phosphonium chloride derivate) and the
PHOSPHONATE-finish (phosphonic acid derivate) may be mentioned (1). The PROBANfinish can be rated as a little more favorable in regard to its effects on tensile strength andabrasion resistance, while the PHOSPHONATE-finish is better in terms of its effects on
weight, feel and air permeability. The mechanism of flame suppression is the same for bothfinishes and can be attributed to the fact that free radicals occurring during burning processes(e.g. H+, OH-, (27)) are bound, so that the chain reaction in the flame is interrupted.
D)

Shape and Layers of Clothing

The insulation of clothing is fixed but this insulation can be realized by different
constructions. To obtain optimal protection against burns: 1) the covered part of the bodysurface should be as large as possible; and 2) the thickness of air layers inside the clothingshould be about 4 mm (24), because below this value, insulation decreases, and above thisvalue, free convection heat flow increases inflammability. In the case of the normal clothingwhich is worn regularly, the face and hands (about 12% of the surface) cannot be covered.
Also the second requirement above cannot be met, because the mobility of joints is not
sufficient if the inter-clothing air layers are limited to 4 mm. To keep the risk low in spite ofthese facts, the clothing should consist of two layers. Furthermore, a construction combining
relatively small internal air layer width with a great freedom of movement should be selected,
so that a two-piece, closed dress should be preferred.
E)

Other Factors

In practice, blends of different fibers often are used. Synthetic fibers already melt at
relatively low temperatures (Table Il). However, if withdrawing from the ignition flame isprevented by some kind of "scaffold", they burn more intensely than cotton because of agreater heat of combustion. Such a scaffold-effect may be produced by a blend with flameresistant fibers, by the combustion residues of other materials, by a water-repellent finish orby pigments which lower the surface tension of the melt (15).
Further effects occur with continued wear. Clothing soiled by oil (e.g. tank crew overalls)
burns rapidly. In laundering, incrustations like calcium-soap may be deposited, which cause ascaffold-effect. Moreover, it may be mentioned that the radiation of nuclear weapons includes
the visible range, so that light-colored fabrics may reflect a considerable part (11) of theincident radiant heat.
CHAPTER 12 - 8

TESTS OF BURNING PROPERTIESA)General

A number of standardized methods are available for testing burning properties. Theircommon principle is the ignition of a specimen under defined conditions and themeasurement of burning time and other parameters. The results are reproducible and can beused for a comparison of fabrics. However, the quantitative results of the different methods
do not agree. Furthermore, the results cannot be transferred to practical conditions, because
the ignition depends on the heat source and the exposure time, while the burning ratedepends on the air inflow and the angle between the flame and fabric.
If only a comparison between fabrics is desired, a method with a good differentiating
quality should be employed. An adequate arrangement is to use a strip of material hanging
down, vertical to an ignition flame; the time of contact between the strip and flame is raised
step by step (like the US HLT-15 test). If the material is not ignited within a set time (30 sec
or more), the area of charring, the time of smoldering and the loss of strength may be usedas criteria.
B)

Thermal-Manikin

In order to have a method yielding results transferable to man, the author in 1968 useda wooden manikin covered with asbestos (4). Within the manikin, 48 small heat sensors were
installed, each corresponding to a defined area of the skin. This model was dressed with theclothing under test. The area around the knees was exposed to a continuous flame and theheat transferred to the various sensors was measured. The areas where heat inflow
exceeded 2 cal/cm2 were assumed to represent areas of 2nd degree burn or more (24) andthe burned part of the body surface was calculated from the sum of these areas as shown
below.
Independent of this, a so-called "thermal-man" was developed in the USA in 1973 (14).
This thermal-man was constructed of a heat resistant material and a higher accuracy was
obtained by use of 125 sensors. A computer connected with the thermal-man calculated theareas of the body surface with 2nd and 3rd degree burns and plotted them on an outline
drawing of a human body. This method is the most advanced to date and shows the weak
points of a clothing ensemble at a glance.
An example using flame resistant outer and under wear is given as a demonstration ofthis method. The burned part of body surface is shown in Fig. 2 for a two-layer, cotton workclothing ensemble. In case A, both layers were inflammable; in case B the underwear and incase C the outerwear was treated to be flame-resistant with PROBAN. In all cases theclothing system was set afire, but with an impregnated layer the burning velocity was smaller.
In particular, the protective effect of the flame-resistant outerwear was clearly higher than theeffect of a flame-resistant underwear, because with flame resistant outerwear the air flow to
the inflammable underwear was restrained.

CHAPTER 12 - 9

Fig. 2: Percentage of burned surface ≤ 2nd degree as a function of burning
time (4). Model experiments with a two-layer work clothing of cotton; outside
a 280 g/m2 twill, inside a 230 g/m2 tricot.
This experiment clearly demonstrated a protection effect. However, one can see alsothat the difference is very small for short exposure times (up to 10 sec). On the other hand, atlonger times (about 35 sec) there is a clear difference between the graphs. But even with aflame-resistant outerwear the burns are very serious (see Fig. 1), so that the physicalprotection required for longer times has no biological significance. Therefore, a question
arises, as to the practical importance of flame-resistant clothing.
ESTIMATION OF CASUALTIESThe number of persons and the time of heat exposure cannot be predicted for a real
accident; a calculation of the absolute number of casualties therefore is impossible. In
practice, however, the question is to what extent casualties can be reduced by flameresistant clothing in comparison to inflammable clothing. This can be answered, if the graphsof lethality and fabric burning are combined, as shown in Fig. 3.

CHAPTER 12 - 10

Fig.3: Example for estimation of casualties. Given: Sample A,
lethality 20%; required: Lethality wearing sample C under same
conditions.
Assuming for example, that inflammable clothing (model A) is worn in a certain accident
and that 20% of the persons are killed and 80% injured, these casualties would correspond to
an exposure time of about 17 sec; wearing a flame-resistant outerwear (model C), with thesame exposure time only 7% of the people would be killed and 93% injured, so that thefatalities would be reduced to 35% of the original amount.
Assuming further that, in case of a fire catastrophe, the distribution of injuries were as follows(similar estimations see (14)):
20% heavy burns (36-60% of body surface), survival only with optimal therapy
50% medium burns (16-35% surface); supine transport
30% light burns (up to 15% surface), usually able to walkand then the percentage of persons injured at each of the three degrees also can be
estimated (example in Table III).

CHAPTER 12 - 11

TABLE III
Estimation of the Casualties with Inflammable (A) and Flame Resistant
Clothing (B, C). (The percentage of persons killed in the case ofclothing A was assumed)
Clothing

KilledBurned (% Pers)(% Pers)

Heavy

Medium

Light

A

20

16

40

24

B

12

18

44

26

C

7

19

46

28

A

40

12

30

18

B

22

16

39

23

C

13

18

43

26

The values given in Table III are only an estimate from which the burning properties of agiven clothing could be expressed in terms of the percentage of expected casualties. Thisestimation neglects the variability of both the fire and the position of the people; it also
neglects the age of victims and the depth of burns, which would raise the lethality. It neglects
the fact that in the case of small area burns, these mostly affect the face and that burns of theface are more severe because they are frequently combined with burns to the respiratory
tract. Finally, it neglects the additional victims that are caused by toxic gases and that theextent of casualties also depends upon the available medical care. Most of these factors,
except for the depth of burns and the complications in the head area, do not depend on theclothing so that, although the observed values may be inaccurate, the relative relationships
between an inflammable and a flame-resistant clothing are nearly correct.

CHAPTER 12 - 12

Part II: SPECIAL FIRE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING
OCCUPATIONAL WORK AND FIREFIGHTING DANGER
At many work places man is endangered by heat. At first, one tries to lower this danger
by technical means but as these are exhausted, special protective clothing becomes
necessary. In contrast to normal or combat clothing, this protective clothing is not worn
permanently and can be designed to meet the actual risk.
This risk is very variable. It will be outlined, first, for some industrial work places (17).
During welding, splashes of fused metal may inflame the clothing. In mines, the temperature
increases with depth (2 to 3 °C per 100 m of depth below the surface) and the risk ofmechanical injuries is relatively high. At most of the hot work places (e.g. on furnaces, steelworks, rolling-mills, glass-factories, etc.), the increased air temperature is accompanied by aone-sided exposure to fluctuating radiation (up to 1800 kcal/m2h) and the worker is also
endangered by molten materials. Protection against thermal radiation, molten splash andinjury is needed which still permits sufficient sweat evaporation to prevent body temperaturesfrom rising.
Similarly, the conditions in firefighting are variable (23). Burning buildings can be foughtfrom an adequate distance. In underground facilities and ships we find smoldering fires with
toxic gases and an oxygen deficit. At crash landings of aircraft, fuel often is set afire and heatradiation (up to 8000 kcal/m2h) and darting flames (up to 1000 °C) may occur. The rescue
time for a person, however, is limited to about 1 min, so that short-term heat reflective
protection with high mobility is needed. At burning fuel tanks, the radiation increases up to
30,000 kcal/m2h (18), so that the reflective cover has to be supplemented by an insulation
layer. At catastrophes, e.g. like the area conflagrations of World War II, we find similar valuesof radiation (6) combined with darting flames, toxic air-contamination and falling fragments,
so that complete protection against radiation, flames, toxic gases and mechanical injuries isrequired.
CLASSIFICATION OF FIRE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING
The demands on a fire protective ensemble are numerous. Therefore, it seems appropriate todistinguish 5 protection classes (Table IV):TABLE IV
Class

Type of Clothing

Main Feature

Use

1

Work clothing

Flame ResistantSporadic heat2

Safety equipment

For head, hands etc.

Accidental risk

3

Partial heat protection

Permits evaporation

One-sided radiation

4

Light protection suit

Reflection, mobility

Quick saving actions

5

Heavy protection suit

Additional insulation

Hardest condition

CHAPTER 12 - 13

Class 1 consists of normal work clothing made of a flame-resistant material. It is wornas the basic protection in all cases of heat danger and can be supplemented by theequipment of class 2 to 5 as required. Class 2 includes the safety equipment for head, hands
and feet against heat and mechanical injuries. Class 3 comprises the partial heat protection
for the different body parts; these have been widely used and proved successful in industry.
Class 4 comprises light protection suits for short rescue-operations, and Class 5 are theheavy protective suits for the most severe conditions.
The equipment of class 1 to 3 is assigned for operational times up to 8 hours, so thatsufficient sweat evaporation for cooling has to be ensured. Suits of class 4 and 5 are worn
only for a short time (up to 30 min), so that sweat evaporation is less important and animpermeable outer-layer can be used. For extended operations under severe heat, special
protective suits have been developed which are cooled by air or by water, but these will not
be discussed here.
CONSTRUCTION OF FIRE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING
A)

Materials

Flame-resistant textiles of cotton or synthetic fibers (200 - 400 g/m2) are sufficient for
low heat loads (up to 200 °C). For more severe conditions, non-inflammable textiles ofasbestos-, glass- or synthetic fibers (500 – 1200 g/m2) are used. In case of mechanical strain(cuts, abrasions, splashes of molten materials, etc.) low shrinking leather is also used;however, this is sensitive to chemical fire extinguishing agents.
These materials are covered with a thin film of aluminum, copper or a teflon-foil
metallized in vacuum, for reflection of heat radiation. The reflection of these fabrics when new
may be 90 to 95%, but the coatings are very sensitive to abrasion, flames and splashes andthey are impermeable to sweat.
B)

General Work Clothing (Class 1)

This is normal working clothing made of flame-resistant textiles. The flame resistancehas to be launder-proof. The construction should have no open pockets, and no cuffs or folds
in which splashes of molten material may be caught.
C)

Safety Equipment (Class 2)

Metallized helmets of fiberglass-polyester have proven successful for head protection(17), since large molten metal splashes may melt through helmets of aluminum. Visors madeof wire-gauze or metallized plastic panes are in use as face protection (17). The wire-gauze,
however, restricts vision, and the plastic panes may alter their shape and transparency in theheat.
Gloves are offered in many different models (17). Often the palm of the hand is made ofleather, and the back of a reflecting insulation layer. The insulation value depends on thecurvature of hand and the mobility required, but cannot be increased to more than 1.8 clo (7).
CHAPTER 12 - 14

Heavy shoes, with steel-caps inserted and thick soles, are used to protect the feet (17). The
upper part should be smooth, so that splashes flow off. A reflective cover is needed, whenheat radiation is present.
D)

Local Heat Protection (Class 3)

Partial heat protection is provided by a multitude of different items such as aprons,
gaiters, oversleeves or backside-open overcoats (17). These are put on over the normal
work clothing, protecting the endangered parts of body against heat and other risks, while theuncovered parts ensure a sufficient sweat evaporation and mobility for the required work.
E)

Light Protective Ensembles (Class 4)

Light protective suits are made of non-inflammable, reflecting textiles. The fit should be
comfortable and ensure optimum mobility. The face is protected by a hood, which has a large
metallized pane and is worn over a helmet. The hood should allow all-directional head
movements, a sufficient visual field and should not slip when running and stooping; thesedemands, however, are not always met in practice. The suit consists of two or three pieces,so that the hood and jacket can be taken off during longer stand-by periods.
F)

Heavy Protective Ensembles (Class 5)

A heavy protective suit is a one-piece ensemble, constructed with a reflecting outerlayer, an insulating middle-layer and a smooth lining, all non-flammable. The outer-layer
should be impermeable to water and burnable fluids. The insulation layer should be fortified
at the curved and stretched sites at the shoulder and thigh. The cut of the clothing should besuch that its weight is carried by the shoulders near the neck. Further, the cut should allow
sufficient mobility and should have an enlargement at the back for placement of a respirator.
The head is protected by an attached hood, worn loosely over a helmet, which should allow
free movements of the head and offer sufficient space for a breathing mask. Heat-conducting
junctions between the outside and inside of the clothing must be avoided. Fasteners should
be shielded by a flap and parts with more heat capacity should be placed near the outside
surface. Moreover, the wearer should be able to take the suit off quickly, without assistance,
because stored heat may continue to flow to the inside of clothing even after withdrawing
from the fire. These multiple demands, however, are not always met in practice (5).
G)

Respirators

When toxic gases occur or when there is a lack of oxygen, a respirator is needed.
Recirculating devices can be used for longer periods (about 5 hours), because the expired,but unused oxygen is recycled, but the absorption of carbon dioxide causes an unpleasantheating of the breathing air. In compressed-air devices, although the air is cooled byexpansion, the operational time is limited to about 30 min because cylinders with a larger
volume are too heavy to be portable.

CHAPTER 12 - 15

TESTING AND EVALUATION OF FIRE PROTECTIVE CLOTHINGA)

Physical Methods

For the initial characterization of a fire protective clothing, its physical properties such as
strength, inflammability and burning-through of molten metal splashes are determined; thesevalues are sufficient to evaluate the accident risk. The methods are described in standard
regulations, so that only the degree of heat protection provided needs to be considered here.
To test these qualities, a specimen of the textiles is exposed to a defined flame, orradiation source, and the increase of temperature or heat flow at the backside ismeasured as function of time. This method can be used for a comparison of textiles toselect the best. However, the values can not be equated with the protection provided to a
man because the insulation of clothing during wear depends on such factors as air gaps,
folds, curves and pressure; these vary over the body surface and change with body
movements, so that the protection limit is established by the weakest point.
B)

Physiological Methods

Experiments with subjects are required to determine the actual protection of clothing as
worn. The subjects must perform a dynamic, standardized work routine in front of a radiation
panel and the time is measured until the first pain occurs somewhere on the skin. This time ismeasured in both the dressed (t) and the undressed state (to) with the same radiation and thesame work. A heat protection factor (P) can then be calculated as follows (5):P=(R·t)/(R·t 0) =(t/ t 0) if R = constantThis protection factor is nearly independent of the experimental conditions; it simply
gives the tolerance time as a multiple of the tolerance time in the undressed state. Further, if
the product of radiation and time unprotected (e.g., (R·t 0) ≈ 100 kcal·m2) is known, then thetolerance time for any other radiation level may be calculated. It is also possible to ask thesubject to identify the weakest point i.e. where the first pain occurs on the skin, and to
improve the clothing in a systematic way.
In addition to heat protection, the physical load imposed by the clothing is important. It
can be described by a loading factor L = M/M0, where M is the metabolic rate in the dressed,and M0 in the undressed state at a fixed activity level. The increase in energy consumption iscaused by the weight of clothing and its resistance against rubbing and deformation upon
movement. Further details concerning the effects of the physical load are given in Chap. 13.

CHAPTER 12 - 16

TABLE V
Characteristic Values of Commercial Fire Protective Clothing (5). Rhythmical
work, radiation 6800 kcal/m2h. M = metabolic rate (S.D. ± 10.8 %); t = time until
pain occurs (S.D. ± 15.4 %); L = loading factor; P = heat protection factor; index 0
represents nude values. Means of 5 subjects.

Prot.

Clothing

Weight (kg)

Measurements

Type (Suit No.)

Respi-

M 

Class

Suit

rator

Characteristics

 kcal  min t (sec)M M0 

L t t0 

P –

Nude (1)

–

0

2.44

61

1.00

1.0

1
2

Work clothing (2)Helmet, gloves (3)

–
–

3.1
7.3

2.63
2.80

136
176

1.08
1.15

2.2
2.8

3
3

Long apron (5)Free back coat (8)

–
–

8.2
9.7

2.86
2.94

237
396

1.17
1.20

3.9
6.5

4
4

Light protection (10)Light protection (13)

–
16.3

11.6
11.8

3.04
3.62

428
441

1.25
1.48

7.0
7.2

5
5

Heavy protection (15)Heavy protection (19)

16.3
16.3

15.8
13.8

4.16
3.79

647
994

1.70
1.55

10.6
16.2

COMPARISON OF COMMERCIAL PROTECTIVE ENSEMBLES
The data for some commercial fire protective clothing are given in Table V as examples.
As one can see, the heat protection factor P (last column) of normal work clothing (including
underwear and shoes) is about 2.2; with additional safety equipment (helmet, visor andgloves) it is increased to 2.8. A protective coat open at the back (No 8) nearly reaches thevalue of a light protective suit (No 10) while for heavy protective suits (No 15, 19), values of
10.6 to 16.2 were found so that differences up to 50 % exist. The additional load (next to lastcolumn) is practically negligible for protection Classes 1 to 3. For light protective suits (Class4), the influence of a respirator is clear (No 10, 13) while for heavy protective suits anadditional load of 70% was found in one case (No 15) although another model (No 19)
showed only a value of 55%.
The best heat protection factor for twelve heavy ensembles tested was 16.2. However,it could be shown (5) that, as a result of laboratory tests employing subjects, this factor canbe increased to 25.2 . This increase was obtained by some minor modifications without achange of the physical load, so that in the range of heavy protective suits remarkable
improvements are possible.

CHAPTER 12 - 17

LIMITS OF FIRE PROTECTION
The number of burn-accidents could be reduced substantially by the use of heatprotection clothing as described above; further, it was possible to perform safety-work andrescue-operations under severe heat. Nevertheless, there are still limits to fire protection
which cannot be overcome at the present time:1.

In the case of a sporadic heat impulse, a flame-resistant clothing can provide
remarkable protection, but this protection is limited to the covered body surface, sothat burns of the face and hands are not avoidable.

2.

At a given heat load, the tolerance time is determined by the point of lowest insulation.
However, since the insulation of gloves cannot be increased to more than 1.8 clo, thetolerance time of even the heaviest protective suits is limited by this value.

3.

Modern fibers have sufficient heat resistance. However, the reflecting covers aredestroyed quickly in the heat, so that direct contact with flames must be avoided.
Therefore, the use of fire protective clothing is limited mainly to protection from thehigh levels of radiant heat associated with fire.

CHAPTER 12 - 18

REFERENCES
1.

Aenishanslin, R. Possibilities for rendering cotton textiles flame resistant. In: Duttweiler Inst.
(Ed.): Textile flammability and consumer safety. Ruschlikon 1969, p 120.

2.

Artz, C.P., Yarbrough, D.R. Present status of the treatment of burns. N.Y. Acad. Med. 43: 627,
1967.

3.

Wright-Patterson AFB. Instrumented thermal manikin. Report ASD-Rf-73-33, Jan. 1973.

4.

Behmann, F.W. Unpublished experiments, 1968.

5.

Behmann, F.W. Evaluation of heat protection clothing for firefighters. In: Aspects medicaux etbiophysiques des vetements de protection. Lyon, Service de Sante des Armees, 1983, p 55.

6.

Buettner, K. Conflagration heat. In: German aviation medicine, World War II. Washington, US
Gov. Print. Off. 1950, p 1167.

7.

Dilla, M.V., Day, R., Siple, P.A. Special problems of hands. In: Newburgh, L.H.: Physiology ofheat regulation and the science of clothing. Philadelphia, Saunders 1949, p 374.

8.

Falkai, B.V. Synthesefasern. Weinheim, Chemie 1981, p 450.

9.

Ganzoni, N. Die Schussverletzung im Krieg. Wien, Huber 1975, p 181.

10.

Gessener, H. Die Abschaetzung der Verlusterwartung
ViertJahrSchr Schweiz. SanOff 34:344, 1957.

11.

Glasstone, S. The effects of nuclear weapons. Washington, US Atomic Energy Commission
1957, p 302 ff, 335.

12.

Iskrant, A.P. Statistics and epidemiology of burns. N.Y. Acad. Med. 43:636, 1967.

13.

Krischer, O. Die Wissenschaftlichen Grundlagen der Trocknungstechnik. Berlin, Springer 1963,
p 70-90, 118, 132, 135.

14.

Krupp, S. Die Behandlung des Verbrennungsschocks unter Katastrophenbedingungen.
Schweiz. Z. Milit. Med. 51:61, 1974

15.

Kruse, W. The combustibility and flame-resistant finishing of mixed textiles. In: Duttweiler Inst.
(Ed.): Textile flammability and consumer safety. Ruschlikon 1969, p 137.

16.

Meyer-Noack, L. Vorbeugender Brandschutz gegen Großfeuer. Kampftruppen 1979, 1.

17.

Ordinanz, W. Hitzearbeit und Hitzeschutz. Düsseldorf, Stahleisen, 1968.

18.

Richter, K.H. Wärmebelastung bei Treibstoffbränden, Werksarzt 11:30, 1964.

19.

Rieber, W. The inflammability of synthetic textiles. In: Duttweiler Inst. (Ed.): Textile flammability
and consumer safety. Ruschlikon 1969, p 28.

CHAPTER 12 - 19

bei

Atombombeneinsaetzen.

20.

Roding, H. Objektive Erfolgsbeurteilung der Behandlung thermischer Schädigungen. Zbl. Chir.
95:1313, 1970.

21.

Schiecke, H.E. Wolle als textiler Rohstoff. Berlin, Schiele u. Schon, 1979, p 168.

22.

Schukow, G.A. Napalmverletzungen in Vietnam (in Russian). Voennomed. Zh. 1971, No 8 p
85. Reported in: WehrMed. Mschr. 16:57, 1972.

23.

Simms, D.L., Hinkley, P.L. Protective clothing against flames and heat. Fire Res. Rep. 3,
London 1960.

24.

Stoll, A.M., Chianta, A.M. Thermal protection principles. In: Hardy, J.D.: Thermal problems inaerospace medicine. Agard 111, NATO 1968, 89.

25.

Tempest, M.N., Atkins, J.B. The influence of clothing on the pattern and severity of burns
studied in some recent colliery fire-damp ignitions. Brit. J. industr. Med. 15:147, 1958.

26.

Tikka, S. Schaden durch Verbrennung. WehrMed. Mschr. 22:175, 1978.

27.

Vogel, J. Flammfestmachen von Kunststoffen. Heidelberg, Hüthig 1966,

CHAPTER 12 - 20

CHAPTER 13

LOAD CARRIAGE
M. Haisman
CONTENTSSUMMARY
INTRODUCTION
Load Actually Carried by the Infantry Soldier
Methods Used in the Assessment of Load Carriage Systems and Load Carrying Ability
Factors Affecting Load Carrying Ability
LOAD FACTORS
Maximum Weight of the Load
Dimensions of the Load
Load Placement
PHYSICAL CHARACTERISTICS OF THE SOLDIER
Body Weight
Anthropometric Dimensions
PHYSIOLOGICAL FACTORS
Maximum Aerobic Power
Maximum Anaerobic Power and Muscle Strength
Body Composition
GenderAge
Perceived Exertion
ENVIRONMENTAL FACTORS
ClimateTerrain
Grade
OTHER FACTORS
Sleep Loss
Protective Clothing
PREDICTION OF PHYSIOLOGICAL STRAIN INVOLVED IN LOAD CARRIAGELOAD CARRIAGE AND MILITARY PERFORMANCECONCLUSIONSREFERENCES

CHAPTER 13 - 1

SUMMARY
Interest in the individual load carried by the soldier goes back over many years.
Physiological aspects of load carriage have been reviewed with particular reference to therelationship between desirable maximum load and body weight. These physiological aspects
include age, anthropometry, aerobic and anaerobic power, muscle strength, bodycomposition, perceived exertion and gender, together with other relevant factors such as thedimensions and placement of the load, nature of the terrain and its gradient, and the effect ofclimate.
In reviewing the many studies which have been done it is important to distinguishbetween those which assess the load carrying capacity, i.e., the soldier in a "pack-horse"role, and those which examine load carrying ability whilst the soldier retains at least aminimum level of military effectiveness.
The energy cost of walking with loads has been found to depend primarily upon thewalking speed, body weight and load weight, together with terrain factors such as gradientand surface type; several equations exist which allow the prediction of energy expenditurefrom these variables. Such equations (e.g. Givoni and Goldman 1971) can provide a valuable
guide in assessing the physical severity of proposed military operations. Other factors suchas the degree of environmental heat stress and protective clothing worn would have to betaken into account, but the level of energy expenditure (or heat production) of the soldier
assumes central importance as it is related to physical exhaustion, to heat exhaustion andalso, albeit less directly, to the efficiency of performance of military tasks.
Renbourn (1954c) documented the loads carried by the soldier through history; henoted the inevitable increase in weight carried during wars and concluded that "the load
carried by the soldier will probably always be a compromise between what is physiologicallysound and what is operationally essential". Recent experience in the British Army endorses
this view.

Key Words:

load carriage, load placement, energy cost, personal equipment, load weight.

CHAPTER 13 - 2

INTRODUCTION
Interest in the military aspects of individual load carriage is longstanding and wasrecorded in such reports as the British Royal Commission of 1858, quoted in a historicalreview of the subject by Renbourn (1954a). There are a number of reviews which covervarious aspects of load carriage, for example: energy expenditure studies, Passmore andDurnin (1955) and Redfearn et al. (1956); physiological limitations of the soldier and load
carriage development reviewed by Kennedy, Goldman and Slauta (1973); effects of load
carriage on military performance examined by Lotens (1982).
The literature available on the physiological assessment of individual load carriage isvast. Consequently it is important to circumscribe this paper; reports which are concernedwith load carried on the trunk, hands or head and appear to have some military relevance areof greatest interest, whereas the problems of lifting in a static position, (e.g., Legg &Pateman, 1984), and also the use of mechanical devices such as wheels, (Haisman et al.,1972) have not been considered. Rather the aim is to draw together the main physiologicalfactors that affect load carriage itself, and the impact on the performance of military tasks as
this is of prime importance to the soldier.
Load Actually Carried by the Infantry Soldier The extent of the load carriage problem isoften not fully appreciated, either because it is believed that mechanised transport will always
be available, or that the complexity of the equipment involved in different orders of battle
obscures the very considerable total weights involved. Table 1 shows the loads the British
infantryman has to carry, starting from the skin and working outwards. Consideration of Table
1 indicates that the basic clothing assembly weighs 7 kg and the Assault Dress (including
weapon, ammunition and NBC ensemble) takes the total to over 26 kg. It is easy to see that,with the addition of support weapons, radios and extra equipment, the total weight carried
can rapidly escalate to the very high figures which have been quoted for military operations;e.g., 45-60 kg in the Falklands operation and similar loads in Viet-Nam operations.
Methods Used in the Assessment of Load Carriage Systems and Load Carriage Ability
Having established that the soldier does indeed have a load carriage problem, the main
factors which affect load carrying ability can be examined. Various methods of assessing thephysiological aspects have been used in the laboratory or in the field; e.g., marching at a
fixed speed or during selfpacing (Winsmann & Goldman (1976)). In addition to physiologicalmeasures of energy expenditure, heart rate, body temperature, and sweat loss, use has been
made of subjective rating scales such as the RPE scale (Rated Perceived Exertion) of Borg
(1970). Effects of load placement on back muscle activity have been investigated by Bobet &Norman (1984). Other methods of evaluating load carriage systems can include shortduration runs after cross-country marches (Knowles, 1984), agility course performance(Wynne, 1974), performance studies (Bensel & Lockhart, 1975), or troop trial, that is during
evaluation in service use over an extended period of time, e.g., one year (Hopkinson et al.,1980).

CHAPTER 13 - 3

Table I
Clothing and Personal Equipment Carried by a British Infantryman

A. Dress

B. Assault Dress

C. Combat Order

D. Marching Order

E. Additional Equipmentthat can be added.

Weightkg

Total
Weight
kg

6.97

6.97

19.40

26.37

3.65

30.02

10.16

40.18

Underclothes, shirt, combat smock and trousers,
jersey, socks, boots, gloves field dressing, cap,
Camouflage, helmet

Clothing, etc. as in A; rifle and sight,
6 x 30 rounds ammunition, 1 x 150 rounds,
2 x grenades, NBC ensemble, webbing (pouches,
belt, yoke), full water bottle, mug andcarrier, digging tool.

Dress and equipment as in A & B; main
2 meals, cooker and spoon, warm clothing(combat liner and waterproof jacket)

Clothing and equipment as in A, B & C;
underclothes, shirt, socks, long johns,
boots, polish and brush, towel, foot powder
and water sterilising kit, washing and shaving
kits, rations (24 hour pack, remainder of mainmeal), mess tin, sleeping bag, 2nd NBC
ensemble rucksack, protective sheet.

LAW 66mm
MAW 84mm
4xMAW rounds
51 mm mortar and wallet
6 x 51 mm mortar bombs
Individual weapon sightRadios of various types
Binoculars
Torch
Rope
Body armour
16mm flares pack

2.2
16.36
10.45
7.60
7.60
3.20
 2.10
 7.4012.60
1.18
0.30
0.65
2.50-4.32
0.24

A United States infantryman, according to Kennedy et al. (1973), has an assigned basic loadof 17 kg. Adding body armour, CW protection and basic existence load takes it up to 27.8 kg;
a machine gunner would carry 32 kg, and radio operators or mortar men carry loads in
CHAPTER 13 - 4

excess of 35 kg. These peace time loads are routinely increased during actual combat
operations (Kennedy et al. (1973) Fig. 17).
Factors Affecting Load Carrying Ability
Factors affecting load carriage havebeen examined in order to assess their relative importance, to determine thesituations in which load carrying ability may be reduced to an unacceptable level andto establish how any reductions in performance could possibly be alleviated.
LOAD FACTORS
1) Maximum Weight of Load
There have been numerous attempts to define the upper limit of weight to be
carried by the soldier. World War I did not necessitate much movement and, as aresult, the soldier became grossly overloaded. Cathcart et al. (1923) describe theproblem of an initially heavy load of 60 lbs (27.3 kg) being increased to 94 lbs (42.7kg) because of water and mud soaking into the clothing and equipment. With themuch greater use of water resistant materials today this problem of water uptake has
been minimised, but that extra load has now been replaced by a diversity of
weaponry and equipment as illustrated in Table 1. Marshall (1950), describing theexperience of US troops, cites training loads of about 60 lbs (27.3 kg) being
increased in combat by more rations and munitions. In terms of the load carriage
capacity of man, Soule et al. (1978) showed that the constancy of measured energy
expenditure per kg of load (or body weight) extended up to loads of 70 kg provided
the load was well balanced and close to the center of the body. Daniels (1956)
reported observations of loads of up to about 180 kg being carried with a Korean A
frame. On the other hand there is evidence (Durnin & Passmore (1967)) that thephysiological efficiency of load carriage falls at high load weights. There is clearly acase for setting an upper limit to the absolute weight carried by the soldier and, if theload is not going to impair the soldiers' efficiency to a marked extent, this weight limit
ought to be in the region of 30 kg. While it is more logical to relate the load to thebody weight of the soldier, as it is obvious that a 30 kg load is a very heavy one for a
57 kg soldier (5 percentile for British Infantry, Gooderson, 1982) but a reasonableload for a 92 kg soldier (95th percentile), it may however be quite impractical toattempt to tailor an individual soldier's load to his body weight.
2) Dimensions of the Load
Missile systems often present the soldier with awkward shapes of load to carry.
Amor & Vogel (1974) compared three methods of carrying a missile of 35 kg in weightand 1.2 m in length; they found no difference in energy cost between the methods but
the subjects preferred to carry the missile in a horizontal position on the back. Torre(1973) studied the effects of weight and length of an anti-tank system on performanceand found that the soldier was reluctant to carry loads longer than 31" (at 8 lbs),
when added to his current fighting load. There is also the problem of the loadinteracting with other items of the soldier's equipment, for example a shovel carried
center back can conflict with the back of the helmet in the prone firing position.
CHAPTER 13 - 5

3) Load Placement
Soule & Goldman (1969) showed that the energy cost of carrying loads on the head,
hands and feet were, in comparison to a no load condition, in the ratio of 1.2X for thehead, 1.9X for the hands and 4-6X for the feet (up to 6 kg on each foot). Strydom etal. (1968) however concluded that, provided the boot weight was no more than 4-6
lbs per pair, there was no increase in oxygen consumption. Datta & Ramanathan(1971) compared seven methods of carrying loads of 30 kg; a double pack (front andback) proved to be the best, and the hands the worst in terms of physiologicalefficiency. Legg & Mahanti (1985) compared five methods of carrying a load of 35%
body weight on the trunk and found that there were no significant physiologicaldifferences between them. The front/back pack combination and a load carrying jacket
were subjectively rated as more comfortable than the back packs, with or without aframe; on the other hand the front/back pack was reported to be the hardest to don
and doff and was associated with a restrictive type of ventilatory impairment.
PHYSICAL CHARACTERISTICS OF THE SOLDIER
1) Body WeightThat the maximum comfort load should be related to body weight is an idea oflong standing. According to Renbourn's review (1954b) the weight carried by the
infantry soldier steadily increased during Worid War I until it often amounted to 85 % ofbody weight. Much work on the energy expenditure of load carriage was undertaken in
the years after World War I, notably by Cathcart et al. (1923); on the basis of the"costliness" of load carriage, which rose steeply above 40% of body weight; they
recommended that under laboratory conditions the maximum load for the maintenanceof efficiency and health should be 40% body weight, and for service conditions they
accepted the traditional limit of one-third body weight. Pandolf et al. (1977) suggested
that the energy cost of standing with a back load increased as the square of the ratioof load weight to body weight. Marshall (1950) cites British and other studies torecommend an optimal marching load for the average man of not more than one-thirdof body weight. Therefore, individuals with a high body weight can carry greater loads
but, as will be discussed later, the constituent proportions of body weight, whether
muscle or fat, will be important. Indian porters appear to be an exception to any
generalisations about the advantages of high body weight in load carriage; Nag & Sen(1978) studied porters of 53 kg mean body weight who carried loads up to 100 kg on& O2 max
the treadmill; they were, however, very lean (body fat 8.3%) and had a high V(ml/kg-min).

CHAPTER 13 - 6

2) Anthropometric Dimensions
The design of load carriage equipment must take into account the range ofdimensions in key anthropometric variables in the population to be fitted. Experiencehas shown that back length and waist circumference are important and that thoseindividuals having very small dimensions will have great difficulty in fitting a backframe correctly or in accommodating the full complement of pouches on the waist belt
(Kennedy et al., 1973). Furthermore, small and large extremes in the range may findthat the load is not bearing on the anatomical points that the designer intended,although this problem may be partially alleviated if there is an adequate range foradjustment of the straps.
PHYSIOLOGICAL FACTORS& O2 max ).
1) Maximum Aerobic Power ( V
V& O2 max is much used as an index of cardio-respiratory performance (Astrand, 1956;
Shephard, 1968) and also as an index of ability to perform maximal work (Taylor et al., 1955;& O2 max will improve the ability to
Mitchell et al., 1958). It follows that factors which will raise V
carry loads, and the converse will also be true. It has been shown by a large number of& O2 max . Saltin (1969) showed that thestudies that aerobic physical training will increase V& O2 max ranges up to 50% starting from a post 3 weeks of bed rest
absolute improvement in V
& O2 max and may belevel, but the improvement is highly dependent upon the initial level of V
about 25% for average, non exercising individuals. A number of factors have been
& O2 max , for example: increasing age (Astrand, 1960); semiassociated with a decrease in V
starvation with consequent loss of lean body mass (Keys et al., 1950); bed-rest (Taylor et al.,1949); loss of blood (Rowell et al., 1964); high altitude (Pugh et al., 1964); and dehydration(Buskirk et al., 1958). Factors such as these will, therefore, tend to lower the maximal load
carriage capacity or slow the march rate at which it can be carried. Another importantconsideration is that a well trained man cannot be expected to work all day at a work level& O2 max without becoming fatigued (Astrand, 1956), so thatequivalent to more that 50% of his V& O2 max will be a major determinant of the size of load carriage task which can be sustained
the V& O2 max is usually correlated with body weight, and in particular
for a prolonged period. Since V& O2 max (l/min) and large load carriage capacity willwith muscle mass, individuals with a high V
also tend to have higher than average body weight or muscle mass.

& O2 max after load
Shoenfeld et al. (1977) used the size of the decrement in V
carriage to assess the maximum load which should be carried for 20 km; they
concluded that for individuals in good physical condition this should not exceed 25 kg,
i.e., just over one third of the body weight of a 70 kg man.
2) Maximum Anaerobic Power and Muscle Strength
Anaerobic power and muscle strength are important for activities of high intensity
for brief periods of time, i.e., less than 2 minutes. According to surveys of the tasks
CHAPTER 13 - 7

which soldiers undertake in the US Army, a considerable proportion require anaerobic
power and muscle strength; e.g., handling heavy weights such as artillery shells,
pulling, pushing and throwing (Vogel, 1984, personal communication). Methods ofmeasurement of anaerobic power are available, e.g., the Wingate ergometer test (BarOr et al., 1980) and some of these methods have been compared recently (Patton &Duggan, 1985). Muscle strength can be measured during isometric contractions using
strain gauge dynamometers (Hermansen et al., 1972) or isokinetically using equipment
such as the Cybex II dynamometer (Thorstensson, 1976). However, only fair to poor
relationships have been found between the isometric strength of various muscle& O2 max (Toft, 1981) and, although it seems likely that dynamic muscle
groups and V
strength (as measured isokinetically) will relate to load carrying ability, the studies do
not appear to have to been done. Patton & Duggan (1985) found that peak torque onboth the Cybex and the Wingate tests of anaerobic power correlated with field tests ofanaerobic performance (sprinting and stair climbing).
3) Body Composition
The main body composition factors to affect load carriage are firstly the size ofthe lean body mass (i.e. bone, muscle and water content) and secondly the
proportion of the total body weight which is fat. Lean body mass is highly correlated& O2 max (Buskirk & Taylor, 1957) and is a positive factor in load carriage ability.
with V
Conversely, excess body fat is dead weight in the performance of work and degrades
the performance of physical tasks involving movement of the body and external load,& O2 max in terms of ml of oxygen uptake per kilogram
and thus the utility of expression Vof body weight per minute as an expression of aerobic fitness. A soldier weighing 85
kg (88th percentile of British Army), with 25% of body fat is carrying 21 kg of body fat;assuming he need only have about 9 kg of fat (i.e., about 10% of body weight) forgood health, this represents about 12 kg less of external load which he can carry.
4) Gender
Snook & Ciriello (1974a) compared males and females on various tasks
including six carrying tasks. Women handled significantly less weight than men but
experienced similar or higher heart rates. Generally speaking, women will be at a
disadvantage in load carriage tasks because, compared to men, they tend to have
& O2 max and lower muscle strength,
lower body weight, higher body fat, lower V
particularly in the arm muscles (Vogel & Patton, 1978).
5) Age& O2 max decreases with age. The decrease islt has already been mentioned that V
about 10% per decade from age 20 (Hermansen, 1978); this effect of aging is likely to
be associated with the decline in maximal heart rate with increasing age (Robinson,
1938) as well as with the increase in fat as a percent of body weight with age.

CHAPTER 13 - 8

6) Perceived Exertion
Borg (1970) studied the relationships between the physiological responses todifferent levels of work and the subjective rating of the work load. The rating scale
used has come to be known as "the Borg scale" and, in general, correlates roughlywith the heart rate. It is a useful tool for evaluating the severity of a load carriagetask, or for comparing different methods of carrying a load since, simply by having
the individual select a number on the scale (which ranges between 6 and 20), we gain
& O2 max .
insight on the ratio of the actual energy expended to the individual, V
ENVIRONMENTAL FACTORS
1) Climate
Kamon & Belding (1971) found no difference in the metabolic cost of load carriage inhot climates (35 & 45 °C) compared to a temperate climate, but heart rate was found toincrease by 7-10 beats/min for each l0 °C rise in air temperature, presumably because ofincreasing difficulty in eliminating the metabolic heat production at higher temperatures.
Snook & Ciriello (1974b) showed that load carrying ability was reduced by 11% in a hotenvironment (WBGT=27 °C), with significantly higher rectal temperature and heart rate.
Durnin & Haisman (1966) investigated the effects of hot-dry and hot-wet climates on load
carrying in acclimatised subjects and found that the metabolic rate, heart rate, sweat rate andbody temperature were all elevated in the hot climates. In cold climates the effect of reduced
air temperature does not appear to increase the energy cost of walking at standard speedswith loads (Haisman, 1977). It has been shown (Amor et al., 1973) that the energy cost of
walking in multi-layer clothing is increased by up to 20% over the same task when wearing
shorts with the weight of the multi-layer clothing carried on the belt. Thus, should higher
levels of energy expenditure be found in cold climates, the extra energy expenditure is more
likely attributable to the weight, hobbling and restrictive effects of multi layer clothing than tothe effects of the cold itself.
2) Terrain
Strydom et al. (1966) showed that carrying loads over sandy surfaces required
an energy expenditure 80% greater than over a firm surface. Soule & Goldman (1972)
investigated a variety of terrains including smooth and dirt roads, light and heavy
brush, as well as swamp and sand, and they compared the results with control
conditions of walking on a treadmill. Pandolf et al. (1976) examined the effects ofwalking in various snow depths and found that the energy cost was increased by 5X
with a footprint depth of 45 cm in the snow. Thus, combining the snow depth effectwith the effect of multi layered cold weather clothing already mentioned, it can beseen that this is an activity which results in very high rates of energy expenditure andthe production of large amounts of heat. The cost of carrying a given load for various
terrains, in comparison with a treadmill at the same walking speed (of 1.6 m/s) are
shown in Table 2.

CHAPTER 13 - 9

TABLE II
Energy Cost of Walking (watts) at a Given Speed (1.6 m/s) for Various
Level Terrains (70 kg man with no load)
TerrainBlacktop

Energy
cost

374

Dirt
Road

Light
Brush

Hard
Snow

Heavy
Brush

Swampy
Bog

Loose
Sand

401

428

454

508

589

669

Soft Snow
footprint depth(15cm) (25cm)
777

992

______________________________
from Pandolf et al. (1977)
3) Grade
Gordon et al. (1983) compared the effects of added load (up to 50% bodyweight) on walking subjects, with unloaded walking at the same velocity for gradients
up to 20%; they found that added loads brought about larger increases in heart rateand RPE (rating of perceived exertion) than did unloaded walking on grades forequivalent increases in power. The effects of increased grade when walking withloads of 0, 20 and 40 kg at a constant speed of 1.34 m/s are shown in Table 3, takenfrom Pandolf et al. (1977).
TABLE III
Energy Cost of Walking (watts) at a Given Speed (1.34 m/s) for
Loads of 0, 20 and 40 kg at Various Grades(70 kg man)
Grade (%)

0

4

8

12

16

Load
(kg)

0
294
425
556
687
819
20
362
531
700
867
1037
40
473
679
886
1092
*
______________________________________________________*exceeds the physiological range for soldiers. (From Pandolf et al., 1977)

OTHER FACTORS
1) Sleep Loss
In a series of studies on the effects of reduced sleep on military performance,
Haslam (1984) has shown that the tasks worst affected are those requiring cognitive
ability, especially sustained attention; physiological function, particularly in theperformance of physical work, appears to be little affected.

CHAPTER 13 - 10

2) Protective Clothing
A series of experiments has been conducted to study the effects of wearing
chemical protective clothing with military loads in a range of temperate to hot
environments (Gooderson, 1981); the results have been integrated to provide a
Commanders Guide for NBC Dress Discipline which allows an appropriate work rate to
be selected for a particular NBC Dress in different levels of climatic stress. As might
be anticipated, the increased heat production associated with heavier, or inefficiently
carried, loads exacerbates the potential heat stress when wearing such clothing.
PREDICTION OF PHYSIOLOGICAL STRAIN INVOLVED IN LOAD CARRIAGE
The energy cost of walking with loads has been found to be dependent primarily
upon the speed of walking, and the weight of the body and the load, together with thegradient. There are now several equations available which allow prediction of energy
cost from those variables. For example, Goldman and Iampietro (1962) combined datafrom their own subjects with those from the literature to produce a graph for predictionof energy cost of walking at speeds from 2.4 - 6.4 km/h, on grades 0-9%, with loads up
to 30 kg; they concluded that the energy cost per unit weight is essentially the same
whether the weight is of the body or the load. Durnin and Passmore (1967) reviewed
the older literature and derived an equation for walking on level ground.
Givoni and Goldman (1971) used data from Goldman’s studies and from theliterature to derive an empirical equation using body and load weights, walking speed,slope and a terrain factor. A wide range of speeds and grades was included; viz:walking 2.6 - 9 km/hr and up to 25% grade, running from 8-17 km/hr up to 10% grade,and loads up to 70 kg. Modifying coefficients were suggested for terrains other than
the treadmill, for load placement if not carried on the trunk and for very heavy levels ofwork. The mean standard error of estimate over all conditions was 29 kcal/hr.
Since 1971 there has been considerable development of the method to improve accuracy.
Soule and Goldman (1972) investigated terrain coefficients and Pandolf et al. (1977) modified
the equation to include walking speeds down to 0.2 m/s and standing still. This equation is:
M = 1.5W + 2.0 (W+L) (L/W)2 +n(W+L) (1.5V2 + 0.35 VG)
M = metabolic rate (watts).
W = subject weight (kg); L = external load (kg).
V = speed of walking (m/s); G = grade (slope %)n = terrain coefficient (n=1.0 for level treadmill or paved road)
Using this equation the relationship between energy expenditure, march rate and load weight
can be seen from the figures in Table IV.

CHAPTER 13 - 11

TABLE IV
Metabolic Rate (Watts) as a Function of March Rate on Level Black Top
Road (for 70kg man carrying 30kg load including clothing).
March Rate (m/s)
Metabolic Rate (watt)

0.69
213

0.83
245

0.97
283

1.11
327

1.25
376

1.39
431

1.53
493

1.67
560

1.81
633

Other physiological parameters besides the energy expenditure of load carriage
have also been estimated. Givoni & Goldman (1972) developed a series of equations
to predict the rectal temperature responses to work, environment and clothing. These
predictions of rectal temperature were, in turn, used to estimate heart rate (Givoni &Goldman, 1973). Generally the metabolic heat production is a major contributor to the
problem of maintaining acceptable levels of deep body temperature and heart rate,particularly when evaporative skin cooling is limited by protective clothing or highambient vapour pressures.
LOAD CARRIAGE AND MILITARY PERFORMANCEThe ultimate question that must be addressed is how the load carried affects theperformance of a military task. Renbourn (1954b) noted an extreme example thatprevailed at Cambrai in November 1917 when the British infantry, exhausted by theirgreat loads, were unable to consolidate the positions opened for them by the first, andhistoric, mass attack by tanks. Marshall (1950) described similar problems with
American troops. Bensel & Lockhart (1975) examined the effects of load carriage
equipment and body armour on a number of performance criteria including rate of
movement and body flexibility; both the equipment and body armour degraded
performance compared with a control condition, with body flexibility particularly
affected. Williamson & Kindick (1975) used the time required to complete a 4 km
jungle course, a navigation test and an arm-hand steadiness test to assess the effectsof carrying 25 to 55 lbs loads. Lotens (1982) reanalyzed studies by Leopold and
Derrick (1963) and Haisman & Crotty (1975) to confirm the view that performancedecrement due to carried load is dependent on weight, and that the method ofsuspension (within limits) is of minor importance. Performance decrement was of theorder of 1.5 - 3.0% per kg of load weight carried.
The effect of increasing load weight on military performance in terms of rate ofprogression when self pacing on a 6.4 km march can be seen in Table V, taken fromthe data of Hughes & Goldman (1970); as the load weight increases, the speed
decreases proportionately. The average energy cost per unit distance marched wasfound to be lowest for 30-40 kg of load.

CHAPTER 13 - 12

TABLE V
Weight of Load, Energy Cost and Speed when Self Pacing over 6.4 km(Hughes & Goldman 1970)
Weight of Load (kg)

0

20

30

40

50

60

Speed (km/hr. approx.)

8.0

6.5

5.8

5.2

4.3

3.7

Energy cost (kcal/hr.)

587

469

457

448

395

386

Energy cost per unit
distance (kcal/kg.m)

1.04

0.83

0.79

0.79

0.84

0.84

CONCLUSIONS
Various physiological aspects of load carriage have been reviewed with particularreference to those studies of military relevance and the findings that allow predictionof the effects on military performance. Renbourn (1954c) having documented theloads carried by the soldier through history, noted the inevitable increase in weight
during war and observed that "the load carried by the soldier, and the personal load
carriage equipment, will probably always be a compromise between what is
physiologically sound and what is operationally essential". Some thirty years later,
after more load carriage systems have been developed and many more studies
undertaken, we can but agree.

CHAPTER 13 - 13

REFERENCES
1.

Amor A F & Vogel J A, 1974: Energy cost of man-packing the Swingfire Missile. Army
Personnel Research Establishment Report 5/74.

2.

Amor A F, Vogel J A & Worsley D E, 1973: The energy cost of wearing multi layer clothing.
APRE Tech Memo 18/73.

3.

Astrand P O, 1956: Human physical fitness with special reference to sex and age. Physiol.
Rev. 36, 307-335.

4.

Astrand I, 1960: Aerobic work capacity in men and women with special reference to age. Acta
Physiologica Scandinavica Vol. 49, supplementum 169. 1-92.

5.

Bar-Or O, Dotan R, Inbar O, Rothstein A, Karlsson J & Tesch P, 1980: Anaerobic capacity andmuscle fibre type distribution in men. Int. J. Sports Med 1, 82-85.

6.

Bensel C K & Lockhart J M, 1975: The effects of body armour and load carrying equipment on
psychomotor performance. Natick Tech Report CEMEL-141.

7.

Bobet J & Norman R W, 1984: Effects of load placement on back muscle activity in load
carriage. Eur. J. Appl. Physiol. 53, 71-75.

8.

Borg G, 1970: Perceived exertion as an indicator of somatic stress. Scand. J. Rehab. Med.
2(3), 92-98.

9.

Buskirk E R, Iampietro P F & Bass D E, 1958: Work performance after dehydration, effects ofphysical conditioning and heat acclimatisation. J. Appl. Physiol. 12(2), 189-194.

10.

Buskirk E R & Taylor H L, 1957: Maximal oxygen intake and its relation to body composition,with special reference to chronic physical activity and obesity. J. Appl. Physiol. 11(1), 72-78.

11.

Cathcart E P, Richardson D T & Campbell W, 1923: On the maximum load to be carried by thesoldier. J. Roy. Army Med. Corps 40, 435-443. and 41, 87-98 and 41, 161-178.

12.

Daniels F, 1956: Observations on the Korean A frame. The Physiology of Load-carrying XI.
Natick QRDL Rpt. EP-29.

13.

Datta S R & Ramanathan N L, 1971: Ergonomic comparison of seven modes of carrying loads
on the horizontal plane. Ergonomics 14 (2), 269-278.

14.

Durnin J V G A & Haisman M F, 1966: The effects of hot environments on the energy
metabolism of men performing standardised physical work. APRE Memo N/3.

15.

Durnin J V G A and Passmore R, 1967: Energy, Work and Leisure. London, Heinemann.

16.

Givoni B & Goldman R F, 1971: Predicting metabolic energy cost. J. Appl. Physiol. 30(3), 429433.

CHAPTER 13 - 14

17.

Givoni B & Goldman R F, 1972: Predicting rectal temperature response to work, environmentand clothing. J. Appl. Physiol. 32, 812-822.

18.

Givoni B & Goldman R F, 1973: Predicting heart rate response to work, environment andclothing. J. Appl. Physiol. 34 (2), 201-204.

19.

Goldman R F and Iampietro P F, 1962: Energy cost of load carriage. Journal of Applied
Physiology. 17 (4), 675-676.

20.

Gooderson C Y, 1981: The measurement of thermal penalties associated with NBC and otherprotective clothing. 13th Commonwealth Defence Conference on Operational Clothing &Combat Equipment.

21.

Gooderson C Y 1982: Final Report. The ADRE anthropometry survey of the British Army 19721977. APRE Memo 82R003.

22.

Gordon M J, Goslin B R, Graham T and Hoare J, 1983: Comparison between load carriage
and grade walking on a treadmill. Ergonomics 26(3), 289-298.

23.

Haisman M F, 1977: Physiological aspects of protective clothing for military personnel. Chapter
2 in Clothing Comfort (eds. Hollies N R S & Goldman R F) Ann Arbor Science, Michigan.

24.

Haisman M F & Crotty J, 1975: Problems associated with body armour. Paper presented to the11th Commonwealth Defence Conference on Operational Clothing and Combat Equipment.
Delhi, India

25.

Haisman M F, Winsmann F R & Goldman R F, 1972: Energy cost of pushing loaded handcarts. J. Appl Physiol 33(2), 181-183.

26.

Haslam D R, 1984: The military performance of soldiers in sustained operations. Aviat. Space
Environ. Med. 55(3), 216-221.

27.

Hermansen L, Ericksen O & Larsen C, 1977: Apparatus for rating of isometric muscularstrength. J. of Norwegian Medical Assoc. 4, 1-8.

28.

Hermansen L, 1978: Assessment of physical performance capacity in human subjects.
Proceedings of the RSG4 Physical Fitness Symposium DCIEM Canada, NATO. DS/DR(78)98
pp 7-19.

29.

Hopkinson W I, Knowles D J & Haigh P M, 1980: Troop trials of the 58 pattern Mk II Webbing &Rucksack GS, Personal Load Carriage Equipment. APRE Report 80007.

30.

Hughes A L & Goldman R F, 1970: Energy cost of "hard work". J. Appl. Physiol. 29(5), 570572.

31.

Kamon E & Belding H S, 1971: The physiological cost of carrying loads in temperate and hot
environments. Human Factors 13 (2), 153-161.

CHAPTER 13 - 15

32.

Kennedy S J, Goldman R F, & Slauta J, 1973: The carrying of loads within an infantrycompany. Natick Tech Report 73-51-CE.

33.

Keys A, Brozek J, Henschel A, Michelson O & Taylor H L, 1950: The Biology of Human
Starvation, Vol. l. University of Minnesota Press, Minneapolis, Minnesota.

34.

Knowles D J, 1984: A human factors assessment of a weapons carrier for general purpose
use. APRE Working Paper 9/84.

35.

Legg S J & Mahanty A, 1985: Comparison of five modes of carrying a load close to the trunk.
Ergonomics 28,1653-1660.

36.

Legg S J & Pateman C M, 1984: A physiological study of the repetitive lifting capabilities ofhealthy young males. Ergonomics 27, 259-272.

37.

Leopold R S, Derrick L G, 1963: The effects of wearing body armour of different designs,
materials and weights in conjunction with two designs of packs and suspenders on theperformance of the Marine. US Naval Med. Field Research Lab. North Carolina, Vol. XIII, No.
8.

38.

Lotens W A, 1982: Clothing design and its relation to military performance. Institute ofPerception TNO. IZF 1982-34.

39.

Marshall S L A, 1950: The soldier's load and the mobility of a nation. Marine Corps Assoc.,
Quantico, Virginia.

40.

Mitchell J M, Sproule B J & Chapman C B, 1958: The physiological meaning of maximal
oxygen uptake test. Journal Clin. Invest. 37, 538-547.

41.

Nag P K, Sen R N & Ray U S, 1978: Cardio-respiratory performances of porters carrying loads
on a treadmill. Ergonomics 22(8) 897-907.

42.

Pandolf K B, Givoni B & Goldman R F, 1977: Predicting energy expenditure with loads while
standing or walking very slowly. J. Appl. Physiol. 43(4), 577-581.

43.

Pandolf K B, Haisman M F & Goldman R F, 1976: Metabolic energy expenditure and terrain
coefficients for walking on snow. Ergonomics 19(6), 683-690.

44.

Passmore R & Durnin J V G A, 1955: Human energy expenditure. Physiological Reviews, 35,
801-840.

45.

Patton J F and Duggan A, 1985: The evaluation of tests of anaerobic power. APRE Memo
85M503.

46.

Pugh L G C E, Gill M B, Lahiri S, Milledge J S, Ward M P & West J B, 1964: Muscular exercise
at great altitudes. J. Appl. Physiol. 19, 431-440.

47.

Redfearn J W T, Crampton R F, William T D & Mitchell B, 1956: The metabolic cost of load
carrying - a discussion of experimental findings. AORG Report 4/56.

CHAPTER 13 - 16

48.

Renbourn E T, 1954a: The knapsack and pack. An historical and physiological survey withparticular reference to the British Soldier. J. Roy. Army Med. Corps. 100, 1-15.

49.

Renbourn E T, 1954b: The knapsack and pack Part II. J. Roy. Army Med. Corps. 100 (2), 7788.

50.

Renbourn E T, 1954c: The knapsack and pack Part III. J. Roy. Army Med. Corps. 100, 193200.

51.

Robinson S, 1938: Experimental studies of physical fitness in relation to age. Arbeitsphysiologie 10, 251-323.

52.

Rowell L B, Taylor H L, & Wang Y, 1964: Limitations to prediction of maximal oxygen intake. J.
Applied Physiology 19(5), 919-927.

53.

Saltin B, 1969: Physiological effects of physical conditioning. Med. & Sci. in Sports 1(1), 50-56.

54.

Shephard R J, 1968: Methodology of exercise tests in healthy subjects and in cardiac patients.
Can. Med. Ass. J. 99, 354-359.

55.

Shoenfeld Y, Shapiro Y, & Portugeeze D, 1977: Maximal back pack loads for long distancehiking. J Sports Med. Phys. Fitness. 17(2), 147-151.

56.

Soule R G & Goldman R F, 1969: Energy cost of loads carried on the head, hands or feet. J.
Appl. Physiol. 27(5), 687-690.

57.

Soule R G & Goldman R F, 1972: Terrain coefficients for energy cost prediction. J. Appl.
Physiol. 32(5), 706-708.

58.

Soule R G, Pandolf K B and Goldman R F, 1978: Energy expenditure of heavy load carriage.
Ergonomics 21(5), 373-381.

59.

Snook S H & Ciriello V M, 1974a: Maximum weights and work loads acceptable to female
workers. J. Occup. Med. 16(8), 527-534.

60.

Snook S H & Ciriello V M, 1974b: The effects of heat stress on manual handling tasks. Amer.
Industr. Hyg. Assoc. J. 35(11), 681-685.

61.

Strydom N B, Bredell G A G, Benade A J S, Morrison J F, Viljoen J H & Van Graan C H, 1966:
The metabolic cost of marching at 3 mph over firm and sandy surfaces. Int. Z. Angew. Physiol.
einschl. Arbeitsphysiol. 23, 166-171.

62.

Strydom N B, Van Graan C H, Morrison J F, Viljoen J H & Heynes A J, 1968: The influence ofboot weight on the energy expenditure of men walking on a treadmill and climbing steps Int. Z.
Angew. Physiol. einschl. Arbeitsphysiol. 25, 191-197.

63.

Taylor H L, Buskirk E & Henschel A, 1955: Maximal oxygen intake as an objective measure ofcardio-respiratory performance. J. Appl. Physiol. 8, 73-80.

CHAPTER 13 - 17

64.

Taylor H L, Henschel A, Brozek J and Keys A, 1949: Effects of bed rest on cardiovascularfunction and work performance. J. Appl. Physiol. 2(5), 223-239.

65.

Toft R J, 1981: Maximal oxygen uptake and muscle strength of well trained men. APRE Memo
81M501.

66.

Torre J P Jr. 1973: The effects of weight and length on the portability of anti-tank systems forthe infantrymen. US Army Human Engineering Lab. Aberdeen Md. Tch Memo 20-73.

67.

Vogel J A & Patton J F, 1978: Evaluation of fitness in the US Army. Proceedings of RSG4
Physical Fitness Symposium DCIEM Canada. NATO DS/DR(78)98, pp 29-35.

68.

Williamson R L & Kindick C M, 1975: Human Performance in the Tropics II. A pilot study onload carrying test methodology. Army Tropic Test Centre USATTC -7511001.

69.

Winsmann F R & Goldman R F, 1976: Methods for evaluation of load carriage systems.
Percept. Motor Skills 43(3), 1211-1218.

70.

Wynne R W, 1974: Effect of weight carried on performance over agility course. APRE Memo
20/74.

CHAPTER 13 - 18

CHAPTER 14PERSONAL PROTECTIVE BODY ARMOUR
E. van de Linde and W. Lotens

CONTENTSSUMMARY
1. INTRODUCTION
2. SOURCES OF STRAIN
3. TYPES OF BODY ARMOUR AVAILABLE
4. FUNCTIONAL OBSTRUCTION
5. PHYSIOLOGICAL IMPAIRMENT
6. GENERAL DISCUSSION
REFERENCES

CHAPTER 14 - 1

SUMMARY
Benefit (protection) and drawbacks (functional obstruction, physiological impairment) of
body armour are discussed. The mechanism of physiological impairment seems to be rather
straightforward and can be explained by an impairment of heat exchange. However,protection and functional obstruction are still subject to dispute, mainly where the conversion
of experimental individual data to overall military performance is concerned.

Key Words:

Body armour; ballistic protection, heat stress, military performance, human load
carriage.

CHAPTER 14 - 2

1.

INTRODUCTION

Originally, body armour was intended to protect the wearer against weapons with arelatively low penetration, and a leather jacket or a coat of mail was sufficient to prevent
severe injury caused by a sword or a knife. At the time that weapons with higher impact
became in vogue (lances, e.g.), body armour gained weight as well. Soon it became
necessary mechanically to hoist a knight upon his horse. With the increasing use of firearms,
starting at the beginning of the 16th century, the use of body armour decreased becausewith the available materials it was not possible to attain sufficient protection and preserve
agility. It was not until the end of World War II that body armour came into regular use on asmall scale, for the aircrew of military aircraft. Later on, in Korea, body armour was used forground troops on a fairly large scale because of a break-through in the use of flexible
materials, such as nylon or nylon/doron. Nowadays it is more commonly thought that every
soldier should possess his own ballistic protection, although to date few armies have bodyarmour issued for general war. At this moment the helmet is the only ballistic protective item
regularly worn. Nevertheless, the increasing use of body armour is foreseen. Therefore,
again the question arises how to deal with the increased physiological strain resulting fromuse of body armour.

2.

SOURCES OF STRAIN

In Fig. 1 a diagram is shown that displays a simplified view of the interaction between
task, body armour and performance. The main properties of body armour are distinguished.
First of all, the protection factor determines the type and severity of wounds, given a specificbattlefield. (This protection factor will be dependent of course upon the material used and thecovered body surface area in m2, with specific interest to protection of vulnerable areas).

Fig. 1. The interaction of task, body armour and performance
CHAPTER 14 - 3

On the other hand, heat loss is affected by the material used (insulation, permeability)
and the covered body surface area as well. Work load is mainly affected by weight andstiffness of the body armour. Finally weight, stiffness and relative body coverage cause
functional obstruction, also through incompatibility with other clothing and equipment items.
In summary, body armour may have three main effects:– a decrease in number and severity of wounds– an increase in – physiological impairment– functional obstruction.
It is clear that the first effect is beneficial for the wearer, whereas the latter two are
disadvantageous. Such a situation can only be resolved by compromise. Therefore we needto know the magnitude of the effects and the relative importance of the causes. Once again,
we distinguish the following causes:
Material factors: weight, stiffness, insulation, permeability
Design factors: body coverage, fit, compatibility with other equipment .
3.

TYPES OF BODY ARMOUR AVAILABLE

Body armour comes in three different types, with increasing protection offered:
1. Spall protective
2. Shell fragmentation protective
3. Bullet protective
These three categories refer mainly to the origin of the ballistic threat. Spall, comingfrom armour when hit, is lowest in energy. Typical figures range from 0.25 to 1.00 kJ. Shellfragmentation may reach an energy of up to 10 kJ, with fragments to almost 100 g andspeeds more than 1000 m/s. In between are bullets, with .5 to 3.5 kJ. Of course, not only isenergy important, but also the shape of the projectiles. Although shell fragmentation ishighest in energy, protection against that threat is easy compared to bullets because of low
penetration. So, although the names of the three categories refer to the origin of the ballistic
threat, the classification is in conformity with increasing protection, too .
In general, increased protection keeps pace with increased weight and relative bodycoverage. As technology reduces weight required for a particular protection level, there is atendency to seek higher levels of protection. Modern body armour is mostly made fromaramid panels (ed. note ~ 1980). The more panels, the more protection one gets. But also:
the more panels, the more weight, the more insulation, the more stiffness, and the less water
vapour permeability.
Spall protective vests are only worn by personnel under armoured protection. They
protect the wearer only against splinters coming off the armour when it is hit. Shellfragmentation protective vests offer better protection, preventing grenade shell fragmentsfrom penetrating. To stop the more penetrating bullets such a huge amount of aramid panels
would be needed that additional protection such as steel composite or ceramic plates are theonly solution at this time. It is beyond doubt that, with bullet protective vests as they are now,
physical work is only possible at a considerable physiological cost. The shell fragmentation
CHAPTER 14 - 4

protective vest is the most currently worn type. This is not surprising, since most casualties
are caused by grenades (75%) (Homes et al., 1954; Jameson et al., 1975). The shellfragmentation protective vest is also most frequently described in the literature. Thisaffords the opportunity to take a closer look at this type of body armour.

Fig. 2. Relationship between weight and % covered body surface area ofvarious types of body armour. Straight line: 13 ply aramid PASGT. Dotted
line: regression, drawn by hand, through data of general vests describedby the authors cited.
In Fig. 2, the relation between covered body surface area and weight is constructedfrom data from several authors. Bensel et al. (1980) stated these properties quite precisely
for the PASGT vest (Personal armour system for ground troops (USA)). For this 13 ply
aramid vest the specific weight is 8 kg/m2, or, for an average man with a skin surface area of
1.9 m2, 150 g/% body coverage (This particular vest is covering 30% of body surface area).
Other authors are less precise but give nevertheless a fairly accurate description. If we
combine their data (Fig. 2), a regression of 130 g/% body coverage results (under the forcing
condition that the regression runs through the origin). The variation is rather small, indicatingthat the various designs and materials have not, until the present moment, resulted in a
drastic decrease in specific weight. (It might well be, though, that protection has increased).
In the rest of this chapter we may therefore take 150 g/% as a reasonable figure. With thisfigure we may easily calculate the weight of body armour, depending upon the area covered.
Fig. 3 shows 7 hypothetical designs of body armour. Of these, weight and relative bodycoverage are listed in Table I.
CHAPTER 14 - 5

Fig. 3. Some hypothetical versions of body armour with increasing bodycoverage. Description in Table I.

Table I.

Weight and relative body coverage of the hypothetical body armour types shown in
Fig. 3. All figures are for an average man (skin surface area 1.9 m ).

type nr.

description% body coverage

weight (kg)

1

nude

0

0

2

upper torso

25

3.75

3

upper torso

30

4.50

4

upper/lower torso

30

4.50

5

upper torso+shoulder

35

5.25

6

upper/lower torso

35

5.25

7

upper/lower torso

40

6.00

8

total

75

11.25

CHAPTER 14 - 6

Assuming that more relative body coverage offers more protection, we might easily
conclude that protection is proportionately paid for by weight. However, this assumption is notthat obviously valid. Homes et al. (1954), evaluating Korea casualties, report that 30% of the
non-lethal wounds of soldiers not wearing body armour were on the thorax, but soldiers
wearing body armour still suffered 19.5% non-lethal thorax wounds. Furthermore, for an
explosion distance of 10-25 meters, they calculated that 25% of all shell fragmentation hits
(being by far the largest ballistic threat) penetrate the vest. These findings suggest that
reduction of thorax wounds is not directly proportional to the area covered.
Jameson et al. (1975) did statistical work on fragmentation hits by M26 grenades inVietnam. From the size of the wounds, they concluded that wounded soldiers wearing bodyarmour are closer to grenade explosions (average: 4.5 meters) than soldiers not wearing
body armour (average: 8.5 meters). Therefore, wounded soldiers that had worn the vest had
a greater average number of wounds (12.5) than soldiers that had not worn the vest (9.2). Of
all hits, body armour wearers had 34% on the chest. Soldiers without body armour had
27.5% hits on the chest.
The work discussed above indicates that wearing body armour does not evidently resultin a proportional decrease in the number of wounds. The authors explain that this might bedue either to the soldiers taking higher risks, or to loss of agility by functional obstruction. The
average figure of 30% wounds on the thorax suggests, however, that the chance for thethorax to be hit is indeed proportional to its surface (chest surface area is about 30% of totalskin surface area). So, although the opinion may still hold that relative body coverage is
proportional to theoretical protection, effective protection seems to be at least influenced bysoldier behaviour.
In conclusion, we may ascertain the following:
1. The chance for a specific part of the body to be hit seems to be proportional to its relative
surface area.
2 . Interaction between body armour and wearer's behaviour influences effective protection,in such a way that the number of wounds is greater than theoretically would be expected.
4.

FUNCTIONAL OBSTRUCTION

Design, weight, stiffness, fit and compatibility problems can all be attributed to loss of agility.
By definition, this functional obstruction is an ergonomic problem that should be investigatedin short-duration trials to eliminate confounding with heat-associated problems. The latter will
be discussed separately as physiological impairment. Commonly, functional obstruction isdefined as the loss of performance at individual tasks. It is subject to discussion, however,whether the figures for individual loss* are also valid in large scale military manoeuvres_________________________* "loss" is defined astreatment - control
x 100% for increasing scorescontrolandcontrol - treatment
x 100% for decreasing scores.
control

CHAPTER 14 - 7

(Lotens, 1983/1). Gruber et al. (1964) selected a series of individual tasks with highest
military importance. In priority order they were:
1. Fire and reload
2. Manoeuvre
3. Grenade course
4. Digging fox holes
5. Reconnaissance
These tasks were selected on the basis of expert opinion, but a critical evaluation in a fieldtrial showed that several of these tasks were not particularly suited to obtain significant
differences (Lotens, 1983/1). Therefore, functional testing of body armour has been done
under a great diversity of conditions, having only a relative short duration in common(< 1 minute).
In particular, the work of Derrick et al. (1983) seems to be suitable to relate weight andcovered body surface area to loss of performance. We therefore take a closer look at theresults for the "grenade throw" and a "dash through combat town". If we plot performanceagainst the product of surface area (m2) and weight (kg), a correlation shows up (Fig. 4) thatis distinctly better than when plotting performance against weight or covered surface area
alone. This indicates that weight and covered body surface area both have a specificinfluence upon functional degradation.
Several authors have included control measurements in their experiments. Sometimes
the controls are just subjects dressed in fatigues, but also experiments are done in which thecontrols were weight compensated, i.e. the subjects wore a belt the weight of which wasequal to the body armour. Thus, only the effect of stiffness was measured. We havecompared four investigations in Table II.
Table II.

Average loss of performance (%) by wearing shell fragmentation protective
body armour. Comparison of the results of various authors. Average (militarytype) task shorter than one minute.

AuthorCorona et al.
Haisman and Crotty
Morimoto et al.
Derrick et al.

Weight-compensatedcontrol(1974)(1975)(1977)(1963)

Not-weightcompensated control
37%

14 %
3.7%
23.9%

Of course, since different types of body armour were used in the various experiments,
only a rough comparison of the figures of Table Il is possible. We may, nevertheless,conclude that weight seems to be the most important obstructional factor. Stiffness plays asecond but still important role. Summarizing, it is not unrealistic to state that the functional

CHAPTER 14 - 8

obstruction by the average shell fragmentation protective vest (weight 4.5 kg, % bodycoverage 30%) results in 30% loss of performance.

Fig. 4. Performance related to the product of weight and covered surface area (kg·m2). Data
from Derrick et al. (1963) for both the "grenade throw" and the "dash through combat town".
The above described loss of performance is in agreement with observations on thebattlefield. Spicely (1967), discussing performance in (warm?) Vietnam, reports that body
CHAPTER 14 - 9

armour (weighing only 2.3 kg) was far too heavy for foot patrol. Winecoff found performance
to be even 75% worse, and also stated that "military behaviour" (agility, reconnaissance) was
affected very badly. On the other hand, some authors claim almost the opposite. Fromobservations in Korea, Homes et al. (1954) report no problems whatsoever, even finding an
increase in performance. Crampton, conducting an experiment in 1954, found only a verysmall decrease. According to Martorano and Gallagher (1963), performance of the Marines
was hardly affected in a field experiment with total equipment weight of 24.5 kg.
Specific obstruction by poor compatibility is not very well documented, although it may
play a considerable role. The most pronounced problem seems to be interaction with thehelmet when firing in prone position. Also, interaction with load carriage equipment is a topic
of demanding interest.
In conclusion, performance decrement by functional obstruction caused by the averageshell fragmentation protective vest may reach the considerable value of 30%. This effect,
however, is not unanimously confirmed in the field. Weight is the most obstructing factor.
5.

PHYSIOLOGICAL IMPAIRMENTIn this chapter we will deal with long-term physiological effects of body armour. The
problems are caused by interaction with production and liberation of heat.
First of all, since it is necessary to carry the body armour around, wearing requires
metabolic power. It is not easy to say precisely what amount of additional metabolic power isneeded, since tasks differ a great deal. During sedentary tasks the influence of metabolic
power will not be all that great, whereas, for instance, during running uphill, there will be atremendous rise in metabolic demand.
The available literature deals only with walking or marching. All authors agree that theweight of body armour is fairly well balanced around the point of gravity. Therefore, theadditional weight can be regarded as being combined with body weight. Of course, this only
holds for upper and lower torso body armour.
Required metabolic rate may be calculated with the equation of Pandolf et al. (1977);
one may thus calculate that, for level walking at 5 km/h, the average body armour (4.5 kg,
30% covered surface area) requires an additional 20 W or so for weight of armour alone.
M = 1.5W + 2.0 (W+L)(L/W)2 + n (W+L) (1.5 V2 + 0.35 VG)
with: M =
W=
L=
V=
G=
n=

metabolic rate(W)subject weight(kg)
load carried (kg)walking speed(m/s)
grade (%)
terrain factor (1.0 for treadmill walking).

Weight is not the only factor that may raise metabolic power. Stiffness may also have asignificant effect. For aramid and nylon shell fragmentation protective vests, a 1-1.5%
increase is found (Yarger et al., 1969; Goldman, 1969; Haisman and Goldman, 1974).
CHAPTER 14 - 10

Incorporating the effect of stiffness, the additional metabolic demand for walking 5 km/h withthe average body armour comes to slightly less than 25 W. A useful rule of thumb may
therefore be 5 W per kg of body armour. Second, body armour partly inhibits heat exchangewith the environment. Made to be ballistically impermeable, the material is also virtuallyimpermeable to water vapour. Therefore, part of the body is covered with "clothing" with avery low permeability index. The only means to allow sweat to evaporate underneath the
body armour is to take advantage of pumping effects. However, Rasch et al. (1965) reportthat soldiers preferred a 10 lb vest instead of a 7 lb vest because the former was more tightly
fitting. A loose fit to allow forced convection underneath body armour therefore seems to be abad solution. Given the assumption that there will nevertheless be some forced convection
underneath the body armour, a permeability index of im = 0.2 is quite reasonable. Also, bodyarmour offers some insulation. For this, we may well take an insulative value of 0.25
m2·°C/W. Having thus characterized the thermal properties of body armour, we may now
calculate thermal load in relation to covered body surface area. In this particular situation, it isconvenient to express thermal load as the residual cooling capacity. According to Leitheadand Lind (1964) men have the ability to produce 0.75 to 1.25 liters of sweat per hour for aperiod of several hours, depending upon the level of acclimatization. If all this sweat were
evaporated from the skin, a maximum cooling power of 500-850 Watt would result. Clothing,work and ambient conditions may considerably decrease this figure. The smaller the residual
cooling power, the less the risk of heat disorders.
In Fig. 5 residual cooling power is given for three hypothetical climatic conditions:moderate
hot, wethot, dry

15 °C, 40% r.h.
30 °C, 85% r.h.
40 °C, 25% r.h.

The straight lines are computed for the following conditions:
The wearers are physiologically characterized as follows:
max. sweat rate 1.0 l/hr, body surface area 1.9 m2 , weight 75 kg., equipment 25 kg and bodyarmour 150 g/% body coverage; metabolic power (predicted according to Pandolf, et al.
(1977)) with walking speed = 5 km/h, level grade and terrain factor = 1; Icl (body armour) = 0.25
m2·°C/W, Icl (rest of the man) = 0.155 m2·°C/W, im (body armour) = 0.2, im (rest of the man) = 0.6.
The following formulas have been used:

Dry =A ⋅ ∆T
Icl

andEvap =

withim ⋅ 2.2 ⋅ ∆P ⋅ A
Icl

Dry = "dry" heat exchange (W)A = body surface (m2)
∆T = temp. difference between skin and environment (°C)
Icl = insulation (m2·°C/W)
Evap = "wet" heat exchange (W)CHAPTER 14 - 11

im = permeability index
2.2 = Lewis factor (°C / mmHg)∆P = vapour pressure differences between skin and environment (mmHg).

Fig. 5. Calculated residual cooling capacity and tolerance times for threehypothetical climates, in relation to % body surface area covered bybody armour (for additional conditions see text); data of 3 authors areshown for the hot, dry climate.
Negative residual cooling power leads to body heat storage. This again leads totolerance times (based on the heat load criterion of 8 joule per gram body weight (Lotens,
1983/2)) that are also shown in Fig. 5.
The data of Yarger et al. (1968), Haisman and Goldman (1974) and Goldman (1969) fora hot, dry environment fit well within the calculation. The calculations show that even withaverage body armour (4.5 kg, 30% body surface coverage), tolerance time is limited for thehot, dry climate (100 min) and for the hot, wet climate (40 min). With such body armour there
will be no heat problems in the cool, dry environment. But apparently there will be heatproblems in the hot, wet climate (tolerance time 70 min) even without body armour.
Therefore we come to the conclusion that, since clothing and equipment already impose
a considerable heat stress upon the military, body armour may very quickly lead to severe
heat problems. This is in close agreement with several reported findings. Yarger et al. (1968)
found that only 40% of the soldiers wearing body armour in a hot, wet climate were able tocomplete a 90 min march, whereas without body armour this figure was 70%. Goldman(1969), experimenting under comparable circumstances (28 °C WBGT), witnessed heatcasualties after 75 minutes. He suggested a 5 °F addition to the WBGT index to account forbody armour, as a simple way to describe its thermal influence. When NBC clothing is worn
additionally, risks may not just simply add, but interact with each other, resulting in evenhigher strain than expected from simply combining both limitations.
CHAPTER 14 - 12

6.

GENERAL DISCUSSIONAs shown in Fig. 1, task, body armour and performance do heavily interact. However,
the mechanism is not always clear. In the case of physiological impairment by heat stress,
the relationship seems to be rather straightforward: the more body surface area that iscovered with material of a high insulation and a low permeability, the higher the risk ofphysiological impairment. Indirectly, weight also causes a certain stress, although small incomparison with the imposed obstruction of heat exchange.
Functional obstruction (loss of agility) is less easy to quantify, mainly because thevarious authors do not always agree on that matter. Especially it seems that experimental
findings (average 30% loss of agility) are less easy to quantify, mainly because the various
authors do not always agree on that matter.
Furthermore it is not clear how to convert individual functional obstruction into overallloss of military performance during large scale manouvres. Although vital for a precisebalancing of benefits and drawbacks, we may well leave this subject to the field of operations
research.
Most confusing is the effective protection offered by body armour. Theoretically, there
should be no doubt: the more coverage, the more protection. However, the chance of being
hit is affected by alteration of the soldier's behaviour. It has been suggested that soldiers
wearing body armour tend to take higher risks and lose a great deal of their agility. Thismeans that a most delicate, balanced judgement has to be made; the extremes are: noprotection, high military output, full protection, low military output.

CHAPTER 14 - 13

REFERENCES
1.

Derrick, L.G., H.R. Henn and G.H. Malone (1963). The influence of body armour coverage andweight on the performance of the marine while performing certain simulated combat typetasks. Nav. Med. Field Res. Lab. Vol. XIII No. 29.

2.

Gruber, A., J.W. Dunlap and G. Denittis (1964). Development of methodology for measuring
effects of personal clothing and equipment on combat effectiveness of individual soldiers.
USATECOM No. 8-3-7700-01.

3.

Haisman, M.F. and R.F. Goldman (1974). Physiological evaluation of armoured vests in hotwet and hot-dry climates. Ergonomics 17: 1-12.

4.

Haisman, M.F. and J. Crotty (1975). Problems associated with body armour. Paper at the 11th
Commonwealth Defence Conference on Operational Clothing and Combat Equipment, Delhi,
India

5.

Jameson, J.W., J.M. Merkler and M.C. Kohn (1975). Analysis of WDMET M26 grenade cases
for armour vest protective effect. Edgewood Arsenal report EB-TR-75402.

6.

Leopold, R.S. and L.G. Derrick (1962). The effect of wearing body armor of different designs,
materials and weights on the performance of the Marine. Nav. Med. Field Res. Lab. Vol. XII,
No. 12.

7.

Leopold, R.S. and L.G. Derrick (1963). The effect of wearing body armor of different designs,
materials and weights in conjunction with two designs of packs and suspender on theperformance of the Marine. US Navy Med. Field Res. Lab. Vol. XIII, No. 8.

8.

Martorano, J.J. and T. Gallagher (1963). Physiological and psychological evaluation of vesttype load-carrying systems. Nav. Med. Field Res. Lab. Vol. XIII, No. 1.

9.

Morimoto, W.S., M.D. Lanning and D.W. Jones (1977). Operational test of Personnel Armor
System for Ground Troops. Final Report-TRADOC ANC 18452.

10.

Homes, R.H., W.F. Ener and J.C. Beyer (1954). Medical aspects of body armor used in Korea.
J.A.M.A. 155: 1477-1478.

11.

Lotens, W.A. (1983/1). How much protective clothing? DRS Seminar on the human as alimiting element in military systems, Toronto, 1983.

12.

Bensel, C.K., D.S. Fink and S.A. Mellian (1980). The psychomotor performance of men andwomen and wearing two types of body armor U.S. Army Natick Res. and Devel. Command.
Rep. No TR-80/014.

13.

Crampton, R.F. (1954). The influence of body armor on fighting efficiency. UK user trials, 1953.
Q.O.R.G. report No. 3/54.

14.

Lotens, W.A. (1983/2). Heat stress, heat strain and risk of heat disorder. In: Proc. Int. Conf. on
Prot. Clothing Syst., Stockholm 1981, Ed. by K. Amundin, C. Branious and A. Brand-Pusson.

CHAPTER 14 - 14

15.

Yarger, W.E., B.D. Litt and R.F. Goldman (1969). Body armor in a hot humid environment; PartII, studies in heat acclimatized men. US Navy Med. Field Res. Lab Vol. XIX No. 1.

16.

Leithead, C.S. and A.R. Lind (1964). Heat Stress and Heat Disorders. Cassell and Company,
Ltd., London.

17.

Rasch, P.J., P.C. White and R.J. Morton (1965).The effects of two types of body armor on
body temperature. N.M.F.R.L. Vol. XV. No. 24.

18.

Pandolf, K.B., B. Givoni and R.F. Goldman (1977). Predicting energy expenditure with loads
while standing or walking very slowly. J. Appl. Physiol. 43(4): 577-581.

CHAPTER 14 - 15

Annex to Chapter 14.
Head Protection Check ListI.

The Cost of Head Protection
VisionRecognition
MobilityII.

Communication
SpeechHearing

Respiratory Burden
Smell
Fire
Other

Types of Protection:(1)

Thermal –Cold/Hot
Trigger Areas

(2)

Wind

(3)

Radiant Energy
Sunburn
Lasers–H as f(wind)
non-V.C. – cold injury sites- ear/nose/mentum
ear/nose/mentum/malar
surface area/masstime constants (minutes)
Head as a source of heat loss (B+F. H at Ta)
Caps/earlaps/scarves
Hoods
Hood rim/tunnel
Face Masks
Respiratory Heat Loss
Respiratory Heat Exchange
Eye dazzle-goggles - motorcyclists/cornea/heat-dust/
corneal abrasion by snow/ice crystals
Burn and Respiratory Tree
Windchill/Heat Stress - normal heat loss
from head as % of body
Offset Display (Holographic Display)
Flash Blindness(4)

Humidity – headbands – eye stinging; neck scarves(5)

Noise – ear defenders, ear plugs, foam fitting sizing,
commo sets, OSHA legislation?
Helmets – History
Weight-balance-as a hanger
Support/nape strap
Night Vision
OffsetSquad Radios
Special: Eyes
Center of Gravity
Ears
Sizing
Thermal insulation/
heat loss added

(6)

(7)

Bump – padding, soft helmets(8)

Crash helmets – cyclists'
CHAPTER 14 - 16(9)Riot Helmets
Shields
Visors(10)

Ballistic Helmets
WeightProtection
Other Uses

CarriageLiners
Metal/OtherCHAPTER 14 - 17

CHAPTER 15

MILITARY PERFORMANCE OF CLOTHING
W. Lotens

CONTENTSSUMMARY
1. INTRODUCTION
2. ENERGY COST
3. PERFORMANCE DECREMENT
4. SUBJECTIVE EVALUATIONS
5. TYPICAL VALUES AND FINDINGS
1. Body Armour
2. CW-Protective Clothing and Respirator
3. Load Carriage Systems
4. Arctic Clothing
6. DISCUSSION
7. REFERENCES

CHAPTER 15 - 1

SUMMARY
Protective clothing is associated with protection on one hand, but with increased energy
cost and loss of physical performance on the other hand. For a variety of clothing andequipment, including body armour, CW protective clothing, respirator, load carriage systems
and arctic clothing, the physical loss of performance is analyzed and typical values of loss of
performance are given.

Key Words:

energy cost, physical performance, functional performance, subjective evaluation, bodyarmour, CW clothing, load carriage.

CHAPTER 15 - 2

1.

INTRODUCTION

Although a majority of biomedical problems with clothing are related to heat or cold
stress, the non-thermal characteristics are equally worth considering. Within the boundary
conditions of thermal comfort there is a drive for ease of wear, the latter depending on
weight, bulkiness and motion restriction of the clothing item.
Since subjects trying various designs of a clothing item easily indicate an order ofpreference, it should also be possible to find objective methods to evaluate design features.
Possible measures for this purpose are energy expenditure, functional obstruction, fatigue
and decrement of performance. The best evaluation ought to emerge from a field trial during
actual military employment but, because of the practical difficulties involved, most scientists
use more artificial tests, varying from abstract tests up to large scale manoeuvres. The major
question then is the validity of the test method for prediction of military performance.
In this paper methods will be discussed, and typical figures will be given for various
clothing and equipment items, to serve as a design aid for future developments.
2.

ENERGY COST

A convenient laboratory test is the measurement of the energy cost of the use of a
specific clothing or equipment item, compared to the semi-nude condition. Energy cost isdependent on various aspects of the clothing item, such as its weight, number of layers andmotion restriction related to the demands.
There is good agreement in the literature on the weight factor, weight being linearly
related with energy cost, just like body weight (Soule and Goldman, 1969). When walking at a
speed of 5 km/h energy expenditure amounts to 5 W/kg. This only holds for weight carriedclose to the center of gravity of the body or having its center of gravity near that of the body.
Soule and Goldman (1969) point out that weight carried on the extremities may cost more,varying from an increase of 30% on the head to 100% on the hands and as much as 500%
on the feet. The values are dependent on the activity (walking), the speed (about 5 km/h) andthe eccentric mass (about 6 kg).
Martorano and Gallagher (1963) found no difference in physiological responses(although they did not measure the energy expenditure) between three types of load carriage
systems as worn with various garments and carrying various loads.
The bulkiness of clothing, often expressed as the number of clothing layers, has great
influence on energy expenditure. Teitlebaum and Goldman (1972) compared a 1-2 layer suitwith a 6-7 layer suit, balanced to equal weight. Metabolism with the latter was 18% higher
when walking at a speed of 5.6 km/h and 14% higher at a forced speed of 8 km/h. Amor et al.
(1973) got comparable results from an experiment with 0-1, 2-3 and 4-6 layer clothing, thelatter two raising energy cost by 8 and 21% respectively at various walking speeds (3.66 km/h). The results of both experiments may well be summarized by the rule of thumb thatenergy cost increases by 4% for each clothing layer at marching speed, and 3% per layer atslow pace, as may be seen from Fig. 1. The actual source of this effect is not very wellunderstood: friction between clothing layers and hobbling gait are both possible explanations.

CHAPTER 15 - 3

Fig. 1. Increased energy cost resulting from addition of clothing layers.
Energetic effects of motion restriction are hard to measure for experimental reasons.
Exercise in the laboratory is often limited to bicycle riding and treadmill walking, exercises notvery well suited for motion restriction measurements. It seems a logical, though yet unproven,hypothesis that motion restriction does raise energy cost considerably. In the next section
this problem will be dealt with in terms of performance decrement.
3.

PERFORMANCE DECREMENT

For the military, one of the most relevant aspects of clothing is the decrement in
performance that might be expected during operations. However, the relationship between
clothing design and operational performance is a very complicated one and virtually
impossible to assess due to lack of control of some variables involved. All trials havetherefore been carried out with more or less artificial procedures, varying from shortcoordination tests up to combat-like activities.
Gruber et al. (1964) identified 6 tasks as the most relevant for success in combat:– rifle firing and loading– manoeuverability– marching and moving– grenade throwing– digging foxholes– reconnaissance and camouflage

CHAPTER 15 - 4

A United Kingdom choice of combat-like tests essentially suggested the same activities.
Gruber et al. (1964) and Lotens (1981) agree that firing on a range does not discriminate
between garments, or the conditions with or without a respirator. When using sudden
appearing targets and putting the subject under stress, differences in speed may be found,especially for short distance targets. British data show larger performance decrements thanthose of Gruber et al. (1964).
Manoeuvre courses are very well suited for the measurement of performancedecrement. Performance should be measured, however, for every obstacle separately.
Gruber et al. (1964) found that the debarkation net, the crawl, and the jump discriminate well
between various packloads. Leopold et al. (1962) mentioned a dash through a "combat town"
as one of the best suited tasks and British data show "individual movement" to be a very
good discriminator.
In general, manoeuvrability is highly discriminating but tasks should either be short anduncomplicated or very well trained. Although combat-like activities appear to be very
representative for military application, they essentially consist of elementary movements thatcan be measured separately. Often the results of those elements have high correlation. Thisbrought Lotens (1979) to test clothing using short activities, such as running 100 m, Sargent's
jump (a coordination test in which standing height is compared to maximal jump height) and afigure 8-track (running 8-shaped laps while stooping each time underneath a bar). These
tests proved to be highly sensitive to clothing, not only discriminating between different kindsof protective clothing, but between different designs of the same kind as well (Lotens, 1979,1986). It may be doubted whether the more complicated combat-like activities have the same
discriminating power (Corona et al., 1974).
Self-paced individual marching, on blacktop roads as well as cross-country, proved tohave only average discriminating power in experiments of Gruber et al. (1964) and Leopold etal. (1962). The problem with this activity is that the subjects need a lot of experience in all thegarments in order to be able to distribute their energy over the whole course. For this same
reason, short runs (100 m) are preferable to medium distance runs (400-1000 m).
Grenade throwing may be separated into accuracy, speed and distance tests. In
experiments of Lotens (1979, 1981, 1986) distance significantly discriminated between CW
protective garments and between body armour, expressing the mobility of the upper body.
Accuracy was only of average discriminating power in experiments of Gruber et al. (1964),
but accuracy and speed together provided a useful criterion (Leopold, 1962, 1963). It is notunlikely that the latter improvement is partly due to the introduction of a manoeuverability
element.
Digging foxholes did discriminate between with/without respirator conditions inexperiments of Gruber et al. (1964). Well prepared or consistent soil should be considered
as a condition for successful discrimination.
Reconnaissance and camouflage is very difficult to define and thus to measure in termsof performance. It tends to be a test for the observer instead of for the subject and thediscriminating power is weak.

CHAPTER 15 - 5

In general, all tests show a dependency of performance on clothing and load weight, as
anticipated. The effect of bulkiness of clothing cannot be analysed from the available dataand is confounded with motion restriction or other impeding effects.
The above mentioned tests seem to form a useful test-battery, with the simple "average
performance decrement" being a handy measure for comparing garments or equipment
items. It seems not worthwhile to standardize to a welldefined course because comparison of
results would still be dependent on fitness, weather condition, motivation, etc. When
expressed as a percentage performance decrement, the results may well be comparable,
even if the covered tests were not exactly the same. Average performance decrements forbody armour amount to 2.4 %/kg (Leopold et al., 1962), 3 %/kg (Leopold et al., 1963),
3.5 %/kg (Derrick et al., 1963), 2.9 %/kg (Lotens, 1981) and 2.9 %/kg (Haisman and Crotty,1975). Marching shows smaller performance decrements (= 1.5 %/kg) than agility courses, or
manoeuvrability courses and sprinting 100 m shows even smaller decrements.
The effect of wearing a respirator is rather specific and the above tests are not all fit tomeasure it. Of course, the main interference will happen with firing and tasks that makedemands on the aerobic system. Lotens (1980) found reductions in performance on 400 m
and 3 km runs as shown in Fig. 2. Performance seems to be dependent on breathing
resistance and duration of the task. The 22% loss of performance found in British
experiments with the S-6 respirator compares well with the data of Lotens (1980) with the C-3
respirator. Tests that do not demand maximum pulmonary performance show lessperformance decrement. Thus, the detrimental effect of the S-6 respirator is 6 to 7% whilemarching on roads and cross-country. This comparison must be made with some care,however, because the garment assembly worn was different from those in Fig. 2. This might
be important because Lotens (1982b) measured a strong interaction between respirator
effect and garment effect on performance. Fig. 3 shows that the additional effect of therespirator is smallest for the most impeding garment.

Fig. 2. Performance decrement for 400m and 3km runs as function of
respirator breathing resistance.
CHAPTER 15 - 6

A possible explanation could be that respirator and garment act on different
mechanisms, the limitation of the one mechanism causing idle capacity in the othermechanism, which makes the limitation of the latter less severe. In this view, effects that act
on the same system should be additive. Lotens (1986) investigated the effects of combined
degradation in more detail, showing that degradation will generally add up, but indeed CW
equipment is an exception to this.

Fig. 3. Interaction between performance decrement due to a respirator
and the decrement caused by garment impedance to motion.
Another exception is the combination of load carriage and weapon carriage. Bothexceptions show less degradation than the sum of the separate effects. Table I lists theperformance degradation for various articles, as mentioned with the earlier mentioned test
battery. From this table of the effects of Dutch clothing and equipment it may be concluded
that performance degradation in comparison to sportswear is considerable, even under mild
weather (10 %). With added CW-gear this increases up to 15 % more (Lotens, 1986).

CHAPTER 15 - 7

Table I. Performance degradation due to separate items, in comparison tosportswear, averaged over a test battery (n = 10 subjects) (Lotens, 1986).
LOSS OF PERFORMANCE
ArticleDegradation (%)

1.
2.
3.

fatigues
overgarment
insulative liner

1
4
0

4.
5.

combat boots
helmet

4
2

6.
7.
8.

CW suitCW overboots
respirator

6
4
5

9.
10.
11.

webbing
weapon in hand
weapon suspended15
8
8

Loss of performance can be defined as:treatment − control
x 100% for increasing scores
treatment
and4.

control - treatment
x 100% for decreasing scores
treatment
SUBJECTIVE EVALUATIONS

For many applications, performance measurements are much too time-consuming or
too laborious to go through; subjective evaluations may then be very cost-effective. In
contrast to the general mobility, as tested with the above methods, specific functions may
demand specific clothing characteristics. Lotens (1981) evaluated four different designs ofsmall fragment protective vests on subjects, testing 14 functions on various armoured vehicle
crewmen (driver, gunner, commander, etc.). Each function was examined on six aspects andscores were averaged. Fig. 4 shows the cumulative distribution of scores. With this new
method, clear cut differences are found between the vests, the rank order correlating nicely
with the number of complaints and the subjective preferences. When demanding that thescore should at least be "fair", vest A4 is acceptable for all 14 functions, whereas A1 is justacceptable for 3 out of 14. This method, though based on subjective data, yields reasonably
firm results. Another approach, very often taken, is use of a questionnaire after field trials.
This method, however, does not discriminate too well between designs, particularly when
CHAPTER 15 - 8

control groups are lacking. The same holds when observers and referees are asked to score
the result of a realistic exercise, aiming for the evaluation of fighting capability under CW
threat. All statistically examinable effects deal then with development of variables in time; thisgives no information about the effect of wearing CW protection per se. It is recommended
that a control group be included whenever possible.

Fig. 4. Cumulative distribution of performance scores for four different
small fragment protective vests (A1 to A4).
5.

TYPICAL VALUES AND FINDINGSIn this section the foregoing results and methods are applied to various clothing andequipment items. The items will not be very well defined, because data are collected on
various clothing designs, evaluated with various methods and, therefore, only typical values
are available for performance decrement, energy cost, subjective judgements, etc. Specificclothing and equipment items covered here are: body armour, CW-protective clothing andrespirator, load carrying systems and arctic clothing.
5.1 Body Armour
Leopold et al. (1962, 1963), Derrick et al. (1963), Haisman et al. (1975) and Lotens(1981) all found performance decrements for various designs of about 3 %/kg. Morimoto etal. (1977), evaluating the PASGT vest concluded there was only a 1 %/kg performancedecrement, whereas Corona et al. (1974) indicated 6 %/kg. The differences are as yet
unexplained.

CHAPTER 15 - 9

Energy cost of wearing body armour may be estimated when body armour is seen as half aclothing layer. Increase in energy cost for a 5 kg vest amounts to 5 kg x 5 W/kg for the weightplus 7 W for a half a layer, together 32 W, while walking at about 5 km/h.
Functional obstruction by vests was scored by Morimoto et al. (1977) and Lotens(1981). Morimoto found very few complaints when trying a vest on various functions and
Lotens got comparable results with a very similar vest. During manoeuvres, perhaps due tothe prolonged wearing times, there were many complaints. Lotens (1982a) mentions 15%
reported seriously hampered function, and 40% discomfort and complaints about heat,weight and chafing at neck and armpits. Haisman et al. (1975), questioning personnel withexperience in internal security duties, noted 60-70% of the men dissatisfied with obstruction,functional ability and shooting performance.
Typical compatibility problems, found by Lotens (1981) and Haisman and Crotty (1975)
as well as Corona et al. (1974), involve collar and helmet contact and slipping of the butt
when shouldering rifles. Another, more general problem concerns the sizing of layers in a
multilayer protective clothing system, worn in various assemblies.
5.2 CW-Protective Clothing and Respirator
Performance decrement with CW-protective clothing worn open was 4-6%, dependingon the design, in experiments of Lotens (1982b) and 7.5% for the U.K. Mk III. When wornclosed and with respirator, Lotens (1982b) found decrements of 7% for short duration tasks;
U.K. data suggest the much larger figure of 19% for longer tasks. The difference inmagnitude is quite understandable from Fig. 2, which indicates that the performancedecrement is larger the longer is the task. Haisman and Crotty (1975) obtained a decrementof about 15% with overboots but carrying the respirator. Data from Goldman (Military
Effectiveness in a Toxic Environment, METOXE, data; see Chapter 15 Appendix) collectedduring large scale troop trials give even higher decrements, the value of 36% being the
average of various military units and activities; it is hard to trace back the reasons for thisexcessive decrement. Goldman's data are probably the most realistic ones currently
available. It is not quite sure, however, how these individual or group decrements work out inloss of objective of the whole manoeuvre. The British observed less performance decrement
in a comparative large trial; on the contrary, there was a higher rate than during comparable
manoeuvres. They consider it unlikely that loss of individual performance would lead to failure
to take an objective; it appears there is a critical gap in knowledge. Another noteworthy result
from Goldman is that the performance decrement is much smaller when the clothing wasworn open, without gloves, etc. but with respirator. The figure then is 16% which compares
well with the forementioned 19%.
The increase in energy cost due to CW-protective clothing is not large. It may be
estimated as 10 W for the weight and 14 W for the additional layer, a total together of 24 W.
Functional obstruction is not large for well designed suits. Lotens (1982b) obtained thequalification "good" for the best design, which compared to a loss of 3%; "only average"
corresponded to a loss of 7% in performance. Prolonged wear may lead to many detrimental
effects. Sleep deprivation and decreased physical condition, attitude to the task, alertness

CHAPTER 15 - 10

and morale may result. However, a major part of these problems is associated with therespirator.
Compatibility problems with clothing are the gas tightness at the junction with therespirator, the changing of the suspension of the helmet and the general sizing problem.
5.3 Load carrying systems
In general the performance decrement due to carried load is dependent on the weight,
the way of suspension being of minor importance. The performance decrement due to theweight was 3 %/kg according to Leopold et al. (1963) but Haisman and Crotty (1975) foundsmaller values, 1.5 %/kg on the average. It is not unlikely that the performance decrementof weight per se is less than that of body armour (3%) causing both weight and motion
restriction.
Martorano et al. (1963), in physiological experiments with 3 kinds of pack, combinedwith 2 kinds of garments, found that the physiological parameters all turned out to be
independent of the pack. It is not likely therefore that energy cost was different. This is inagreement with Soule and Goldman's finding that load located near the center of gravity ofthe body, has an energy cost independent of weight distribution.
5.4 Arctic clothing
Allen et al. 1973) measured the performance decrement caused by arctic clothing
during a short movement task and found a decrement of 10% in comparison with fatigues.
They did not measure the energy cost, but non-significant differences in post exercise heart
rate and ventilation suggest that during performance tasks, energy expenditure isindependent of garment. Amor et al. (1973) and Teitlebaum and Goldman (1972) foundincreases in energy cost due to the arctic clothing as in Fig. 1, typically 4 %/layer at 5.8 km/h
and 3 %/layer at 3.5 km/h.
6.

DISCUSSION

A gap in current knowledge is the translation of individual performance on standardized
tests into unit performance in military operations. The available data are confusing and it
should be anticipated that controlled experiments in this field will be extremely difficult andexpensive.
Although performance decrement and increase in energy cost have been dealt withseparately, they are not unrelated. A quantitative relationship, however, has never been
established. In Figure 5, an attempt to establish such a relationship is made. The loss of
performance on a physical test battery is plotted against the increase in energy cost during
walking. The graph suggests a correlation of 1.1% loss of performance for each % increasein energy cost. Some data points seem to deviate considerably from this line, dealing witharctic clothing and load carriage, respectively. There could be various explanations for thisdeviation, but data for a confirmation are lacking. The correlation of Fig 5 should therefore beconsidered as a rough guess.
CHAPTER 15 - 11

It was shown that the loss of performance due to various clothing articles just adds
when they are worn as an assembly. In those cases where an interaction was found, theactual loss of performance was less than the sum of the constituents. This suggests thatsuch clothing articles are causing different types of load for the body, such that the one typeof load is creating a spare capacity for the other type of load. This may be illustrated by theinteraction between CW clothing and respirator. The performance while wearing the clothingmight be limited by the maximum force that the muscles can exert during motion. The
respirator will, due to aerobic restrictions, force the subject to a slower pace, which demands
less muscular forte. Thus, the extra load due to the clothing becomes evident only when the
maximum muscular force is reached again. In this view, the loss of performance with clothingarticles that load the same systems simply adds up, whereas articles that load different
systems show a regressive interaction in loss of performance.
A very basic question is the extent to which protective clothing is actually an advantage;in other words, at what point does loss of mobility become a greater danger than the threat
the clothing protects against. Apparently this question is easier to answer for CW-protective
clothing than for body armour. When unprotected against chemical agents, an attack with a
few tons of chemical ammunition will disable a majority of the personnel and it is not likelythat their mobility will save them. Such a disaster will not happen so easily when the threat
has a ballistic character. Mobility will give personnel a chance to show good military
behaviour. However, in many situations, for instance during an assault or when entering abooby-trapped area, body armour is most likely to be advantageous. Jameson et al.
(1975), when analyzing M26 grenade casualties in Vietnam, found the remarkable resultthat troops wearing body armour had a greater average number of wounds than those
without body armour. The explanation might well be that men in body armour tend to takegreater risks. This hypothesis is supported by the fact that the average explosion distancewas 3.84 m without the vest and only 2.05 m with vest. This kind of compensatory
behavior is a common finding, for instance, in road traffic research. The extent to which
the higher risk was paid back in military effectiveness is unknown.
Winecoff, considering body armour from a user's point of view, observed thatwearers when on patrol in Vietnam did not have a mind to leave flat tracks and showed
little movement and lateral shield. In general, the attitude was passive instead of active.
Winecoff recommended body armour at night in booby-trapped areas, or for infantry at afire base, but certainly not during daytime heat, on long route marches or on foot patrol. In
his opinion, better patrol technique and less fatigue make body armour superfluous.
Although the choice of protective clothing is a commander's prerogative, it seems
necessary to gather more information about this complicated matter in order to provide
him with practical rules of thumb.

CHAPTER 15 - 12

Fig. 5. Correlation between performance decrement and increased energy
cost.

CHAPTER 15 - 13

REFERENCES
1.

Allen, C.L. and S.D. Livingstone (1973). Effect of arctic clothing on a short-duration task.
Report DCIEM, no. 73-R-974.

2.

Amor, A.F., J.A. Vogel and D.E. Worsley (1973). The energy cost of wearing multilayer
clothing. Report APRE 18/73 (TM).

3.

Corona, B.M., R.D. Jones, R.B. Randall, P.H. Elli and R.S. Bruno (1974). Human factors
evaluation of two proposed army infantry/marine fragmentation protective systems. Aberdeen
Proving Ground Tech. Memo 24-74.

4.

Derrick, L.G., H.R. Henn and G.H. Malone (1963). The influence of body armor coverage andweight on the performance of the Marine while performing certain simulated combat typetasks. Nav. Med. Field Res. Lab. Vol. XIII no. 29.

5.

Gruber, A., J.W. Dunlap and G. Denittis (1964). Development of methodology for measuring
effects of personal clothing and equipment on combat effectiveness of individual soldiers.
USATECOM no. 8-3-7700-01.

6.

Haisman, M.F. and J. Crotty (1975). Problems associated with body armor. Paper at the 11th
Commonwealth Defence Conference on Operational Clothing and Combat Equipment.

7.

Jameson, J.W., J.M. Merkler and M.C. Kohn (1975). Analysis of WDMET M26 grenade cases
for armor vest protective effect. Edgewood Arsenal report EB-TR-75042.

B.

Kennedy, S.J., R.F. Goldman and J. Slauta (1973). The carrying of loads within an infantrycompany. Clothing & Personnel Life Support Equipment Lab. Technical Report. 73-51-CE.

9.

Leopold, R.S. and L.G. Derrick (1962). The effect of wearing body armor of different designs,
materials and weights on the performance of the Marine. Nav. Med. Field Res. Lab. Vol. XII,
no. 32.

10.

Leopold, R.S. and L.G. Derrick (1963). The effects of wearing body armor of different designs,
materials and weights in conjunction with two designs of packs and suspenders on theperformance of the Marine. Nav. Med. Field Res. Lab. Vol. XIII, no. 8.

11.

Lotens, W.A. and E.J.M. Smienk (1979). A comparative test of A2-clothing I. Wearability.
Report. Institute for Perception, IZF 1979-20 (in Dutch).

12.

Lotens, W.A. (1980). Evaluation of chemical protective facelets and comparison of four
prototypes. Report Institute for Perception, IZF 1980-15 (in Dutch).

13.

Lotens, W.A. (1981). Selection of body armor for the Royal Dutch Army I. Functional
characteristics. Report Institute for Perception, IZF 1981-17 (in Dutch).

14.

Lotens, W.A. (1982a). Selection of body armor for the Royal Dutch Army II. Inquiry after fieldtrials. Report Institute for Perception, IZF 1982-23 (in Dutch).

CHAPTER 15 - 14

15.

Lotens, W.A. (1982b). Selection of CW-protective garments for the Royal Dutch Army I.
Usability and impediment of movement. Report Institute for Perception IZF 1982-21 (in Dutch).

16.

Lotens, W.A. (1986) Loss of performance due to military clothing and equipment. Report
Institute for Perception 1986-13.

17.

Martorano, J.J. and T. Gallagher (1963). Physiological and psychological evaluation of vesttype load-carrying systems. U.S. Nav. Med. Field Res. Lab. Vol. XIII, No. 1.

18.

Morimoto, W.S., M.D. Lanning and D.W. Jones (1977). Operational test of Personnel Armour
System for Ground Troops. Final Report-TRADOC ACN 18452.

19.

Soule, R.G. and R.F. Goldman (1969). Energy cost of loads carried on the head, hands or feet.
J. Appl. Physiol. 27: 687-690.

20.

Teitlebaum, A. and R.F. Goldman (1972). Increased energy cost with multiple clothing layers.
J. Appl. Physiol. 32: 743-744.

CHAPTER 15 - 15

APPENDIX 1
OPERATIONAL DEGRADATION WITH CW PROTECTION WITHOUT HEAT STRESS*COMMUNICATIONSMOBILITYSUPPORT
FIREPOWER
I
II
III
I
II
III
I
II
III
I
II
III
MOPP
Rounds per hit
INFANTRY
Messages unanswered
Road march time
Time to get medic
270%
M-14
5.4
5.9
8.6
4
–
10
–
–
12%
M-14 maintenance
14%
(%)
–
9
59
Time to install wires
March rate
M-60
10
5.7
10.7
15'
25'
26 min–>4%
10%
CBR recon
(%)
–
43
7
Getting specific man
Assault time
4 min
9.5 min
M-79
5.3
3.0
8.4
1-2'
–
4+ min–<10%>100%
Ammo resupply
(%)
–
43
58
Voice versus signals
platoon leader
142%
13 min
30%
47%
–
–
50%
first man197%
last man102%
ARMOUR: N.B. - MOPP III also required closed hatch
1-73
Rounds per hit
Target identification
Road march time
9%
Boresight
1 min
–
NSD
–
# missed
March rate
13%
Complaints
1-85
–
6%
104%
1
7
25
Attack time
20%
Gloves:
33%
05
–
0.3r
0.6r
13%
28%
42%
Attack difficulty
3X
maintenanceZero main gun# of transmissions
27% loading–
1 min 13 min–
19
28
Mask/Hood 20% visionduration of transmissions
CBR suit: 14% movement–
12%4%ARTILLERY:
Time from receipt at FDC to battery order
In firing sections
Last unit
Filling sandbags
responses
across SP
192%
22 min25'
35'
Area adjust. –
27%
137%
26 OK
11%
24%
Clear hasty
Wire splicing
Registration –100%
75%
Accuracy
position45%
5.5 min
7.75'
8'Transfer
–
33%
94%
> 95%
–
45%
Enter-to all
Target location
ready
31%
F.O. i.d. to call for fire
F.O. i.d. to end of mission
90 sec114 sec
183 sec 27 min
40 minENGINEER: road repair, bridge building, demolition - NSD; voice commands repeated 2X as often in MOPP III.
*The extent of operational degradation, in the absence of heat stress, for combat units wearing NBC protection in MOPP II (i.e. mask and "open" garment) or
MOPP III (mask, hood, gloves and "closed” overgarment in comparison to the normal combat clothing, (MOPP I) for four categories of military activity (Datafrom METOXE studies).

CHAPTER 15 - 16

CHAPTER 16

FIELD EVALUATION METHODS
F.W. Behmann

CONTENTSSUMMARY
1.

INTRODUCTION2.

TECHNICAL EVALUATION

3.

PHYSIOLOGICAL FIELD TRIALS

4.

TROOP TRIALS
4.1 Questionnaires
4.2 Test Execution

APPENDIXREFERENCES

CHAPTER 16 - 1

SUMMARY
New clothing and equipment requires field evaluation. A summary of the methods
involved, in terms of practical recommendations, is hard to find. Therefore, in this chapter themost important field evaluation methods are discussed: 1) Technical Evaluation,2) Physiological Field Trials, and 3) Troop Trials.
The technical evaluation, as a last step in the development process, is not problematic,
but the physiological and troop trials, involving severe environmental stress and subjective
ratings, respectively, require specific methods. The theoretical considerations on thesemethods are illustrated by examples, taken from many field trials, in particular explaining theimportance of the design of questionnaires.

Key Words:

troop trials, technical evaluation, clothing and equipment, field trials, questionnaire,physiological evaluation.

CHAPTER 16 - 2

1. INTRODUCTION
Three phases may be distinguished during the development of clothing and equipment:1) the determination of the requirements, 2) the technical development, including the
manufacturing of prototypes and 3) the qualification by the user, resulting in a final selection.
In the first phase, the requirements are stated by the user. These should be as detailed
as feasible, since ambiguities lead to difficulties during the development. The priorities of thevarious requirements and the prevailing climatic conditions should be specified. In the second
phase, a number of fabrics are manufactured and tested for their technical qualities, including
wear and tear strength, color fastness, launderability, etc. The next step is the production of
prototypes. Heat insulation and water vapour permeability may be measured on a manikin,and the psychrometric range or comfort range determined. These may be verified byenvironmental chamber tests with subjects. The results obtained only pertain to limited work
load and environmental conditions. The third phase comprises field trials, which are the topic
of this chapter. Field trials may consists of various tests, including:– technical evaluation, serving the optimization of the ergonomic properties.
– physiological evaluation,
environmental stress.

providingrealistic

tolerance

limitsunder

relevant– troop trials, exposing the clothing to the widest variety of conditions and collecting theuser's subjective opinion.
The NATO countries have rather different procedures for evaluation. Consequently, theabove procedures will not generally apply. But whatever the procedure might be, themethods to obtain field data should be sound. A good deal of attention will be paid, therefore,
to the methodological rules, explaining the points by practical examples.
2. TECHNICAL EVALUATION
The technical evaluation is usually both the first step in testing and the last step in thedevelopment. It serves the optimization of design, sizing, ease of use and compatibility. Oftenthese properties are hard to measure so that subjective evaluation is indicated. Since theshortcomings do not relate to specific environmental conditions, the observations are rather
straightforward and may be carried out in a short time.
There are no special requirements as to the number of tested items. Generally 15 to 20
subjects are sufficient, performing various activities. Fit and mobility are tested by means ofvarious body postures (see also Chapter 17), while the ease of donning and doffing shouldbe tested under normal as well as under difficult conditions, for instance, in confined spaces
or in the dark. Displacement of the clothing may be determined during running or jumping. An
important condition for all these tests is that the size of the clothing is carefully chosen for any
participating individual.
Faults are not likely to pass these tests unnoticed. When testing the compatibility,
sometimes a specific combination is forgotten. Furthermore, it may happen that fashionable
constructions are not regarded sufficiently from the functional point of view. The inclusion ofhighly experienced subjects may prevent this type of imperfections.
CHAPTER 16 - 3

Usually, the clothing can easily be modified to eliminate climatic drawbacks. The best
points of various models may even be integrated in one new model. By virtue of the technicalevaluation no unsuitable model has to be subjected to further testing. The technicalevaluation is not an adequate means to select the best model, however, as may be shown by
the following example.
In a test of rainwear for construction workers, three models -- a coat, a two piecesuit and an overall -- were submitted for technical evaluation. On all three there
was criticism, but for the overall there was no way to cater for the faults. Therefore,
the overall was discarded. Of the other two garments, the coat evoked
considerably more negative comments that the suit. A wear test with modified
garments showed, however, that the suit was so difficult to don or doff that it wasworn almost continually, with consequent sweat accumulation. Due to this
discomfort the coat was preferred, despite the worse rain protection and the larger
impediment.
3. PHYSIOLOGICAL FIELD TRIALSGeneralThis kind of evaluation is used to compare various test samples under identicalconditions. The conditions should be well defined in order to make the test meaningful.
Consequently, all variables that are not deliberately included in the test design should be kept
constant.
Physiological trials may produce objective (physiological) data as well as subjective
data (ratings). The procedures for obtaining physiological data are described in detail in
NATO ACCP-1 (6).
Subjective data are easier to acquire than physiological data, but the required numberof subjects for significance is usually larger.
Test Samples and Subjects
No more than four test samples should be examined in the same test, always including
the current model in service. The required number of subjects is a-priori unknown. It depends
on the standard deviation of the data and the magnitude of the relevant differences between
samples. Often, a pilot experiment is done to estimate the required size of the test. The
author proposes a new technique for this problem in Appendix A. Adequate statistical testingis unconditional for this kind of evaluation and the designer of the test must consider this inadvance, with one method or the other.
Subjects should be in good health, participate on a voluntary basis and give theirinformed consent. Motivation plays an important role in the results and the subjects should
therefore be aware of the purpose of the test. Experienced subjects are preferred.
Often the importance of motivation is underestimated. During a test of bodyarmour, 28 military subjects participated in a maneuver until tolerance limits were
CHAPTER 16 - 4

reached. Subjects with an incentive showed longer tolerance times than those
without an incentive. With increased weight of the body armour, the tolerance
times decreased dramatically, but the effect of the incentive increased, becoming
very relevant for the heaviest armour.
Environmental Conditions and Activities
The clothing should be examined during the periods with the highest climatic stress,
usually during winter and summer. The air temperature, solar radiation, humidity and windvelocity should be monitored close to the test site. Also the kind and quantity of precipitationand the nature of the terrain should be recorded.
The most stressful work conditions should be included, rest in the cold and hard work in
the heat. Activities should be militarily relevant and preferably standardized, including hiding
in a foxhole, marching and maneuvering. The more standardized the activity is, the moresignificant the test result will be, but monotony should be avoided as it reduces motivation.
The level of stress may be so chosen that either an equilibrium in physiological strain isreached or the tolerance limit will be surpassed. Equilibrium in strain has the advantage thatmean values for performance may be determined, but the variance in the performance isoften so large that the difference between the samples does not become significant.
Therefore, conditions of limited tolerance are preferred. When fatigue, bodytemperature or extremity temperature reach a limit value the test is discontinued. With thistype of test, the variance is usually smaller, the experimental sessions are shorter and theresults are militarily relevant. Too stressful conditions, however, tend to mask the differences
between samples.
During a test of three types of CW-protective clothing, heart rate and sweat loss
did not differ very much, but the rate of increase of rectal temperature and thetolerance times showed a distinct advantage for the garment with the highest
vapour permeability. By taking the ratio of the rates of temperature rise, aconvenient relative figure for heat exhaustion risk was obtained.
Test Design
The strain perceived or the performance observed are both highly dependent on interindividual differences and fortuitous weather conditions. It is therefore necessary to haveeach subject test each item or to use matched groups. Furthermore, all items should betested at the same time to be sure the environmental conditions are the same. This may bedone by applying a Latin Square design (Fig. 1). The number of samples determine thenumber of subjects (or groups of subjects) and the number of experimental sessions.

CHAPTER 16 - 5

Fig 1.

Period12

3

1. GroupA

BC

2. GroupCA

B

3. Group

B

CA

Example of a Latin Square design. There are as many groups and periods as
there are samples (here are three: A, B and C). During each period all
samples are worn and each group wears all samples successively.

On planning a test, sufficient time for familiarization, instruction, donning and doffing, rest,
repairs and unpredictable events should be scheduled in addition to the actual experimental
sessions.
Physiological variables
The physiological measurements must be limited to a few easy-to-measure variables.
These should be relevant stress indicators and clear tolerance values should be applied. At
least the following variables should be included:– During cold stress, the temperature of the big toe or little finger. Criterion value 5 °C.
– During heat stress, the rectal temperature. Criterion value 39.5 °C.
– Heart rate. It includes the effects of work and heat on the circulation. Criterion value
180 beats per minute for young males.
Other variables may be metabolic heat production, sweat production (weight loss), andconvergence of rectal and skin temperature, (1 °C difference indicates possible onset of heatcollapse), peripheral blood flow and skin hydration. For all these variables, the required
instrumentation should be more sturdy than the normal laboratory equipment.
Data Acquisition
Data acquisition may be performed by telemetry or portable data loggers, either onmagnetic tape or in solid state memory. Telemetry allows continuous monitoring but theequipment is expensive and susceptible to malfunction. Data loggers do not allow continuous
monitoring and medical supervision. An alternative is to accompany each subject by amonitor who performs the measurements, but may be tasked with organization, trouble
shooting and observation at the same time.
Observations
Observation of subjects is essential. Medical problems like dizziness, weakness,
nausea and heat cramps may be noticed immediately and the subject can be treated
CHAPTER 16 - 6

appropriately. Observations also provide the level of unsystematic information that will not becovered by the measurements. Finally, observations are an adequate means for thedetermination of behavioural variables, such as work efficiency, alertness, attitude to a taskor handling of the outfit.
Three helmets of different weights and protection were tested during an 8-hour
military exercise. Measurements showed that both speech intelligibility and firing
performance decreased with increasing helmet weight. Neither of these effects
was statistically significant, however. Observers counted the number of corrections
that the subjects made to the position of the helmet. These increased significantlywith helmet weight, reflecting the acceleration forces on the head during runningand jumping.
Interviews
After completion of the test, the subjects should be asked for their opinion on e.g.,thermal sensations, impediment, appreciation, etc. These ratings are complementary to themeasurements and observations, but reveal unexpected comments as well. Preferably, a
psychologist should have interviews with the subjects, rather than having the subjects fill out
a questionnaire.
Report
The report should deal first with the facts, supported with sound statistical analysis.
Next, these facts should be discussed with regard to their relevancy for the use of theclothing, considering the following points of view:– how relevant were the test conditions– which were the factors limiting the tolerance time
– which clothing evoked the least physiological strain– which modifications to the clothing are recommendable– can the tolerance time be extended by other means– which aspects need special attention in the troop trial.
4. TROOP TRIALSGeneralBy means of a troop trial, the military user judges the test samples in a wide variety ofcircumstances. The suitability of samples is a complex composition of observed facts andsubjective ratings, balanced to each other. Probably the only way to analyze the opinions isto question the subjects. This might look easy, but the reality is that the techniques used ininterviews or questionnaires determine to a high degree the outcome of the investigation(12). If one considers that the decisions taken on the basis of this outcome have large
financial consequences, it becomes clear that methodological faults must be eliminated. Thissection deals with the traps and difficulties, involved in subjective data collection.
CHAPTER 16 - 7

4.1 QUESTIONNAIRES
Compilation of Questions
As a first step, the topics of the questionnaire are put on a key word list. There willusually be a distinction between technical and physiological topics. The topics should betreated with as much detail as possible, to avoid uncertainties about the aim of the question.
First, the topics are classified and then the questions within a class are dedicated to single
features. Examples of classes are:Technical

Design and PatternFit
sleeve and leg length
pockets

Ease of Use

donning and doffing
fasteners

Compatibility

with other clothingwith other equipmentwith weapons

Durability

material aging
wearability
damagerepairability

Questions on technical topics are largely material dependent and are fairly standard for all
clothing, with slight modifications for special clothing articles. This is not possible for thequestions on physiological topics, since work and climate are involved as well.
Physiological

Comfortincreased effort
insufficient cold protection
skin irritation

Performance

mobility
functional loss of performance

Healthinjuries
frostbiteburns
heat collapse

Time Frame of Questionnaires
Before a question can be answered, enough experience must have been gained by
the subjects. On the other hand, a question should not be asked after such a long timethat the experience has faded away. Thus, questionnaires should be filled out several
times during the trial. Questions may be classified as follows according to the time frame
requirements:–

features that can be determined at any time (handling, compatibility). One
questionnaire at any time is sufficient.
CHAPTER 16 - 8

–features that can only be determined after prolonged use (damage, wear andtear, material aging). One questionnaire at the end of the trial.

–

features depending on the weather or special activities (impediment during
maneuvers, temperature sensation). Repeated questionnaires at suitable times(discussed later).

Each questionnaire should not comprise more than 20 questions, since a larger
number is, by experience, not paid the required attention. All questions that might beanswered in other ways, for instance by routines and annotations of the Commander or
consulting medical or accident reports, should be omitted.
Absolute or Relative Judgements
It must be decided whether an absolute or a relative evaluation should be made. In
the absolute evaluation, the subjects wear only one sample and compare their perceived
sensation with an individual internal scale. In a relative judgement, the subjects compare
all test samples on their own internal scale, so that the reference is the same. Thismight provide more accurate comparisons, but only so when the time between theexperiences is short enough to generate fresh impressions and, in particular, ensuresthat samples are not mentally confounded. A disadvantage of relative judgements is thateven the "best" sample might be limited in function, essential information that gets lost.
During a field trial on 2 types of CW clothing, the compatibility with otherequipment was rated. Absolute judgements as well as relative judgements
showed, with statistical significance, that one garment was more compatible thanthe other. However, only the absolute judgements revealed that the majority ofsubjects were still not satisfied with the compatibility of the best garment.
Complex or Simple Questions
Complex questions allow the evaluation of features that involve more than one factor
at the same time. This requires a complicated internal weighing of the relative importanceof these factors, complicated even more by incomplete recollection of these factors. Thus,
the variance in answers becomes larger when the complexity of the questions increases.
Simple questions, on the other hand, are answered in a relatively reliable way, but
reveal only small details. Therefore, it is useful to combine complex and simple questionsin the questionnaire.
In a field trial on combat clothing, the wearer comfort was evaluated. The
unspecified question as to wearer comfort showed no significant difference
between positive and negative responses. When the question was split up into
mobility, cold protection and rain protection, however, these particular aspects
were brought into memory. Mobility proved significantly positive and rain protection
significantly negative.
Forced Choice and Open Questions
CHAPTER 16 - 9

Open questions allow the discovery of unforeseen aspects. However, often hints are
required to evoke responses.
Forced Choice questions allow a choice out of a limited number of answers. The
frequency of easy answers may be determined and used for statistical analysis. Thus,
both types of questions have their specific advantages and it is useful to combine them.
During a field test of rainwear, the spots were identified where leakage occurred
first. With a purely open question, only 10 responses out of 100 subjects wereobtained. When the same question was put, but enhanced with four suggested
specific locations, no less than 76 responses were obtained. In both cases, theshoulders and thighs were identified as the main problems, but in the combinedquestion, other spots were also identified such as the back and under the belt. The
open question at the end ("other spots") gathered more responses than the single
open question above.
Forced Choice Response Scales
As a next step, response scales have to be introduced for the forced choicequestions. A distinction should be made between nominal and ordinal scales. A nominal
scale represents independent factors, such as various locations on the body,environmental factors, etc.
Ordinal scales are often used to express the strength of feelings. The calibration
points on the scale are provided by verbal descriptions, preferably not more than fivesince finer details cannot be distinguished during field trials.
Often, the point of interest is the number of responses beyond a certain limit(uncomfortable, impossible, unbearable). In that case, the five point scale may bereplaced by a simple two-alternative forced choice question (yes/no).
During a test of cold weather footwear, the temperature of the feet of subjects inmanholes was rated on a five point scale as a bit colder than "very cold" on the
average. More important, however, was the fact that 12% of the test population
voted "unbearably cold". Since the latter category is representative for futurecomplaints, the question could be simplified to "was the cold still bearable?". The
actual answers obtained with this question were close to those for the former,
more complicated, rating scale.
Obtaining an Overall Judgement
An overall judgment must be based on the various judgments on distinguishingfeatures. These features have completely different units, however, that are not easily equatedto one positive or negative "user opinion". It is recommended that the questions be put insuch a way that the answers compare to a profit scale, for all features. There are various
possibilities to combine features in one total judgement:
1.

If any of the features is statistically judged to be unreliable, the sample is rejected.
This works well during a technical test, using a checklist.
CHAPTER 16 - 10

2.

The average percentage of positive judgements over all features is calculated. This
may give a rank order of the samples but does not account for the difference insubjective importance of the features.

3.

Weighting factors are assigned to the features in addition to procedure 2. These
weighting factors have to be determined in some way, for instance, by expert
opinion, but will not be the same for any subject and thus lead to errors.
The wear comfort of combat boots was evaluated, including bending
stiffness, weight, slipping, stability, mobility, waterproofness, cold protection
and blister formation. Three features were significantly positive and two weresignificantly negative. Applying procedure 1 would lead to rejection, but theoverall opinion was significantly positive. Both procedures 2 and 3 led toabout equal proportions of negative and positive opinions, which isapparently too pessimistic.

The basic problem here is that too little is known about the basis of the formation of an
overall opinion by the subjects. A practical solution is to decide upon the suitability of any test
sample by means of method 1, but to select the best sample based on procedure 2.
Interviews or Questionnaires
Fact finding can be executed in several ways. The most easy way is to task theCommander with the collection of experiences. The Commander decides then on the way hegets his information and consequently his report is a mix of his personal opinion and those of
his personnel.
A better way is to have interviews with the actual users, standardized by means of achecklist. If carried out consistently, the answers may be used for statistical evaluation
without further processing. An advantage over the use of questionnaires is that wrong
understanding of questions can be corrected. Interviews are time consuming, however,involving more than one interviewer. Since skilled interviewers are not always available, there
is a danger that various interviewers evoke various responses. In this case, questionnaires
may be more reliable.
During a field trial of combat suits, the cold protection was evaluated in four
different ways: report by the Commander, interviews by psychologists, interviewsby different ranking military staff, and questionnaires. The Commanders allreported that the cold protection was sufficient. The psychologists obtained close
results, neither positive nor negative, while the various ranking military obtained
rather different results. The questionnaires, finally, showed a slight but consistent
majority for insufficient cold protection. The conclusion from this experiment is that
if no skilled interviewers are available, questionnaires are a better solution thanleaving the procedure up to the military.

CHAPTER 16 - 11

The Structure of a Questionnaire
On examining a clothing system, the questions have to be grouped for each clothingarticle separately. In each group, topics are distinguished, worked out in single questions.
The last question may deal with the subjective opinion on the topic as a whole and could
be enhanced with an open question. Questions should be arranged in a logical order toenable the buildup of a reasonable judgement. It is recommendable as well to start withsimple questions, and to save the more complex questions for the end when recollection
is nearly complete.
The questionnaire should be split into at least three parts, according to the timeframe, as explained earlier. The last part should include a call for suggested
improvements of the clothing and of the test procedure as well. The latter serves tomotivate the subjects.
Final questions deal with the subjective opinion about the suitability of the articles not
only during peacetime, but the prospects for combat conditions as well. The article could
be so basic that inherent problems are taken for granted. Answers to these questions
should be classified separately because they represent expectations rather than facts.
Formulating Questions
Questions should be formulated very precisely, in plain clear words that correspondto the vocabulary of the subjects. Global and, in particular, abstract notions should be
avoided. Also, qualifications without a clear reference (average, big, bad) are undesirable.
Questions like "Is the new model better than the current, in-service, model" are suggestiveand evoke a bias. Questions should instead be formulated in a neutral way. "Don't know"
as a response category should be avoided, since it allows the subject to escape from adecision.
Preliminary Check
The first draft of a questionnaire is often imperfect. Some questions may besuperfluous because the test samples do not differ in that specific feature. Other
questions may be confusing or should be concerned with special properties of a sample. It
is recommended that the questionnaire be checked by the clothing designer, a militaryconsultant, a psychologist and a physiologist.
The next step is a preliminary test by about 15 subjects who have used the test
samples for about a week. An open interview with these subjects reveals the difficulties.
During a test of rainwear for construction workers, the original questions dealing
with global notions such as mobility, design, ventilation, suitability andwaterproofness were specified in clearly understood sub-questions. The average
proportion of positive responses dropped as dramatically as from 67% to 38%,
revealing specific problems with ladder climbing, collar design, sweat wetted back,water protection of the hands, and cold feet. This example illustrates the point ofcomplex and simple questions as well as the value of a pilot test.
CHAPTER 16 - 12

Subjects
For subjective evaluations more subjects are needed than in physiological trials, toobtain statistically significant results. A rough estimate is that 70 valid votes are required(Appendix A). By experience, about 30 non-valid answers may be anticipated and about
20 pieces of missing data, so that 120 subjects should participate. Large trials, e.g., 1000
men or more, may be impressive but bring little advantage and are a lot more work. In
such large trials, the deficiencies of the questionnaire, rather than real effects of theclothing, become apparent.
Subjects should be randomly selected. In reality, however, an organizational unit isappointed. This is not a serious problem as long as the unit is representative with respect
to environmental conditions, work load and fitness. Elite corps, such as marines orrangers, are often willing to tolerate more than normal troops, giving a distorted idea of thegeneral acceptance.
Motivation of the subjects is an essential point which is the commander's
responsibility. Stress due to additional services for participating personnel should be
avoided if possible.
Climatic Conditions
Each appropriate season should be included in the test period. Usually, 2 months ofwear during each season is sufficient. To avoid wrong conclusions, due to deviations fromthe anticipated weather conditions, daily maximum and minimum temperatures as well as
precipitation should be recorded.
Questioning Intervals
As already discussed, the moments for inquiries about observable topics are
determined by beginning and ending of the test. For the collection of random subjective
experiences, a short dedicated inquiry should repeatedly be held. Experience shows that
this should not be done too frequently, because subjects will become reluctant to fill thequestionnaire out again and again. Too long intervals, on the other hand, cause loss of
information due to incomplete recollection. Somewhere in between these is an optimal
interval, estimated as approximately one week.
A test for optimal inquiry intervals was held by asking three groups of subjects,
respectively daily, weekly and once during a four week period, whether their
combat suit was sufficiently water repellent. The responses were checked with anobjective measurement of water absorption. Fig 2 shows that the group withweekly intervals gave quite consistent answers, whereas both the daily interval
and a single inquiry caused degradation of the quality of the responses.

CHAPTER 16 - 13

Fig 2. Reliability of answers as a function of questionnaire interval (1 day,
1 week, 4 weeks). Both too often and too few causes degradation of thereliability (here defined as the correlation between observations and aphysical test on water repellency.
The number of test samples
The evaluation of a certain number of test samples may be executed with basically two
test designs. Within a subject design, each subject wears all samples successively. This istime consuming but allows relative evaluation. When the test takes long, due to a large
number of samples, the recollection of former experiences is incomplete and thediscriminating power of the test accordingly is lost.
The second design is between subjects. In this case, the subjects are divided in groups
and each wears just one sample. Here, only absolute evaluations are possible, that have to
be compared between the groups. Therefore, the groups must be matched with respect tothe relevant characteristics.
For both types of tests, the distinction between any two samples becomes more difficult
when a larger number of samples is included. For significance, an accordingly larger numberof subjects is required, which increases the effort progressively. Therefore, the number ofsamples should be limited, typically to three.
A compilation of 73 tests was made, with various clothing and equipment articles.
In these tests, from 2 to 7 different samples were included. Each test wasevaluated by questionnaires dealing with an average of 40 questions each. Ideally,
CHAPTER 16 - 14

each question should provide significant differences between all samples, but inreality, the number of significant differences is lower, of course. When the ratio of
the real number of significant differences to the ideal number is calculated, thefollowing table results:
Fraction of significant # Significant# Samples# Tests
differences
differences_________________________________________________________
2

17

.50

.50

3

12

.56

1.1

4

11

.47

1.4

5

16

.43

1.7

6

12

.36

1.8

7

7

.31

1.9

This table shows that the number of significant differences slightly increases with thenumber of samples, but not in proportion by far.
It is good practice to include the in-service model in the test, leaving room for 2 newmodels. If, despite the technical evaluation, more models have to be included in the troop
trial, a two step procedure is recommended.
The necessity of inclusion of the in-service model in the test, instead of comparing thetest data on the new model with former experiences with the in-service model may be
obviated with the following example:
During a trial of apparently identical safety shoes, three experimental groups ofsubjects were included. The first group wore both the new and the old shoes, thesecond group wore only the new shoes and compared those in thought with theold shoes, and the third group wore the old shoes, being presented as the new
type. In the first group, no difference between the shoes was found, but both in thesecond and the third group the model presented as new was significantly
preferred. Apparently new is strongly associated with better, fulfilling its own
prophecy.
Test order
Since the weather is a continually changing factor during a test, having a strong impact
on the fraction of dissatisfied subjects, it is absolutely necessary to have the various test
samples worn at the same time by different groups. When only an absolute evaluation isrequired each group has to wear one sample only (between-groups design). In that case, thegroups must be matched according to activity, exposure to the weather, etc.

CHAPTER 16 - 15

For relative evaluation, the samples must be permuted over the groups, each group
wearing all samples (within the group design). The way to do this is called a Latin Square
design; in Fig 1 such a design was shown for three groups and three samples.
Violation of the condition leads to erroneous results as in the following example:
During a field test of long underwear, the average air temperature dropped from
6 °C in the first week to 3 °C in the second week. Two groups were involved,
grenadiers and radio operators. The latter group showed more dissatisfaction at
any time. Three types of experimental design were applied at the same time, abetween-groups design, a within-groups Latin Square design, and a design inwhich both groups wore one type of underwear in the first week and the other typein the second week. The first two designs gave identical results, while in the third
design, where type of underwear and environmental temperature wereconfounded, the difference between the types of underwear was highly
exaggerated.
When more factors become involved (tolerance, weather, type of work, additional
equipment), the design becomes more complicated. In that case, more groups shouldbe employed at the same time, but always as a Latin Square.
4.2 TEST EXECUTION
Test conditions
During field trials, a wide range of activities may be performed, but these will be limited
to medically safe conditions. Conditions that may evoke injuries could be very relevant for
military operations, however, like cold injury conditions. In testing clothing, one should beaware of the incompleteness of the troop trial data. Even more so, the troop trial data may be
misleading.
During a trial of cold weather socks, the feet of subjects felt equally cold in boththe tested samples, despite the fact that the heat insulation was different in aphysical test. Another finding in the trial was that the best insulating socks evokedsignificantly more numbness of the feet, which might be related to the lower
moisture absorption of these socks. Another trial with rats showed that indeed
these socks caused higher hydration of the skin leading to tremendous tissue
damage upon rewarming after cold exposure. In summary, the warmest socks in aphysical test were equally cold in a wear trial and would cause increased injury incold wet conditions. The moisture absorption would have been a relevant
parameter.
Instruction and Supervision
Before the troop trial, the subjects have to be informed about the purpose of the test
and its importance. Test samples should be shown and their use explained. The
questionnaire should be dealt with in detail and remaining problems cleared. This
procedure shows also the motivation of the subjects and, equally important, theirsuperiors.
CHAPTER 16 - 16

When questionnaires are completed, the subjects should be allowed to give their
independent opinion, free from pressure by strong personalities in the group. Ample timeshould be provided to fill out the form. This should not be at the expense of their leisure time.
During the test, a visit should be paid to the troops. It serves both the purpose of solving
remaining problems and showing interest. The visit should take place immediately after the
first questionnaire.
Evaluation of the Results
The essential questions to be answered by means of the troop trial are:
– Is the clothing suited?
– Which model is best?
– What shortcomings of the best model have to be corrected?
By means of the procedure explained in Obtaining an over-all judgement, a judgement
for each topic (wear comfort, ease of use, etc. is obtained. A further step would be to
combine these judgements into a single statement about the suitability of the test
sample. Asking the subjects is unreliable because they are not likely to oversee such acomplicated matter and, moreover, they will be reluctant to reject a sample. Therefore,
the decision has to be based on the various topical qualities.
The judgements on the various topics may be significantly positive, significantly
negative or indecisive. An easy statistical test for the significance is the sign test (Appendix
A), which involves the number of positive and negative responses only. A test sample may
fall in one of the following three classes:– All topics are significantly positive. The sample is accepted.
– One or more of the topics are undecided. The sample might be acceptable, butneeds modifying.
– One or more of the topics is significantly negative. The sample is rejected.
The best of the acceptable samples may be selected on the average percentage of
positive judgements over all topics. This method implies that all topics are of the same weightin modifying the over-all judgement as discussed in 4.1. The deficiencies of even the bestmodel are easily found by going back to the single features of the least appreciatedtopics. Both the single features and the topical judgements thus play an essential role in
the evaluation and can not be omitted.
The Commander's Report
In addition to the questionnaire, the Commander should submit his own report,
representing his point of view on the samples. Often the commanding officers have a
different idea about required comfort and the interference of the sample with fighting power.

CHAPTER 16 - 17

Final Report
The facts should be presented first in the report, then followed by a discussion of
their relevance for the military use, taking into account:– Were the climate and the activity representative of the intended use?
– Which findings were unexpected?
– What is the recommended sample?
– Were the results significant?
– Suggested modifications?
– Have the problems with current equipment been solved?
– What disadvantages must be accepted?
– What precautionary measures are proposed?
The questionnaire, the answers and the Commander's report should be included to enable
the decision maker to check the recommendations.

CHAPTER 16 - 18

REFERENCES
In this chapter, many topics have been discussed that are of interest to executing staff. For
clarity, it was illustrated with examples, rather than with scientific proof. Those who wish to go into
more detail regarding one or more of the topics may find useful references in the following list.
1.

Andrews, T.G. Methods of Psychology. New York 1947.

2.

Armstrong, D.M. Perception and the Physical World. London 1961.

3.

Atkinson, J.W. An Introduction to Motivation. Princeton 1964.

4.

Bendig, A.W. The reliability of self-rating as a function of the amount of verbal anchoring and of
the number of categories on the scale. J. Appl. Psychol. 37, 146 (1953).

5.

Boehringer, H. Trageversuche als Grundlage der Gebrauchswertprüfung. In: Siebel, E. (ed),Handbuch der Werkstoffprüfung, Bd. V. Berlin 1960.

6.

Bruner, J.S. Beyond the Information Given. New York 1973.

7.

Bruner, J.S., Goodman, C.C. Value and need as organizing factors in perception. J. abnorm.
soc. Psychol. 42, 33 (1947)

8.

Brunswick, E. Perception and the Representative Design of Psychological Experiments.
Berkeley 1956.

9.

Cantrill, H. Experiments in the wording of questions. Public Opinion Quarterly 4, 330 (1940).

10.

Cantrill, H. Gauging Public Opinion. Princeton 1947.

11.

Clauss, G. Zur Methodik von Schätzskalen in der empirischen Forschung. Probl. Erg. Psychol.
26, 7 (1968).

12.

Cochran, W.G., Cox, G.M. Experimental Design. New York 1962.

13.

Cronback, L.J., Gleser, G.C. Psychological Tests and Personal Decision. Urbana 1965.

14.

Dicken, C. Good impression, social desirability, and acquiescence as suppressor variables.
Educ. psych. measurement 23, 84 (1963).

15.

Dixon, W.J., Mood, A.M. The statistical sign test. J. Amer. Statist. Assoc. 41, 557 (1946).

16.

Dixon, W.J., Massey, F.J. Introduction to Statistical Analyses. New York 1957.

17.

Draper, J. Planning trials of clothing and equipment. Commonwealth Defense Conference,
Canada 1956.

18.

Dukes, W. Psychological studies of value. Psychol. Bull. 52, 24 (1955).

19.

Ebbecke, U. Über Reflexempfindungen, insbesondere Kitzel- und Juckempfindungen. Pflügers
Arch. ges. Physiol. 248, 220 (1944).

CHAPTER 16 - 19

20.

Ekman, G., Bratfisch, O. Subjective distance and emotional involvement. Acta psychol. 24, 430(1965).

21.

Ferber, R., Wales, H.G. Detection and correction of interviewer bias. Public Opinion Quarterly
16, 107 (1952).

22.

Festigner, L., Katz, D. Research Methods in the Behavioral Science. London 1954.

23.

Fisher, R.A. The Design of Experiments. Edinburgh 1960.

24.

Fisher, R.A., Yates, F. Statistical tables for biological, agricultural and medical research,
Edinburgh 1963.

25.

Fuzek, J.F., Ammons, R.L. Techniques for the subjective assessment of comfort in fabrics andgarments. In: Hollies, N.R.S., Goldman, R.F. (Eds), Clothing Comfort. Ann Arbor 1977.

26.

Gallup, G. A Guide to Public Opinion. Princeton 1948.

27.

Geldard, F.A. The Human Sense. New York 1972.

28.

Gibson, E.J. The development of perception as an adaptive process. Amer. Scientist 58, 98(1970).

29.

Glanzer, M., Cunitz, A.R. Two storage mechanisms in free recall. Jour. verb. Learning a verb.
Behavior 5, 351 (1966).

30.

- - - - Heat transfer and physiological evaluation of clothing. ACCP-1, NATO, Febr 1980.

31.

Guilford, J.P. Psychometric Methods. New York 1954.

32.

Gulliksen, H., Messick, S. (Eds.): Psychological scaling: Theory and Applications. New York
1966.

33.

Herzberg, A.M., Cox, D.R. Recent work on the design of experiments. J. Roy. Statist. Soc.
132A, 29 (1969).

34.

Hicks, C.R. Fundamental Concepts in the Design of Experiments. New York 1973.

35.

Hofstaetter, P.R. The actuality of questions. Int. Jour. Opinion and Attitude 4, 16 (1950).

36.

Hollies, N.R.S. Psychological scaling in comfort assessment. In: Hollies, N.R.S., Goldman, R.F.
(Eds); Clothing Comfort, Ann Arbor 1977.

37.

Jacoby, L.L. Encoding processes, rehearsal and recall requirements. Jour. verb. Learning a.
verb. Behavior 12, 302 (1973).

38.

Kenshalo, D.R. The Skin Senses. Springfield 1968.

39.

Kohler, I. Interne und externe Organisation in der Wahrnehmung. Psychol. Beitr. 6, 426 (1962).

CHAPTER 16 - 20

40.

Kornhauser, A. The problem of bias in opinion research. Int. Jour. Opinion and Attitude 1, 1
(1947).

41.

Lienert, G.A. Testaufbau und Testanalyse. Weinheim 1961.

42.

Lindsay, P.H., Norman, D.A. Human Information Processing. New York 1977.

43.

Loftus, G.R., Loftus, E.F. Human Memory: The Processing of Information. Hillsdale, New York
1976.

44.

Mandler, J.M., Johnson, N.S. Remembrance of things passed. Cognitive Psychol. 9, 111(1977).

45.

Marsh, S.E., Perris, F.A.C. An experimental study of the rating scale technique. J. Abnorm.
Soc. Psychol. 19, 310 (1925).

46.

Merrill, R.M. The effect of pre-experimental and experimental anxiety on recall efficiency. Jour.
Exp. Psychol. 48, 167 (1954).

47.

Miller, G.A. The magical number seven, plus or minus two: Some limits on our capacity forprocessing information. Psych. Review 63, 81 (1956).

48.

Moskowitz, H.R., Scharf, B., Stevens, J.S. (Eds): Sensation and Measurement. Boston 1974.

49.

Neisser, U. Cognitive Psychology. New York 1967.

50.

Newman, J.W. Motivation Research and Marketing Management. New York 1957.

51.

Nisbett, R.E., Wilson, T.D. The halo effect: Evidence for unconscious alteration of judgements.
J. pers. soc. Psychol. 36, 250 (1977).

52.

Nisbett, R.E., Wilson, T.D. Telling more than we can know: Verbal reports on mental
processes. Psych. Review 84, 231 (1977).

53.

Osgood, C.E., Suci, G.J., Tannenbaum, P.H. The Measureinent of Meaning. Urbana 1957.

54.

Powell, F.A. Open- and closed-mindedness and the ability to differentiate source andmessage. J. abnorm. soc. Psychol. 65, 61 (1962).

55.

Ramsay, D.A., Nelms, J.D. Practical aspects of simplified field testing. CommonwealthConference on Operational Clothing. Ghana 1978.

56.

Reenpaa, Y. Allgemeine Sinnesphysiologie. Frankfurt a.M. 1962.

57.

Rosenthal, R., Rosnow, R.L. The Volunteer Subject. New York 1975.

58.

Sachs, L. Angewandte Statistik. Berlin 1978.

59.

Schachter, S., Singer, J.E. Cognitive, social and physiological determinants of emotional state.
Psych. Review 69, 379 (1962).

CHAPTER 16 - 21

60.

Schank, R.C., Abelson, R.P. Scripts, Plans, Goals and Understanding. Hillsdale, New York
1977.

61.

Schniederman, M.A. The proper size of a clinical trial. Jour. of New Drugs, 1964, 3.

62.

Sixtl, F. Messmethoden der Psychologie. Weinheim 1967.

63.

Skramlik, E.V. Psychophysiologie der Tastsinne. Arch. Psychol., Erg. Bd. 4, Teil 1 und 2.
Leipzig 1937.

64.

Smith, H., Hyman, H. The biasing effect of interviewer expection on survey results. Public
Opinion Quarterly, 14, 491 (1950).

65.

Sprung, L., Sprung, H. Zur Theorie und Methodik der Fragebogenkonstruktion. Probl. Erg.
Psychol. 66, 5 (1978), 67, 5 (1978).

66.

Stanley, L.P. The art of asking questions. Princeton 1951.

67.

Sternberg, S. High speed scanning in human memory. Science 153, 652 (1966).

68.

Thurstone, L.L. The Measurements of Values. Chicago 1959.

69.

Torgerson, W.S. Theory and Methods of Scaling. New York 1960.

70.

Tulving, E., Donaldson, W. (Eds): Organization and Memory. New York 1960.

71.

Weiner, B. Motivational factors in short-term retention. Psych. Reports 20, 1203 (1967).

CHAPTER 16 - 22

Appendix A.
Method to determine the required number of subjects
Usually, the difference between samples and the standard error of the results are not known
in advance of a test. This is sometimes estimated during a pilot test in order to determine therequired number of subjects in a test, to make sure that interesting differences become
significant.
The kernel of the problem lies in the adjective "interesting". The decision as to what
difference is interesting is sometimes defined by the operational decision makers. A definitionin terms of the percentage of wearers that must favor the new model is very helpful in thisrespect.
When two samples A and B are compared, and NA subjects prefer A, while NB subjects preferB, the excess probability may be defined as:∆p =NB - NA
N

where N is the total number of subjects. Once ∆p is given, the required number of subjects(N) can be read from Table AI or from Fig A1, upper curve. Both are based on the sign test
for two alternative forced-choice responses.

Fig A1. Relationship between the exceeding probability (the fraction that a sample is more
preferred that an alternative sample) and the number of subjects that is required
for the effect to become significant at 0.05 levels. The upper curve is for the sign
test (used for yes/no responses) and the lower curve for the t-test (used formeasurements on an interval scale). The upper curve compares to Table AI.
CHAPTER 16 - 23

When measurements are taken, these will usually be expressed on a continuous scale,instead of on separate response categories. In this case, the t-test is more appropriate. Whenthe excess probability is defined in the same way as before, graphically shown in theinsert in Fig A1, the lower curve of this figure is obtained. Obviously, for this higher
quality type of data, fewer subjects are required for a defined level of ∆p.
Table Al
Significance limits for the design-test, α = 0.05 (58). - The total of the foundvalues n 1 + n 2 = N was found and examined, whether n 1 and n 2 are situatedwithin the limits given. On reaching or surpassing these limits the effect issignificant.

N

n1 n2

N

n1 n2

N

n1 n2

N

n1 n2

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10

–
–
–
–
–
0-6
0-7
0-8
1-8
1-9

31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40

9-22
9-23
10-23
10-24
11-24
11-25
12-25
12-26
12-27
13-27

61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70

22-39
22-40
23-40
23-41
24-41
24-42
25-42
25-43
25-44
26-44

91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100

35-56
36-56
36-57
37-57
37-58
37-59
38-59
38-60
39-60
39-61

11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20

1-10
2-10
2-11
2-12
3-12
3-12
4-13
4-14
4-15
5-15

41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50

13-28
14-28
14-29
15-29
15-30
15-31
16-31
16-32
17-32
17-33

71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80

26-45
27-45
27-46
28-46
28-47
28-48
29-48
29-49
30-49
30-50

101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110

40-61
40-62
41-62
41-63
41-64
42-64
42-65
43-65
43-66
44-66

21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30

5-16
5-17
6-17
6-18
7-18
7-19
7-20
8-20
8-21
9-21

51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60

18-33
18-34
18-35
19-35
19-36
20-36
20-37
21-37
21-38
21-39

81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90

31-50
31-51
32-51
32-52
32-53
33-53
33-54
34-54
34-55
35-55

111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120

44-67
45-67
45-68
46-68
46-69
46-70
47-70
47-71
48-71
48-72

CHAPTER 16 - 24

CHAPTER 17

OPTIMAL DESIGN PRINCIPLES FOR CLOTHING SYSTEMS
W.A. Lotens

CONTENTSSUMMARY
FACTORS IN DESIGNPROTECTIONCOMFORT
MOBILITYCOMPATIBILITY
EASE OF USE
CLOTHING AS A SYSTEM
THE MOST OPTIMAL DESIGN PRINCIPLEREFERENCES

CHAPTER 17 - 1

SUMMARY
The main factors in the design of clothing systems are identified: protection, comfort,
mobility, compatibility and ease of use. Each of these factors requires the compromising ofvarious design options and, moreover, the different factors have to be compromised to eachother as well. Once decisions are made about the priorities, the design may be optimized in arational way. The considerations involved, together with a good deal of practical experience,are reflected in this chapter.

Key Words:

clothing design, comfort range, clothing systems, protection, mobility, clothing andequipment compatibility.

CHAPTER 17 - 2

FACTORS IN DESIGN
Protective clothing has to meet numerous - often incompatible - requirements, between
which an optimal balance should be held. One well known contradiction is comfort versus
protection. Every designer will meet the problem of designing clothing for those rare
hazardous events, although he knows that the clothing will be worn mainly in harmlesssituations. What will have priority then, the comfort that is appreciated all the time or theprotection that only is rewarding during emergencies? Another contradiction is between
protection and loss of functional ability, where the latter is a risk in itself. A third example ofincompatible requirements is protection and an imposing appearance, in particular for
uniforms. The functional design of the clothing is a factor in protection that cannot be
neglected in favour of the styling.
Obviously, it is not up to the designer to answer these questions. What he can do, ispose the question explicitly. It is the user who should provide the answers, but unfortunately
their answers are seldom very decisive; due to lack of methods such advantages anddisadvantages cannot be compared. The designer might be helpful here in not only pointing
out the problems, but in supporting proposed solutions as well with estimates of risk,
protection level, strain imposed on the wearer and loss of functional ability.
Although attempts have been made to interrelate these issues this is still an open
research area. Here, no such attempt will be made, but the main factors in design and theiroptimization will be discussed.
These main factors are perceived as:– protection– comfort– mobility– compatibility– ease of use
PROTECTION
Generally, protection will be located in the outer layers of clothing. Protection from fire,
rain, wind, abrasion or detection by instrumented vision will be seriously affected, if notcompletely cancelled, when it is not located in the outermost layer. Consequently this layer
has to consist of very special material, unifying hardly compatible properties.
It has been tried many times to upgrade protection by applying a unique finish tootherwise conventional materials. This will generally work for just one kind of finish and eventhen to a limited extent. Treatments are notorious for their mutual incompatibility and theirfast degradation.
A far better solution is the use of inherently protective materials, resulting in higher
protection levels, slow degradation and compatibility with other characteristics like tearstrength, abrasion resistance and vapour permeability. Requirements of minor importance
may interfere with this strategy. A disrupted camouflage pattern, for instance, that may give
marginally better camouflage than plain colour, requires print-dyeing, a finish, whereas theplain colour could be intrinsic to the (artificial) fibre. This example shows that requirements
should be scrutinized for their necessity.
CHAPTER 17 - 3

Usually, the protection level will be determined in the laboratory, using standard tests asa guideline. This is understandable since in development reproducible test procedures areindispensable. The validity of the test results for field conditions is often rather questionable
however. Hydrostatic water column, for instance, may be an easy laboratory method todetermine waterproofness, but it is not predictive for clothing. The correlation betweenhydrostatic head and waterproofness is weak in this application, necessitating alternativeor additional tests for reliability. Similar problems exist with the determination of wear
resistance, flammability, heat flash protection and even heat and water vapour
transmission (Lotens, 1983). The designer should try to get feedback from a variety oftests, including simulated field tests involving the whole clothing assembly, while also
testing fabric and its construction.
Although most attention in the literature is dedicated to fabric properties, the impactof the construction of the clothing on the protection is far from negligible. Fire protection
will be taken as an example. There is a distinct difference between edge and surface
ignition, the latter requiring the highest temperature. Consequently cuffs, lying collars,
flaps and to a lesser extent seams, catch fire relatively easily and should be omitted orstrengthened by additional fabric layers. Obviously, upward edges are not as dangerous
as downward facing edges. Folds in the fabric, like hanging curtains, take fire more easily
as well.
Seams deform when exposed to heat, protecting the thread, but increasing theshrinkage of the garment that already suffers from the shrinkage of the exposed fabric.
When this leads to a break open of embrittled fabric, the protection is lost. If highprotection is required, a double layer garment could be considered, since two layers oflight fabric show better fire protection than one heavy layer of the same total weight. The
second layer will stay intact longer and decrease the danger of a break open.
A fire protective garment should not be too close fitting, not only for the risk of abreak open, but for the protection from skin burns during motion as well; the joints are
particularly,involved. Extra insulation and extra space at knees (both front and back side),
buttocks, elbows and upper back will enable the wearer to move easier in a hot garment
and to undo the garment without help. Finally, attention should be paid to fastenings, toavoid both heat bridges and dysfunction. Unshielded zippers may jam due to melting andshrinkage of the tape.
THERMAL COMFORTIn theory, any clothing assembly is comfortable only at a single temperature for any
work rate. Due to physiological adjustments to heat and cold, this single temperature may be
extended to a comfort zone, but the comfort will gradually decrease when approaching theboundaries between comfort and discomfort; how will such boundaries be defined? Comfort
is a psychological state, instead of a physiological one, with undefined limits, subject tomotivation and acceptance. The physiological state is more or less a non-psychologicalmirror image of comfort, as perceived in laboratory or field conditions.
One can try to find a correlation between the sensation of comfort, expressed on arating scale, and the physiological state in terms of core and skin temperature, both on trunk
CHAPTER 17 - 4

and extremities, skin humidity and sweat production. Havenith and Van Middendorp (1985)
did a factor analysis on such data and found two relationships between temperature andhumidity sensation on one hand and extremity temperature (Textr) and skin humidity (RHsk) on
the other hand:temperature sensation = .16 Textr + 0.02 RHsk - 5.7
humidity sensation = 0.015 RHsk - 0.08
These equations explain over 75% of the variance for clothed subjects, both during rest andwork, in the wind as well as in still air. The other mentioned physiological variables did not
add significantly to the explained variance. The limits of comfort are defined in theseequations by "uncomfortably warm" (1.0), "uncomfortably cold" (-1.0) and "slightly wet" (1.0).
Apparently in the cold the extremity temperature was associated with the comfort,
whereas in the heat, where the extremity temperature may reach a plateau, the skinhumidity is dominant. During this test, esophageal and rectal and trunk skin temperature
did not cover a range large enough to become significant.
By means of these relationships a comfort range may be determined for any clothing
assembly. Should the climate range be larger than the psychrometric range, thenadditional assemblies will be necessary to cover it. The ranges of the various assemblies
should show considerable overlap, however, in order to avoid temperature shocks whenchanging assemblies. Fig. 1 gives an example of the comfort range of four successive
clothing assemblies, during rest as well as during work. Typically the range is 20 °C wide
for fatigues, and up to 300C wide for cold weather garments.

Fig. 1 Comfort range for four clothing assemblies measured during rest as wellas during exercise. (Literally adopted from Havenith and Van
Middendorp, 1985).
CHAPTER 17 - 5

During work, the range shifts down on the temperature scale due to the increased heatproduction, which requires a larger gradient for the increased heat dissipation. This increased
production is compensated partly, since the insulation value of any assembly will decreaseduring work, due to motion induced wind, but most of all due to increased convection inside
the assembly. This is a feature that should be cultivated carefully, because it partly solves the
problems of heat stress and moisture storage when starting work, and of post-exercise chillwhen ceasing work. The designer should be aware that windbreak layers in the middle ofmultilayer cold weather assemblies seriously reduce the internal convection. Typically,
insulation during body motion may be reduced by 30% due to internal convection.
No matter how advantageous internal convection may be, it seldom will compensate
entirely for increases in heat production during activity. Behavioural adjustment of clothinginsulation (e.g., ventilation) will be necessary. Many attempts have been made to ventilate
clothing by means of pumping effect, chimney effect or wind, using zippers, adjustable legs
and sleeves or meshed ventilation holes. All of these features may help, but a good rule ofthumb is that only big features help considerably.
Ventilation is mainly dependent on pumping (body motion) and wind, the latter being thestrongest of the two. Unfortunately, wind is independent of the required cooling. Lotens(1985a), Crockford et al. (1972), and Shivers et al. (1977), using tracer gas techniques tomeasure ventilation of various types of garments, showed that about 100 l/m2·min is apractical maximum for pumping-induced ventilation. Wind may cause far more ventilation but
intentional control will be required. The famous chimney effect (natural convection) hardly
exists, but air space underneath the clothing makes ventilation due to pumping or wind more
effective (Lotens, 1985a).
Some types of protective clothing should not be ventilated at all (e.g. CW-protectivewear), whereas others may show some incompatibility between protection and ventilation.
Rainwear, for instance, is difficult to ventilate while maintaining waterproofness; in this type ofclothing, however, aspects of thermal comfort, heat stress and moisture storage are evidently
involved. Vapour permeability of the fabric may augment the limited ventilation to transportvapour to the environment, increasing the comfort. Lotens (1985b) showed in a theoretical
study that condensation inside the rainwear is difficult to avoid, when the work rate increases.
Using both optimal permeability and ventilation, rainwear may stay dry up to moderately
heavy work. Decreasing the heat stress will require more evaporation than currently can beachieved under these conditions.
Another aspect of comfort is the tactile property of the fabric. It is a general, buterroneous, belief that absorption of sweat is a main determinant of tactile comfort. Many nonabsorbing materials such as polypropylene, polyester and polyamid may give better comfort
than the highly absorbing, but slack, cotton fibre. In general, resilient fibres give the best
comfort, when the structure is fine enough. In particular, microfibres will meet thisrequirement. Up to date, double faced underwear, consisting of a wicking but non-absorbing
layer facing an absorbing layer, give surprisingly good comfort as well.

CHAPTER 17 - 6

MOBILITY
The freedom of motion of clothed persons is dependent both on fabrics andconstruction.
Heavy fabrics will show their impact in several ways. The weight of the garment has tobe carried and increases the energy cost. Weight on the extremities of the body has to beaccelerated and decelerated at every step, causing an even higher increase in energy cost
(Soule and Goldman, 1969). A considerable part of the weight of the clothing rests on theshoulders, being carried by the trapezoid shoulder muscles, causing a similar strain to ashoulder suspended backpack.
For these reasons weight should be as light as possible and, when inevitable, be
concentrated on the trunk. This has particular significance for the distribution of insulation
over the body. Preferably, the trunk should have higher insulation than the extremities, notonly for the weight argument, but for reasons of cold protection as well. Exposing a subject tocold, with higher insulated trunk than extremities, the latter will cool rapidly, due to a shut offof extremity blood circulation, saving the heat for the trunk, however. As long as theextremities are not too cold to function properly, this may be an uncomfortable, but safe
condition.
If the designer had distributed the insulation equally over the body, the subject would
have cooled down slowly, the relatively high extremity temperature giving an impression of
comfort, but with a slowly cooling trunk. At the moment of shutdown of the blood circulation,
the extremities would finally start cooling, despite the insulation, leaving the subject
eventually with both low extremity and trunk temperature.
When exercising in cold weather clothing, the extremities will become relatively hot, due
to the disproportionate increase of the blood circulation trying to dissipate excess heat. In thiscase as well, low insulation at those spots will be an advantage, showing that also during
heat stress uneven distribution of insulation is desirable.
For insulation, bulk is needed. Insulative materials should be regarded in this respect asa means to produce a still air layer, no matter what the nature of the material is. In this view
the best material is the one that gives the highest bulk with the lowest possible fabric weight.
Physically, this means that the areal density (D, kg/m3) should be low. Density is calculatedby:
D = fabric weight/thickness,kg•m-2.m-1

Although insulative materials do not vary widely in specific insulation (Rspec, m2·°C·W-1),
there is a relationship with the density, as shown in Fig. 2. Although there are marked
differences between various types of insulative material, all of them tend to higher specificinsulation when increasing the density. The lower transfer of radiation as well as ofconvective heat with increasing density are a plausible explanations for this effect.
Dependent on the specific application, the designer could prefer high specific insulation,
taking the weight for granted, or low weight, accepting the bulk of the less insulative material.
For the producer, the amount of insulation that he gets out of a certain mass of raw materials
is more relevant. In particular for the latter, the ratio between Rspec and D is a useful indicatorof a material, called efficiency (Eff, m5·°C·kg-1·W-1):
CHAPTER 17 - 7

Eff = Rspec/D
Table I gives a few typical figures for various materials. Efficiency values of about 1.5 should
be regarded as very good.

Fig. 2. Dependency of specific insulation on density for two types of insulative
material (Adopted from Van Bruggen et al., 1984.)

Table I
Values for Various Materials
Rspec (m2·°C/W)

D (kg/m3)

Eff (m5·°C·kg-1·W-1)

Polyester batting

19-20

15-25

0.8-1.3

Sliverknit (pile)

18-22

40-50

0.4-0.6

Microfibre batting

26-28

15-25

1-1.5

Plain weave

30

400-500

0.1

Polyurethane foam

30

28

1

CHAPTER 17 - 8

Bulk in itself is an impeding factor, like weight is. Typically, energy cost will increase by
about 4% for each clothing layer, due to hobbling gait and internal friction between layers.
The latter may be controlled by means of smooth liners, not only decreasing the impediment,
but being easier to don and doffas well.
So far, the relation between fabric properties and mobility has been discussed. The
other factor, the construction of the clothing is equally important, though of different nature.
Here, the limitation of extreme movements is at issue. The impeding effect originates fromthe inability of the fabric to meet the stretch of the skin. When joints are bent, body tissue isstretched, the more so, the further the distance to the axis of the rotation. Obviously, theextension of the clothing must correspond to the stretch of the skin. This accomodation must
be greater when the clothing is remote from the skin. Fig. 3 shows a few typical positions thatmight be used to check mobility, while the insert provides typical figures for the stretch of theskin in the shown positions, relative to the standing position. These figures are obtained from
relatively lean young males and could considerably be exceeded with fat persons.

Fig. 3. Positions to check motion limitation.

CHAPTER 17 - 9

The required stretch is only achievable with knitted fabrics, which is why underwear andsportswear almost invariably are made from tricot. Woven fabrics, however, demand welldesigned features in the clothing, that provide the required extensions in default of elasticity.
It is not only the required dimension of the fabric that counts, but extra length should beavailable at the right spots as well. An overlength trouser-leg, for instance, will not allow
squatting down, although the required total length is available: at the bended knees, thefabric is locked, blocking the necessary upward shift. This blocking is enforced by close fit
and by damp textile. Fig. 4 gives some ideas for practical solutions to the motion limitation
problem.

Fig. 4. Some solutions for the motion limitation problem, providing therequired over-length at the right spots.
COMPATIBILITY
Clothing or equipment articles should not spoil the fine design of other articles, whenworn in an assembly. This is basically what compatibility means, referring to virtually all
aspects of the clothing. When selecting fabrics, this means that flexibility, weight, absorption,
vapour permeability and probably some other characteristics of the various layers in an
assembly should be carefully tuned. In particular, the moisture management is a complicated
CHAPTER 17 - 10

matter that requires either extensive practical experience or physical simulation models(Farnworth, 1979; Lotens, 1985b), to optimize the process of wicking, absorption,
evaporation and condensation inside the assembly. Such models allow the prediction of
concomitant heat and moisture transmission, if necessary, even during continuously
changing environmental and work conditions.
For the construction of clothing, compatibility means that the dimensions of any clothingarticle are adjusted to what might be worn underneath. This might be illustrated by theexample of putting an insulating liner into a parka. The circumference of the body increases
strongly due to the liner, typically more than six times its thickness. This should be matchedin the parka, either by some size adjustment, or by inserting an extra strip of outer surface
along with the liner. In general, putting clothing somewhere underneath causes problems inthe design, not only for the sizing, but also for rapid alterations in insulation and donning anddoffing procedures. This is particularly true when including CW protection.
The size system of the clothing should be as simple as possible. When clothing isproperly designed for mobility and compatibility, it is so flexible that the number of sizes could
be limited to six, covering 95% or more of the population. Trousers could come in four waist
sizes, the two smaller waists in two leg lengths, the jackets in four shoulder widths, the two
middle widths in two lengths. An additional merit will be that all clothing that is compatible,
may have the same size number, simplifying the logistics greatly.
Typical compatibility problems at the detail level are the ventilation when wearing
webbing, reaching into pockets of underlying garments, the handling of garment fasteners
when wearing gloves (zippers, buttons), the stacking of collars in multilayer clothing and thejunctions of gloves and boots with the garments.
EASE OF USE
All features of clothing and equipment that make the use of it easy and efficient belong
to this design factor. Donning and doffing is an important aspect of handiness. Generally,
two-piece garments are easier to use than overalls, since they give more freedom of motion
when donning the upper piece. Anorak type jackets, that must be pulled on over the head,
are less handy than jackets with a front fastening, particularly when a helmet or a respirator isworn.
Donning trousers with boots on might be attractive for over-garments, but the legs musthave over-width to let the boots pass. With zippers this over-width may be eliminated, but thezip puller should be fairly large then, becoming a potential breaking point. Preferably, thezippers will be located laterally at the backside of the legs, for easy handling and minimal
damage.
When applying zippers, the designer should consider the maintenance and renewal,
which cannot be carried out at the first echelon. The same holds more or less for many
synthetic fasteners, press buttons, hook and loop tape etc. Also, such handy materials may
lose their function under snow or ice conditions. In particular, hook and loop tape may growfilthy, due to ice, dirt and loose fibres in the laundry. Fasteners of cold weather must be
robust enough to be handled by gloved hands.

CHAPTER 17 - 11

Pockets are a much discussed topic. Users often require more pocket space thanstrictly necessary. In addition to the functional pack load, personal things have to be packed
up, such as notebook, pencils, drivers license, passport, handkerchief, keys, glasses,
tobacco, lighter and often larger things such as a pocket heater, manual, light, etc. The
designer should only cater to these wishes as long as there are no large or heavy things
involved. Those ought to find their place in a load carriage system, not in the clothing where it
impedes and bumps. Some armies have no other recourse than to carry pouches withammunition in the pockets of the trousers.
A few of the best places for pockets are shown in Fig. 5. Slit pockets at the hip are notconsidered useful because their space is limited, while the access is blocked when sitting.

Fig. 5 Ergonomically optimal places for pockets.
When putting on additional garments, the pockets of the inner layers should still bewithin reach, preferably by openings in the outer layers. These could be protected from windby means of a zipper. These zippers should open upwards for maximal protection fromdamage. The opening may serve to keep the hands warm as well.
Serious consideration should be given to packing, storage and carriage of clothing.
Rainwear may be packed in one of its own pockets, inside out, or mounted to the belt. Other
garments may be too bulky to be carried in such manner. Consequently, they should findtheir place in the backpack of marching infantry or in the vehicle of mechanized troops. Since
in both cases the storage space is severely restricted, the number of articles of clothing aswell as their compressed volume need to be small.

CHAPTER 17 - 12

CLOTHING AS A SYSTEM
It is easily discerned that clothing should not be developed as separate articles, but as asystem instead. Reality shows, however, that this is hard to achieve if not all articles arebeing redesigned at the same time. This is seldom the case, often the most out of datearticles being facelifted. The compatibility problem, arising by redesigning clothing andequipment piece by piece is a major obstacle to ergonomic progress.
What must be the premise when setting up a clothing system? The forementioned
design factors play an important role. Generally, the protection will be located in the shell of
the assembly, the insulation in the middle and the (tactile) comfort in the innermost layer.
Protection should be assured in any sensible clothing assembly, composed of the system
articles. This will generally mean that the shell of any article that could be worn at the outsideshould meet the protection demands. This holds particularly for flammability, abrasion
resistance, camouflage pattern, infrared protection, etc.
Comfort, at least the thermal aspect of it, is dependent on the right choice of the assembly forthe prevailing weather. Therefore, the assemblies should be composed, as to kind of articles
and insulation, based on the weather statistics. Fig. 6 gives the temperature distribution for
the West-German plains as an example.

Fig. 6 Temperatures for the West-German plains during the seasons,both for day and night, divided in four ranges.
The total temperature range requires several assemblies but too many assemblies
should be avoided, both because of the inconvenience of changing and of the storage
problem of clothing that is not in use. The temperature distributions of Fig. 6 are cut into four
CHAPTER 17 - 13

temperature ranges, corresponding with four clothing assemblies, that will seldom require
more than one change over a short period. Of course, other weather aspects (precipitation,wind, sun) and the changes in work rate both have their impact on the required kind ofclothing articles as well as on their design. In particular ventilation of early responding sweat
areas (armpits, torso) and cooling of wrists and ankles, optimal ways for adjustment of heatloss, should be considered and, if applied, not be hampered by additional clothing of otherassemblies.
The latter aspect already belongs to the compatibility. A major determinant here is thesizing. When clothing is worn, the outer layers must give room to the inner layers, without
being oversize when worn separately. Since bulky outer layers demand more stretch inextreme positions than central layers, the sizing problem is even more acute. Often,
adjustable sizing is required. Other typical compatibility problems are, in addition to thealready mentioned stack of collars and junctions at wrist and ankle, the bulk in the armpit andcrotch, and the use of hoods.
Various clothing system models may meet the specified requirements more or less.
Roughly, there are three basic models:–Onion model. In any new assembly, layers are added at the outside. The advantage isthat there is no size problem and that changing is easy. However, in cold weather
assemblies internal convection will be hampered and impediment of motion will be likely
due to the stack of protective shell fabrics.

–

Substitution model. Any assembly consists of just one article; i.e., it interchanges foranother when changing assemblies. Here, the design for ventilation and freedom of
motion could be optimal, but there is a storage as well as a change problem. Should be
restricted to use at fixed locations.

–

Binary model. Layers are combined in any way to give the correct insulation. This model
adds the disadvantages of the two preceding models to the lack of free choice of
psychrometric range for any assembly. It has the big advantage, however, that anextremely small number of clothing articles is required when many assemblies arenecessary, for instance in a typical land climate. Required number of clothing articles is
two for three assemblies, three for up to seven assemblies, compared to three for threeassemblies and seven for seven assemblies in the other models.

Of course, intermixing of these models and variations (putting clothing underneath) are
possible. The presented models give firstly an idea for the large framework.

CHAPTER 17 - 14

THE MOST OPTIMAL DESIGN PRINCIPLE
In this paper many problems have been addressed which attempt to convey anunderstanding of physiologic and ergonomic problems relating to optimal design principles.
Some problems are small and easy to overcome, others are almost unsolvable. The extent towhich qualitative solutions indeed solve the problems is unknown, however, in many cases.
As a good rule of thumb, the most optimal design principle therefore is that large problems
require large measures. Too often, the requirements are being underestimated, for instancethe thickness of clothing to obtain the required insulation, the oversize needed for freedom of
movement and the amount of ventilation necessary to stay dry inside. One of the best
examples of the underestimation of required ventilation is the well-known three little holes in
the armpit of rainwear, where the magnitude of the measure is at least a factor of a hundred,out of proportion with the magnitude of the solution.

CHAPTER 17 - 15

REFERENCES
1.

Bruggen, E.J.G. van, and Wammes, L.J.A. (1984). Heat transmission through some insulative
materials (in Dutch). Report TNO Institute for Perception, 1984-M25.

2.

Crockford, G.W., Crowder, M., and Prestige, S.P. (1972). A trace gas technique for measuring
clothing microclimate air exchange rates. Brit. J. Industr. Med. 29, 378-386.

3.

Farnworth, B. (1979). Calculations of combined heat and vapour transport through clothing
systems: Application to water vapour permeable rainwear. DREO tech. note 79-16.

4.

Lotens, W.A. (1983). First semi-annual progress report on project no. TEX 23 NL, (N). Report
TNO Institute for Perception 1983-16.

5.

Lotens, W.A. (1985a). The effects of wind, motion and design of rainwear on air exchange.
Report TNO Institute of Perception, (in press).*

6.

Lotens, W.A. (1985b). Balancing vapour permeability of rainwear against ventilation: atheoretical study. Report TNO Institute for Perception, (in press).**7.

Shivers, J.L., Yeh, A., Fourt, L. and Spivak, S.M. (1977). The effect of design and degree ofclosure on microclimate air exchange in light weight cloth coats. In: Clothing Comfort, Hollies
and Goldman (Eds.). Ann Arbor Science, Ann Arbor, ME.

8.

Soule, R.G., and Goldman, R.F. (1969). Energy cost of loads carried on the head, hands, orfeet. J. Appl. Physiol. 27, 687-690.

* contained in: Lotens, W.A., and G. Havenith (1988) Ventilation of rain-wear determined by a trace
gas method. In: Environmental Ergonomics. Mekjavics, Bannister, Morrison Eds., Taylor andFrancis, Philadelphia, pp 162-175.
** contained in: Lotens, W.A. (1993) Heat transfer from humans wearing clothing. Ph.D. Thesis, Delft
University of Technology, February 1993, Delft.

CHAPTER 17 - 16

APPENDIX CHAPTERCONVERSION UNITS COMMON TO BIOMEDICAL RESEARCH ON MILITARY CLOTHING
R. R. Gonzalez

CONTENTSSUMMARY
INTRODUCTIONCONVERSION FACTORS
Length or Area
Temperature
Force
Power
Pressure
EnergyTorque or Moment
Speed or Volume Flow Rate
Volume or Concentration
Mass
Energy/(Area-Time)
Heat Flux (q/A)
Heat Transfer Coefficient (h)Thermal Conductivity
Dynamic Viscosity
Kinematic Viscosity
Clothing ResistanceConstants
Gas ConstantsSpecific heat of air
Specific heat of water
REFERENCES

APPENDIX - 1

SUMMARY
Several conversion units familiar to personnel working in the general area of biophysicalproperties of clothing and thermal physics are arranged so that they can be easily transposed
into metric units. Some of the basic units also found in the Système international d'unités (SI)have been defined and categorized to help the reader have a faster access towards
metrication.

Key Words:

SI units, metrication, clothing units

APPENDIX - 2

INTRODUCTION
This appendix chapter is set up slightly different from regular glossaries using SI in thatconversion factors for familiar units and some obsolete terms (i.e. mm Hg) are also included.
In SI, one and only one unit is acceptable for each physical quantity. It became apparent in
the reading and preparation of this handbook that the chapters were filled with familiar units(such as kcal·min-1 or clo) which authors were reluctant to transpose to SI. It is hoped that
this chapter clarifies for readers most of the conversions from common to SI units. The
glossary does not include conversion units for the luminous flux (lumen, SI) or soundpressure level. More extensive guides are found in refs (1-4).
In the SI, approved units are as follows:
Angle. The correct unit for the plane angle is the radian. The degree (°) and its decimal
fractions may be used but use of minute and second is discouraged.
Area. The SI unit of area is the square meter (m2). Large areas are expressed as hectares(ha) or square kilometres (km2). The hectare is restricted to land or sea area and isequal to 10000 m2.
Energy. The correct unit in SI is the joule (J). The kilowatt hour (3.6 megajoules) is widelyused as a measure of electric energy. However, kilowatt hour will be replaced bymegajoules or gigajoule so kWh is discouraged in new applications.
Force. The correct SI unit of force is the newton (N). Do not use the word weight or kilogramforce. The newton is used also in combination units which also encompass units offorce such as:pressure or stress, N·m-2 = Pa (pascal)
work, N·m = J(joule)
power, N·m·s-1 = W(watt)
Mass. The unit of mass in SI is the kilogram (kg). Among the base and derived units of SI,
this unit is the only one with a prefix. Names of decimal multiples or sub multiples of theunit mass are formed by attaching prefixes to the word gram. The word weight should
not be used as this could be confused with force.
Pressure. The correct unit of stress or pressure (which is force per unit area) is the newton
per square metre. This unit has been given the special name pascal (Pa). No other units
are acceptable in SI.
Temperature. The correct unit of temperature is kelvin (K, not deg K or °K). The
thermodynamic temperature (called absolute temperature) is related to Celsius asfollows (4):t = T-T0, where t = degrees Celsius ( C)T = the given thermodynamic temperature (K)T0 = 273.15 K by definition.
Time. In SI, the correct unit of time is second. Do not use minute or hour. In some cases oflong cycles, day, week, month or year are used.
Exceptions: revolutions per min may be used but revolutions per second is the SI unit;
beats per min may be used but frequency (cardiac) s-1 is the SI unit.
APPENDIX - 3

Volume. The correct SI unit for volume is the cubic metre (m3). The cubic decimetre which
has a special name – litre (ℓ) – is a regularly used submultiple of m3. This is the correct
SI unit to replace gallon or cubic foot. Litre per second thus replaces gpm or cfm. A
smaller correct SI unit is the millilitre per second (ml·s-1). The litre is restricted for use
only with liquids and gases and for volume of a vessel.
Finally, in SI, complex unit symbols are written with either parentheses or with exponents
interchangeably.

& O2 ) the correct SI might be expressed as cubic metre
Example: for oxygen consumption ( Vper kilogram per second m3/(kg-s) or m3·kg-1·s-1 . Both forms are equally acceptable.

APPENDIX - 4

D. CONVERSION FACTORSTO CONVERTMULTIPLY BY

TO OBTAINLENGTH OR AREA

acre (a)0.405hectare (ha)foot (ft)0.3048metre (m) (exact
conversion)

inch

25.4

mm

mile

1.61

kilometre (km)mile, nautical

1.85

km

yd

0.9144msquare (100 sq ft)

9.29

m2

yd2

0.836

m2

yd3

0.765

m3

bolt (U.S. cloth)

36.58

m

bolt

120

ft

centimetre (cm)

1·10-5km

centimetre (cm)1.09·10-2

yd

centimetre (cm)10000

microncentimetre (cm)1.0·108

angstrom unit

hand

10.16

cm

TEMPERATURE°C + 273.15

1.0

absolute (K)°C(°C * 1.8)+ 32

temperature (°F)

°F-32

5/9

°C

°F + 460

1.0

absolute (°R)

°F + 40

5/9°C + 40°C + 40

1.8°F + 40APPENDIX - 5

TO CONVERTMULTIPLY BY

TO OBTAIN

PRESSUREbar

100kPa (exact conversion)in Hg

3386.4N·m-2

in H2O

248.8

N·m-2

mmHg, (20 °C)

133.3

N·m-2

mmHg, (20 °C)

0.13332kPa

mm H20 (20 °0

9.80

Pa

millibar

0.100

kPa

m H2O

9.80

kPa

atmospheres

76cm Hg (at 0 °C)

atmospheres

29.92

in Hg (0 °C)

atmospheres

1.058

ton·ft-2

atmospheres

14.7

lb·in-2

atmospheres

1.0333kg·cm-2bar

0.9869atmospheres

bar

1·106

dynes·cm-2

bar

1.02·10-4

kg·m-2bar

14.5

lb·in-2

bar

1·105

N·m-2

dyne-centimetre

1.02·10-3

cm-gdyne-centimetre

7.376·10-8

ft-lb

cm Hg

1.316·10-2

atmosphere

psi

6.89

kPa

Torr (1 mmHg at 0 °C)

133.322Pa

Torr (1 mmHg at 0 °C)

1.33·10-3

bardyne·cm-2

0.100

Pa

Pa

7.5·10-3

Torr (name of unit is torr)

kPa

7.5

Torr

APPENDIX - 6

TO CONVERTMULTIPLY BY

TO OBTAIN

FORCE

kilogram force (kgf)

9.807

newton (N)kilopond force (kpf)

9.807

N

pound force (lbf)

4.45

N

TO CONVERTMULTIPLY BY

TO OBTAIN

POWER

Btu per min (Btu·min-1)

17.58

watt (W)calorie per second (cal·s-1)

4.187

W

horsepower (550 ft·lb/s)

0.746

kW

kilocalorie per h (kcal·h-1)

1.163

W

kilopond metre per min(kpm·min-1)

0.1634W

Btu·h-10.2931W

Btu·h-1

0.07

cal·s-1

Btu·h-1

0.2162ft·lb·s 1

ft·lbf/min

0.0226W

horsepower

10.69

kcal·min-1

horsepower

0.7457kWhorsepower

745.7

W

APPENDIX - 7

TO CONVERTMULTIPLY BY

TO OBTAINENERGY

British thermal unit (Btu)1055.1joule (J)calorie (cal)4.187

joule (J)foot-pound (ft-lb)

1.3558J

kilocalorie

4.187

kJ

Btu

1.055·1010

ergs

Btu

7.7816·102

foot-pound

Btu

252

cal

calorie

3.9683·10-3

Btu

ft·lbf/lb (specific energy)

2.99

J·kg-1

therm (U.S.)

105.5

MJ

therm (U.S.)

1·10-5

BTU

calorie

1.163·10-3

W·h

ft·lb (work)

1.36

J

W.s

1

J

W·h

3600

J

joule(J)2.778·10-4

W·h

TO CONVERTMULTIPLY BY

TO OBTAINTORQUE OR MOMENT

ft·lbf (torque)

1.36

APPENDIX - 8

N·m

TO CONVERTMULTIPLY BY

TO OBTAIN

SPEED OR VOLUME FLOW RATE

foot per min, fpm

0.00508

m·s-1

foot per sec, fps

0.3048m·s-1

kilometre per hour, km·h-1

0.2778m·s-1

mile per hour, mph

0.447

m·s-1

mph

0.8689knots

ft3/h, (cfh)7.87

mℓ·s-1ft3/min (cfm)

0.472

ℓ·s-1

gal per h (gph) U.S.

1.05

ml·s-1

gal per min (gpm) U.S.

0.0631

ℓ·s-1

knots

1.852

km·h-1

knots

51.44

cm·s-1TO CONVERTMULTIPLY BY

TO OBTAIN

MASS

gram

0.03527

ounce (avdp)

gram

0.03215oz (troy)gram

2.205·10 -3

pound

ounce (mass, avoir)

28.3

g

lb

453.6

g

stone

14.0

Lb

APPENDIX - 9

TO CONVERTMULTIPLY BY

TO OBTAIN

VOLUME OR CONCENTRATION

m3

2.642·102

gal

m3

1000

ℓ

ft3

28.32

ℓ (liter)

ft3

0.0283m3

gal

3.785·10-3

m3

gal

3.785

ℓ

gal H2O (U.S.)

8.337

pounds H2O

gal (British)

1.20095

gal (U.S.)ℓ

0.2642gal(U.S)ℓ

1.057

quart (U.S.)

mg·ℓ-11.0

ppm

mg·kg-1

1.0

ppm

tablespoon

15

ml

teaspoon5

mlpint (liquid)

473

ml

in3 (volume)

16.4

ml

quart (liquid)

0.946

ℓ

oz

29.6

mℓ

m3/s

6.0·104& O2 )ℓ·min-1 ( V

TO CONVERTMULTIPLY BY

TO OBTAINENERGY / (AREA•TIME)

Btu per sq foot and hr(Bt/(ft2·h))

3.1546W·m-2

kcal/(m2.h )

1.163

W·m-2

Btu/(ft2·min)

1.22·10-1

W·in-2APPENDIX - 10

TO CONVERTMULTIPLY BY

TO OBTAINHEAT FLUX (q/A)

Btu·ft -2·h-1

3.154·10-4

W·cm-2kcal·h-1.m-2

1.163·10-4

W·cm-2cal·s-1·cm-2

4.1868

W·cm-2

W·cm-28598

kcal·h-1.m-2

W·cm-23170.75

Btu·ft -2.h-1

W·cm-20.2389cal·s-1·cm-2

Btu·ft -2·h-1

3.155

W·cm-2TO CONVERTMULTIPLY BY

TO OBTAINHEAT TRANSFER COEFFICIENT (h)Btu·ft -2·h-1·°F-1

5.6785·10-4

W·cm-2.K-1

kcal·h-1·m-2·°C-1

1.163·10-4

W·cm-2·K-1

cal·s-1·cm-2·°C-1

4.186

W·cm-2·K-1

Btu·ft -2·h-1·°F-1

4.8826kcal·h-1·m-2·°C-1

W·cm-2·K-1

8600kcal·h-1·m-2·°C-1

Btu·ft -2·h-1·°F-1

5.68

W·m-2·K-1

APPENDIX - 11

TO CONVERTMULTIPLY BY

TO OBTAIN

THERMAL CONDUCTIVITY (k)Btu·h-1·ft -1·°F-10.0173

W·cm-1·K-1

Btu·in·h-1·ft -2·°F-1

1.442·10-3

W·cm-1·K-1

kcal·h-1.m-1·°C-1

0.01163

W·cm-1·K-1

cal·s-1·cm-1·°C-1

4.186

W·cm-1.K-1

TO CONVERTMULTIPLY BY

TO OBTAINDYNAMIC VISCOSITY (u)lb·ft -1·h-1

0.413

mPa·s

lbf·s·ft -2

47900

mPa·s

centipoise

2.42

lb·ft -1·h-1

centipoise

3.6

kg·m-1·h-1

centipoise

1.00

mPa·s

TO CONVERTMULTIPLY BY

TO OBTAINKINEMATIC VISCOSITY (υ)

ft2·s-1

92900

mm2·s-1

ft2·h-1

0.092903

m2·h-1stokes0.3600m2·h-1APPENDIX - 12

TO CONVERTMULTIPLY BY

TO OBTAIN

CLOTHING RESISTANCE

tog

0.645

clo

clo

1.55

tog

clo

0.155

m2·K/ Wtog

0.1

m2·K/ W

clo

200

s·m-1

clo

2

s·cm-1TO CONVERTMULTIPLY BY

TO OBTAIN

OTHER

radians

57.296degreesradians3.438·103

minutesradians/s

57.296deg·s-1

radians/s

9.549

rev·min-1

steradians

3.283·103

square·degree

APPENDIX - 13

GAS CONSTANTS

R = 8.314·kJ/(kg-mol·K) = 0.0821 (atm)(ℓ)/(g-mol·K)
air (Ra) = 0.287 kJ·kg-1·K-1
water vapor (Rw) = 0.462 kJ·kg-1·K-1
SPECIFIC HEAT OF AIR
dry air

constant pressure cp = 1.006 kJ·kg-1·K-1
constant volume cv = 0.717 kJ·kg-1·K-1
moist air = 1.024 kJ·kg-1·K-1 (for 10 g moisture per kg dry air)
WATER

heat of vaporization at 101.325 kPa (760 Torr) and 30 °C
2426 kJ/kg
0.674 W·h/g
1. 16.7 g/min is normal human limit (1 g sweat ≈ 1 ml H2O)
a. 16.7·60 = 1002 mℓ h-1 or 1 canteen/hb. 20·60 = 1200 mℓ·h-1 or 1.2 canteen/h2.

In 1-a, 1 ℓ·h-1 is about 674 watts per person; in 1-b, 1.2 ℓ·h-1 is about 816 watts perperson based on latent heat constant of 0.674 W·h/g.

General Antoine eq: Saturated vapor pressure (P,t)
P,t= exp (16.6536 - 4030.183/t + 235), kPa= exp (18.6686 - 4030.183/t + 235), Torr.

heat of fusion at 0 °C
335 kJ/kg
APPENDIX - 14

REFERENCES
1.

Lowe, D.A. A guide to international recommendations on names and symbols for quantities
and on units of measurement. WHO (ISO) Geneva, 1975 314 pp..

z.

Bligh, J and K.G. Johnson.
941, 1973.

3.

American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air Conditioning Engineers (ASHRAE) Metric
Guide, 1978.

4.

CRC Handbook of Chemistry and Physics, 67th Edition. (R.C. Weast, ed-in-chief). CRC Press,
Inc. Boca Raton, FL, 1987.

Glossary of terms for thermal physiology. J. Appl. Physiol. 35:

APPENDIX - 15